WO2024038802A1 - Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device - Google Patents

Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024038802A1
WO2024038802A1 PCT/JP2023/028936 JP2023028936W WO2024038802A1 WO 2024038802 A1 WO2024038802 A1 WO 2024038802A1 JP 2023028936 W JP2023028936 W JP 2023028936W WO 2024038802 A1 WO2024038802 A1 WO 2024038802A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
resin
sensitizer
acid
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2023/028936
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
三千紘 白川
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Publication of WO2024038802A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024038802A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F212/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and at least one being terminated by an aromatic carbocyclic ring
    • C08F212/02Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical
    • C08F212/04Monomers containing only one unsaturated aliphatic radical containing one ring
    • C08F212/06Hydrocarbons
    • C08F212/08Styrene
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
  • Patent Document 1 discloses a two-stage exposure lithography process using a photosensitized chemically amplified resist material.
  • the present inventor prepared and studied a photosensitized chemically amplified resist material with reference to Patent Document 1, and found that there was room for further improvement in resolution.
  • the composition includes a resin XA, an onium salt XB that generates an acid upon irradiation with light, and a sensitizer precursor XC that generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid,
  • the resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB, or the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond
  • the onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or When the onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on the sensitizer precursor XC, the composition further acts on the sensitizer precursor XC.
  • a photoacid generator XD capable of generating an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or the sensitizer precursor XC generates an acid capable of producing the sensitizer upon irradiation with light
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
  • the photoacid generator XD may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
  • Requirement 2 Contains resin YA and compound YB, which has an onium salt structure that generates an acid when irradiated with light and generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid,
  • the resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB, or the resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond
  • the onium salt structure is a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, or When the onium salt structure is not a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, the composition further includes a photoacid generator YC that can generate the acid that can generate the sensitizer,
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
  • the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
  • the composition used in the above step 1 is a composition that satisfies the above requirement 1
  • the above resist film is pattern-exposed to light having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and the onium salt XB, the above-mentioned
  • a pattern forming method which is a step of decomposing the photoacid generator YC to generate an acid and producing a sensitizer from the compound YB by the action of the acid.
  • the developer solution is a chemical solution containing an organic solvent
  • the method further includes a step 4-A of rinsing the resist film obtained in the above step 4 using a rinsing liquid, and the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent.
  • the pattern forming method according to [9], wherein the chemical solution containing an organic solvent is a chemical solution containing two or more types of organic solvents.
  • the pattern forming method according to [10] wherein the chemical solution containing the two or more organic solvents contains an organic solvent with a boiling point of 120° C. or higher.
  • the chemical solution containing two or more organic solvents contains organic solvent A and organic solvent B, The boiling point of the organic solvent A is higher than the boiling point of the organic solvent B, The pattern forming method according to [10] or [11], wherein the ClogP value of the organic solvent A is larger than the ClogP value of the organic solvent B.
  • a method for manufacturing an electronic device comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [6] to [12].
  • an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that can form a pattern with excellent resolution. Further, according to the present invention, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method can be provided.
  • the present invention will be explained in detail below. Although the description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
  • the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes groups having a substituent as well as groups having no substituent. do.
  • the term "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • organic group as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent.
  • active rays or “radiation” include, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, and electron beams (EB: electron beam) etc.
  • Light in this specification means actinic rays or radiation.
  • exposure refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV light, but also to electron beams and It also includes drawing using particle beams such as ion beams.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh). ) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 ⁇ L, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: differential refractive index Defined as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by a Refractive Index Detector.
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • acid dissociation constant refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, using the following software package 1, a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values is calculated. , is a value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
  • pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method.
  • a specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle.
  • the H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. .
  • DFT density functional theory
  • there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT and one example is Gaussian 16.
  • pKa in this specification refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is used.
  • pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution” as mentioned above, but if pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, “pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution” is adopted. It shall be.
  • examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the solid content is intended to be a component that forms a resist film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms a resist film, it is considered to be a solid component even if the component is liquid.
  • boiling point means the boiling point under 1 atmosphere (760 mmHg).
  • composition The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as “composition") of the present invention satisfies Requirement 1 or Requirement 2 below.
  • the above composition includes a resin XA, an onium salt XB (hereinafter abbreviated as “onium salt XB”) that generates an acid upon irradiation with light, and a sensitizer precursor XC (hereinafter abbreviated as “onium salt XB”) that generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid.
  • the resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB, or the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond
  • the onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or When the onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on the sensitizer precursor XC, the composition further acts on the sensitizer precursor XC.
  • photoacid generator XD capable of generating an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or the sensitizer precursor generates an acid capable of producing an agent
  • the content of repeating units having a group that decomposes under the action of acid to produce a polar group (hereinafter also referred to as "acid-decomposable group") in the resin XA is based on the total repeating units of the resin XA, It is 0 to 20 mol%.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
  • the photoacid generator XD may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
  • the content of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group in resin XA is 0 to 20 mol% with respect to all repeating units of resin XA
  • resin XA is acid-decomposable If the resin XA does not contain a repeating unit having a group, or if the resin XA contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is 20 It is intended to be less than or equal to mol%.
  • [Requirement 2] Comprising resin YA and compound YB (hereinafter abbreviated as "compound YB”), which has an onium salt structure that generates an acid upon light irradiation and generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid,
  • the resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB, or the resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond
  • the onium salt structure is a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, or When the onium salt structure is not a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, the composition further includes a photoacid generator YC (hereinafter referred to as "photoacid generator”) that can generate the acid that can generate the sensitizer.
  • photoacid generator hereinafter referred to as "photoacid generator
  • the content of repeating units having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to produce a polar group (hereinafter also referred to as “acid-decomposable group”) in the resin YA is based on the total repeating units of the resin YA. It is 0 to 20 mol%. Note that the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
  • the content of repeating units having acid-decomposable groups in resin YA is 0 to 20 mol% with respect to all repeating units of resin YA
  • resin YA is acid-decomposable If the resin YA does not contain a repeating unit having a group, or if the resin YA contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is 20% of the total repeating units of the resin YA. It is intended to be less than or equal to mol%.
  • the resist film formed from the composition of the present invention is characterized in that a resin and an onium salt or a predetermined compound containing an onium salt structure in its molecule interact with an interactive group contained in the resin and an onium salt or an onium salt contained in the predetermined compound.
  • association structure an association structure due to electrostatic interaction with the structure, or the resin and the onium salt or a predetermined compound containing an onium salt structure in the molecule They exist as a single body (hereinafter also referred to as a “combined body”) by being bound through covalent bonds.
  • resin XA and onium salt XB exist by forming an association structure due to electrostatic interaction between the interactive group contained in resin XA and onium salt XB.
  • resin XA and the onium salt XB exist as a conjugate (if the resin XA has an interactive group, in the conjugate, the interactive group of the resin XA and the onium salt XB (A further association structure may also be formed between the two.)
  • resin YA and compound YB form an association structure due to electrostatic interaction between the interactive group of resin YA and the onium salt structure in compound YB.
  • the resin YA and the compound YB exist as a conjugate (if the resin YA has an interactive group, in the conjugate, the interactive group of the resin YA and the compound YB
  • an associated structure may also be formed with the onium salt structure in the molecule).
  • a sensitizer is generated from the sensitizer precursor XC or compound YB contained in the resist composition (requirement 1
  • a sensitizer is generated from the sensitizer precursor XC by the action of the onium salt XB, the photoacid generator XD, or the acid generated by the sensitizer precursor XC.
  • a sensitizer is generated from compound YB by the action of the acid generated by compound YB or the photoacid generator YC).
  • step 2 by controlling the exposure amount, in the exposed region, the lower molecular weight and polarity change of the resin occur due to release of the association structure described below and cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure in the above-mentioned bond.
  • the progression of the disease is generally suppressed. That is, in the exposed region of step 2 (pattern exposure step), only a part of the acid-generating component is cleaved, and a sensitizer can be generated from the sensitizer precursor.
  • Step 3 when the resist film is subjected to Step 3 (flood exposure) described below, the onium salt or onium salt structure is selectively cleaved in the exposed region of Step 2 (pattern exposure step) due to the action of the sensitizer.
  • the molecular weight of the resin decreases and the polarity changes due to the release of the association structure or the cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure in the bond.
  • step 2 pattern exposure step
  • the sensitizer is not produced, so the above-mentioned association structure is released due to the cleavage of the onium salt or the onium salt structure, or the above-mentioned association structure in the above-mentioned conjugate is Lower molecular weight and polarity change of the resin due to cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure do not proceed. Due to the above mechanism of action, a difference in solubility in the developer (dissolution contrast) occurs between the exposed area and the unexposed area in step 2 (pattern exposure process) of the resist film, resulting in a pattern with excellent resolution. It becomes possible to form
  • composition meeting requirement 1 and the composition meeting requirement 2 will be explained for each composition.
  • composition of requirement 1 An example of an embodiment of a composition satisfying Requirement 1 will be shown below.
  • a composition comprising a resin XA, an onium salt XB, and a sensitizer precursor XC,
  • the resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB
  • the onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
  • a composition comprising a resin XA, an onium salt XB, and a sensitizer precursor XC,
  • the resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB
  • the onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on the sensitizer precursor XC
  • the composition further contains a photoacid generator XD, or
  • the sensitizer precursor XC generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
  • a composition comprising a resin XA, an onium salt XB, and a sensitizer precursor XC,
  • the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond
  • the onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
  • a composition comprising a resin XA, an onium salt XB, and a sensitizer precursor XC,
  • the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond
  • the onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on the sensitizer precursor XC
  • the composition further contains a photoacid generator XD, or
  • the sensitizer precursor XC generates an acid capable of producing the sensitizer by light irradiation
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
  • the photoacid generator XD may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
  • the composition when the onium salt XB is bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond. Furthermore, when the sensitizer precursor XC is bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin XA and the sensitizer precursor XC are bonded via a covalent bond. In addition, when the photoacid generator XD is bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin XA and the photoacid generator XD are bonded via a covalent bond.
  • Resin XA has an interactive group that interacts (for example, electrostatic interaction) with onium salt XB, which will be described later.
  • the interactive group is preferably a group capable of forming an association structure through interaction with the onium salt XB, and more preferably a group having proton donor properties or proton acceptor properties.
  • the group having proton donor properties is a group having a free hydrogen atom
  • the group having proton acceptor properties includes, for example, a group having a lone pair of electrons such as a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom.
  • a phenolic hydroxyl group As the interactive group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an amide group, or a sulfonamide group is particularly preferable, since the interaction with the onium salt XB is more excellent.
  • the above-mentioned phenolic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring is not limited to a benzene ring, and may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. Moreover, the aromatic ring may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the resin XA may include a repeating unit having a group (acid-decomposable group) that decomposes under the action of an acid to produce a polar group.
  • resin XA contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units of resin XA. The following is more preferable, 5 mol% or less is still more preferable, and 3 mol% or less is particularly preferable. Note that the lower limit is 0 mol% or more.
  • the acid-decomposable group typically has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and includes, for example, those having the following structure.
  • the polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, such as carboxyl group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl) Examples include acidic groups such as methylene group and tris(alkylsul
  • a carboxyl group a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the leaving group that leaves by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
  • Formula (Y1) -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
  • Formula (Y3) -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched chain), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (straight chain or branched chain), or an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). Note that when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups. Among these, it is preferable that Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. is more preferable.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be combined to form a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring.
  • an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group is preferable. .
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferred.
  • the aryl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like.
  • As the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 a vinyl group is preferred.
  • the ring formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a cyclopentyl group or a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecanyl group. or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or May be substituted with a group. Further, in these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
  • the group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2) is, for example, an embodiment in which Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group. is preferred.
  • R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 37 and R 38 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • monovalent organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferable that R 36 is a hydrogen atom. Note that the above alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
  • one or more methylene groups are replaced with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
  • a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of such groups include alkylcarbonyl groups and the like.
  • formula (Y3) a group represented by the following formula (Y3-1) is preferable.
  • L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and an aryl group).
  • M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q is an alkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, a cycloalkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, an aryl group that may contain a hetero atom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde represents a group or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group).
  • one of the methylene groups may be replaced with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, or a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
  • one of L 1 and L 2 is a hydrogen atom, and the other is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group. At least two of Q, M, and L 1 may be combined to form a ring (preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring).
  • Ar represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
  • Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
  • resin XA (Preferred embodiment of resin XA)
  • a resin main chain cleaved resin
  • main chain is cleaved by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the resin XA which is a main chain cleavage type resin, include resin XA-1.
  • Resin XA-1 contains an interactive group, and includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (XP) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (XQ). However, when resin XA-1 contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less based on all repeating units. Note that in resin XA-1, the interactive group may be contained in any position. In resin XA-1, the interactive group may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (XP) and/or the repeating unit represented by formula (XQ), or may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (XP). and the repeating unit represented by formula (XQ), and the other repeating unit may contain an interactive group.
  • X p represents a halogen atom.
  • L p represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R p represents a substituent.
  • R q1 represents an alkyl group that may have a substituent.
  • L q represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R q2 represents a substituent.
  • At least one of the substituent represented by R p in formula (XP) and the substituent represented by R q2 in formula (XQ) has an interactive group
  • the total content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XP) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) is 90 mol% or more based on all repeating units.
  • the content is preferably 95 mol% or more, and more preferably 95 mol% or more.
  • 100 mol% or less is preferable.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XP) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) are a random copolymer, a block copolymer, and an alternating copolymer ( It may be in any form such as ABAB%), but among these, an alternating copolymer is preferable.
  • a preferred embodiment of the resin XA-1 is an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the resin X is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more) based on the total mass of the resin XA-1. Certain embodiments may also be mentioned.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XP) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on the total repeating units. More preferred.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) preferably accounts for 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on all repeating units. .
  • the halogen atom represented by Xp is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L p is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (6 to 10-membered ring) (6-membered rings are preferred, and 6-membered rings are more preferred), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of a plurality of these.
  • alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent.
  • substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group represented by L p is an embodiment in which the position bonded to the main chain in the divalent linking group represented by L p is -COO-.
  • the substituent represented by R p is not particularly limited and includes, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro groups, halogen atoms, ester groups (-OCOR'' or -COOR'': R'' represents an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group), lactone groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, interactive groups, etc. It will be done. Note that the alcoholic hydroxyl group is to be distinguished from the phenolic hydroxyl group, and in this specification, a hydroxyl group that is substituted for an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is intended.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, acyloxy group, ester group, and lactone group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms and interactive groups. Note that when the alkyl group has a fluorine atom, it may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be either linear or branched. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and even more preferably from 1 to 6.
  • the above cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 5 to 15, more preferably from 5 to 10, for example.
  • cycloalkyl group examples include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • the above aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10. As the aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthranyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aralkyl group preferably has a structure in which one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group described above is substituted with the aryl group described above.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 15.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 10, even more preferably from 2 to 6.
  • the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and has preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the above acyloxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and has preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group represented by R'' is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • the lactone group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, more preferably one in which another ring structure is fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
  • the interactive group is as described above.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (XP) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (XP1) below.
  • X p1 has the same meaning as X p in formula (XP) above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y p1 represents a single bond or -COO-.
  • L p1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L p1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one carbon number to 6) (which may be linear or branched), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Ar p1 represents a (p2+1)-valent aromatic ring group or alicyclic group.
  • the divalent aromatic ring group includes, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group, or a thiophene ring, a furan ring, and a pyrrole ring.
  • a benzothiophene ring a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle such as a thiazole ring.
  • an arylene group is preferred, a phenylene group, a naphthalene group, or an anthracenylene group is more preferred, and a phenylene group or a naphthalene group is even more preferred.
  • (p2+1)-valent aromatic ring groups in the case where p2 is an integer of 2 or more include (p2-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-mentioned specific examples of divalent aromatic ring groups.
  • the following groups are mentioned.
  • the (p2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar p1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a carbonyl carbon.
  • the (p2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar p1 is, for example, one in which (p2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from polycyclic cycloalkanes such as norbornene, tetracyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and adamantane. The following groups are mentioned.
  • the (p2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar p1 includes a group obtained by removing (p2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a lactone ring or a sultone ring.
  • the lactone ring and sultone ring are preferably 5- to 7-membered lactone rings and sultone rings, and other ring structures are fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone and sultone rings to form a bicyclo or spiro structure.
  • a ring is more preferable.
  • the (p2+1)-valent aromatic ring group and alicyclic group may have a substituent other than R p1 .
  • p1 represents 0 or 1. If p1 is 0, p2 represents 1. When p1 is 1, p2 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • R p1 represents a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R p1 include those similar to R p in the above formula (XP), and among them, an alkyl group or an interactive group which may have a substituent is preferable.
  • substituent a halogen atom is preferred.
  • the alkyl group represented by R q1 may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group represented by R q1 may have a substituent. Substituents include, but are not particularly limited to, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and the like.
  • the divalent linking group represented by Lq includes the same divalent linking group as the divalent linking group represented by Lp in the above formula (XP).
  • the substituent represented by R q2 includes the same substituent as the substituent represented by R p in formula (XP) above.
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (XQ) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (XQ1) below.
  • R q11 has the same meaning as R q1 in formula (XQ) above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y q1 represents a single bond or -COO-.
  • L q1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L q1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one carbon number to 6) (which may be linear or branched), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Ar q1 represents a (q2+1)-valent aromatic ring group or alicyclic group.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group when q2 is 1 include arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group, or thiophene ring, furan ring, and pyrrole ring.
  • a benzothiophene ring a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle such as a thiazole ring.
  • an arylene group is preferred, and a phenylene group or a naphthalene group is more preferred.
  • the (q2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar q1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a carbonyl carbon.
  • the (q2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar q1 includes, for example, polycyclic cycloalkanes such as norbornene, tetracyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and adamantane from which (q2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms have been removed. The following groups are mentioned.
  • the (q2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar q1 includes a group obtained by removing (q2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a lactone ring or a sultone ring.
  • the lactone ring and sultone ring are preferably 5- to 7-membered lactone rings and sultone rings, and other ring structures are fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring and sultone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
  • a ring is more preferable.
  • the (q2+1)-valent aromatic ring group and alicyclic group may have a substituent other than R q12 .
  • q1 represents 0 or 1. If q1 is 0, q2 represents 1. When q1 is 1, q2 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • R q12 represents a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R q12 include those similar to R p in the above formula (XP), and among them, an alkyl group or an interactive group which may have a substituent is preferable.
  • substituent a halogen atom is preferred.
  • the above-mentioned resin XA-1 may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Resin XA can be synthesized by conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin XA is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, even more preferably 30,000 or more, and particularly preferably 40,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
  • the polydispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin XA is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and even more preferably 1.7 or less.
  • the lower limit value is not particularly limited, and may be 1.0 or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of resin XA is preferably 30.0% by mass or more, more preferably 45.0% by mass or more, and 65.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 99.9 mass % or less is preferable, for example. Moreover, resin XA may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • Onium salt XB is an onium salt compound (photodegradable onium salt compound) that generates an acid upon irradiation with light.
  • the onium salt XB is preferably a compound that has at least one salt structure site composed of an anion site and a cation site and is decomposed by light irradiation to generate an acid.
  • the above-mentioned salt structure part of onium salt It is preferable that it consists of a part.
  • the above-mentioned salt structure site may be a part of the onium salt XB or the entire onium salt XB.
  • the salt structure site is a part of the onium salt XB corresponds to, for example, a structure in which two or more salt structure sites are connected.
  • the number of salt structural moieties in onium salt XB is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • organic acids generated from onium salt XB upon irradiation with light include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphor sulfonic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidic acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide acids, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid.
  • the acid generated from the onium salt XB upon light irradiation may be an inorganic acid (for example, a hydroxide ion).
  • the organic acid generated from the onium salt XB by light irradiation may be a polyacid having two or more acid groups.
  • the cation moiety constituting the salt structure moiety is preferably an organic cation moiety, particularly an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaI) or a formula (ZaII).
  • organic cation represented (cation (ZaII)) is preferred.
  • R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic group as R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
  • Preferred embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), and organic cation (cation (ZaI-3b)) represented by formula (ZaI-3b), which will be described later. ), and an organic cation (cation (ZaI-4b)) represented by the formula (ZaI-4b).
  • the cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
  • the arylsulfonium cation all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 includes, for example, one or more methylene groups substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and/or a carbonyl group. and alkylene groups (eg, butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
  • arylsulfonium cation examples include triarylsulfonium cation, diarylalkylsulfonium cation, aryldialkylsulfonium cation, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cation.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferred, and for example, a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group are more preferred.
  • the substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3-15), aryl group (e.g. 6-14 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (e.g. 1-15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g. 1-15 carbon atoms), halogen atom (e.g.
  • the above substituent may further have a substituent if possible.
  • the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent to become a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
  • the cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the carbon number of the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxy
  • a carbonylmethyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is even more preferred.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group). group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the rings may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • the above-mentioned ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as a butylene group and a pentylene group.
  • the methylene group in this alkylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and the ring formed by bonding R x and R y to each other may have a substituent.
  • the cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
  • R13 is a group having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group (cycloalkyl It may be a group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents.
  • a halogen atom e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.
  • R14 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • each R 14 independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
  • Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group.
  • Two R 15s may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom.
  • two R 15s are alkylene groups and are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the ring formed by bonding the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, naphthyl group, and two R 15s to each other may have a substituent.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are preferably linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10.
  • As the alkyl group a methyl group, ethyl group, n-butyl group, or t-butyl group is more preferable.
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group or pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
  • onium salt XB is an onium salt compound represented by "M + X - ", which generates an organic acid upon irradiation with light (hereinafter also referred to as "onium salt .
  • M + represents an organic cation
  • X - represents an organic anion.
  • Onium salt XB1 will be explained below.
  • organic cation represented by M + in onium salt ) is preferred.
  • the organic anion represented by X - in the onium salt XB1 is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion with extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), sulfonylimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris( Examples include alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and may be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferred.
  • the alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may or may not have a substituent other than a fluorine atom; it may also be a perfluoroalkyl group).
  • the aryl group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent.
  • Substituents are not particularly limited, but specifically include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), Alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), Acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms) , an alkyliminosulfony
  • Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
  • the alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • Substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and fluorine
  • An alkyl group substituted with an atom or a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
  • the molecular weight of the onium salt XB1 is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
  • onium salt XB in addition to the above-mentioned onium salt XB1, for example, compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0023] to [0095] of International Publication No. 2020/158313 can also be cited.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC is a compound having a site that can be deprotected by the action of an acid, such as a ketal structure or an acetal structure as described below, in order to generate a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction, it is necessary to use the compound generated from the onium salt XB.
  • the pKa of the generated acid is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.0 or less, and even more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit is preferably ⁇ 15.0 or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of onium salt XB is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition.5. More preferably, it is 0% by mass or more. Further, the upper limit of the content is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less.
  • Onium salts XB may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the composition of embodiment X1 comprises a sensitizer precursor XC.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC is a compound that generates a sensitizer by the action of an acid.
  • the sensitizer produced from the sensitizer precursor XC is preferably a sensitizer (photosensitizer) that absorbs light with a wavelength of more than 200 nm (preferably 250 nm or more).
  • step 3 the absorption wavelength of the sensitizer precursor XC itself and the sensitizer precursor
  • the structure of the sensitizer produced from the sensitizer precursor XC is preferably a carbonyl compound, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the carbonyl compound include aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids or salts thereof (eg, chlorides), carboxylic acid anhydrides, and carboxylic acid esters.
  • the carbonyl compound is preferably a compound that absorbs light on the long wavelength side, exceeding a wavelength of 200 nm.
  • Examples of the carbonyl compound include benzophenone derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, acridone derivatives, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, and acridone derivatives.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC is preferably a compound that produces a sensitizer having the above-mentioned structure upon the action of an acid.
  • a sensitizer precursor XC includes an alcohol compound represented by the following formula (VI), a ketal compound, an acetal compound, or an orthoester compound in which the hydrogen atom of an alcoholic hydroxyl group in the alcohol compound is substituted.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC may be a thiol compound in which the alcoholic hydroxyl group (hydroxy group) in the following formula (VI) is a thiol group.
  • thiol compounds include compounds in which the hydroxy group in the alcohol compound represented by the following formula (VI) is replaced with a thiol group.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC may be a thioketal compound or a thioacetal compound in which the oxygen atom bonded to R 23 and/or R 24 in the following formula (XXXVI) is replaced with sulfur.
  • step 2 pattern exposure step
  • step 3 fin exposure step
  • R 8 , R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a phenyl group; a naphthyl group; an anthracenyl group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an alkylthio group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; Phenoxy group; naphthoxy group; anthracenoxy group; amino group; amide group; halogen atom; linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group) having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); C1-C5 alkoxy group substituted with 5 alkoxy group, amino group, amide group, or hydroxy group; C1-C30 (preferably C1-5) linear, branched or a cyclic saturated or unsaturated
  • the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group in the above formula (VI) can be a phenyl group; a halogen atom; A saturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group) having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); ), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • any two or more groups among R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 are bonded by a single bond or double bond, or by -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 - , -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, -NHCO-, -NHCO-NH-, -CHR g -, -CR g 2 -, -NH- or -NR g - It may form a ring structure.
  • R g represents a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); ); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or a straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); , a branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or preferably represents a phenyl group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (XXXVI) is preferable as the ketal compound or acetal compound in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group in formula (VI) is substituted.
  • a compound represented by the following formula (XXXVI) is preferable.
  • the compound represented by the following formula (XXXVI) corresponds to an acetal compound.
  • R 9 and R 10 have the same meanings as R 9 and R 10 in the above formula (VI), respectively.
  • R 9 and R 10 may form a ring structure as described above.
  • R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or Unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • R 23 and R 24 are represented by a single bond or a double bond, or -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, -
  • a ring structure may be formed through a bond containing NHCO-, -NHCO-NH-, -CHR g -, -CR g 2 -, -NH- or -NR g -.
  • R g has the same meaning as R g in the above formula (VI).
  • Ketal compounds and acetal compounds are obtained by reacting a carbonyl compound with an alcohol. That is, in the above formula (XXXVI), R 23 and R 24 correspond to protective groups for a carbonyl group.
  • the reaction to obtain a sensitizer by removing a protecting group from a sensitizer precursor may be referred to as a "deprotection reaction.” Note that the deprotection reaction of ketal compounds and acetal compounds can usually proceed by the action of an acid.
  • ketal compounds that are sensitizer precursors include compounds represented by the following formulas (XXVII) to (XXX).
  • R 23 and R 24 have the same meanings as R 23 and R 24 in formula (XXXVI), respectively.
  • the hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring may be substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the aromatic ring is bonded to another aromatic ring. may be used to form a naphthalene ring or anthracene ring.
  • R 25 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the shift width of the absorption wavelength before and after the structural change from the sensitizer precursor XC to the sensitizer is more This allows a more selective sensitization reaction to occur in step 3 (flood exposure step).
  • orthoester compound in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group in formula (VI) is substituted is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (XLVI).
  • R 9 has the same meaning as R 9 in formula (VI) above.
  • R 38 to R 40 each independently represent a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or Unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • R 38 to R 40 are represented by a single bond or double bond, or -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, -
  • a ring structure may be formed through a bond containing NHCO-, -NHCO-NH-, -CHR g -, -CR g 2 -, -NH- or -NR g -.
  • R g has the same meaning as R g in the above formula (VI).
  • the orthoester compound is decomposed by a deprotection reaction under the action of an acid, and becomes, for example, a carboxylic acid ester or carboxylic acid containing a carbonyl group.
  • the orthoester compound is, for example, a carboxy group-containing sensitizer with OBO (for example, 4-methyl 2,6,7-trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-1-yl).
  • OBO for example, 4-methyl 2,6,7-trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-1-yl
  • a substituted (protected) OBO ester compound represented by the following formula (XLVII) is also preferred.
  • R 41 and R 42 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; phenyl group; naphthyl group; anthracenyl group; phenoxy group; naphthoxy group; anthracenoxy group; amino group; amide group; halogen atom; carbon number 1 ⁇ 30 (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); alkoxy group, hydroxy group, amino group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms , an amide group, or a phenoxy group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or unsaturated carbonized group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); A phenyl group substituted with a hydrogen group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an amino group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group; an
  • R 41 and R 42 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom; a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; ; or represents a phenyl group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group;
  • sensitizer precursor XC include compounds described in paragraphs [0067] to [0084] of JP-A No. 2015-172741.
  • step 3 energy transfer from the sensitizer generated from the sensitizer precursor XC to the onium salt XB progresses more easily, and while the onium salt XB is decomposed, the onium salt XB and the resin It is desirable that the energy level of the LUMO (Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital) of the sensitizer is higher than that of the LUMO of the onium salt XB, since the interaction with XA can be more effectively released.
  • LUMO Local Unoccupied Molecular Orbital
  • the content of the sensitizer precursor XC is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition. , more preferably 3.0% by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 25.0% by mass or less, more preferably 20.0% by mass or less.
  • the sensitizer precursors XC may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the composition of aspect X1 may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant. Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • composition of aspect preferable.
  • the composition of aspect X1 also preferably contains a basic compound.
  • the basic compound include hydroxide compounds, carboxylate compounds, amine compounds (for example, primary to tertiary aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, etc.), imine compounds, and amide compounds.
  • the basic compound compounds known in resist compositions can be used. for example,
  • composition of aspect preferable.
  • the composition of aspect X1 may contain a solvent.
  • the solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate.
  • M1 propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate
  • M2 propylene glycol monoalkyl ether
  • lactic acid ester acetate ester
  • alkoxypropionic acid ester chain ketone
  • cyclic ketone cyclic ketone
  • lactone alkylene carbonate
  • alkylene carbonate Preferably, at least one selected from the group .
  • this solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
  • the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent in the composition of Embodiment X1 is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. In this way, the applicability of the composition can be further improved.
  • composition of Embodiment X1 may further include a dissolution-inhibiting compound.
  • dissolution-inhibiting compound refers to a compound with a molecular weight of 3,000 or less that decomposes under the action of an acid and reduces its solubility in an organic solvent developer.
  • composition of aspect X2 composition is the same as the composition of Embodiment X1 above, except that the sensitizer precursor XC itself is a compound that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the pKa of the acid generated from the onium salt XB is preferably about -15.0 to 2.0.
  • the composition of aspect More preferably, this is the case when the onium salt is (more than 2.5).
  • onium salts XB include onium salts in which weak acids such as carboxylic acid anions and phenolic acid anions are used as generated acids.
  • Specific examples of the onium salt XB that can be used in the composition of Embodiment X2 include compounds in which the anion in the onium salt XB of Embodiment X1 is changed to a carboxylic acid anion and a phenolic acid anion.
  • the carboxylic acid anion include an aliphatic carboxylic acid anion, an aromatic carboxylic acid anion, and an aralkylcarboxylic acid anion.
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic carboxylic acid anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and may be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl group is preferred.
  • the alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may or may not have a substituent other than a fluorine atom; it may also be a perfluoroalkyl group).
  • the aryl group in the aromatic carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, tolyl group, and naphthyl group.
  • alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent.
  • Substituents are not particularly limited, but specifically include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), Alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), Acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms) , an alkyliminosulfony
  • the aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylic acid anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and a naphthylbutyl group.
  • the phenolic acid anion may be one in which the benzene ring in the molecule is substituted with a substituent (provided, however, with a substituent other than -O 2 - ) or unsubstituted.
  • substituent include those similar to the above-mentioned substituents that the carboxylic acid anion may have.
  • composition of aspect Upon irradiation with light, it generates an acid that can produce a sensitizer.
  • the photoacid generator XD known photoacid generators such as oxime sulfonate compounds, triazine compounds, nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds, disulfone compounds, and bissulfonyldiazomethane compounds can be used.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC is a compound having a moiety that can be deprotected by the action of an acid, such as the above-mentioned ketal structure or acetal structure
  • photoacid generation is required to generate a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction.
  • the pKa of the acid generated from agent XD is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.0 or less, and even more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit is preferably ⁇ 15.0 or more.
  • the content of the photoacid generator XD is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, more preferably 3.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, the content is 5.0% by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less.
  • the photoacid generators XD may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC itself may be a compound that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC is a compound that itself generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light, and the compound has a ketal structure or an acetal structure as described above, and the action of the acid
  • the pKa of the generated acid generated from the sensitizer precursor XC is preferably 2.0 or less, and more preferably 1.0 or less, in order to generate a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction. It is preferably 0.0 or less, and more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit is preferably ⁇ 15.0 or more.
  • a sensitizer precursor XC for example, a compound represented by the following formula (C1) or formula (C2) is preferable.
  • R c1 represents an organic group.
  • the organic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 12.
  • the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, p-methylphenyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, pentachlorophenyl group, pentafluorophenyl group, o-methoxyphenyl group, or p-phenoxyphenyl group.
  • heteroaryl group examples include a thiophene ring group, a pyrrole ring group, a thiazole ring group, an imidazole ring group, a furan ring group, a benzothiophene ring group, a benzothiazole ring group, and a benzimidazole ring group.
  • the alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may have a substituent.
  • R c2 and R c3 have the same meanings as R 23 and R 24 in formula (XXXVI) above. Note that R c2 and R c3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Examples of the group in which R c2 and R c3 are connected to each other include the groups exemplified above, and among them, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • R c4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R c4 include those similar to those exemplified as the organic group represented by R c1 .
  • p represents 0 or 1.
  • W c1 represents an aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the aromatic ring may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
  • the aromatic ring represented by W c1 is preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or an anthracene ring.
  • the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may further have a substituent.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an aminocarbonyl group.
  • Ar c1 represents an aromatic ring group.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic ring group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the aromatic ring may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. Examples of the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c1 include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a carbazole ring, and a fluorene ring.
  • the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as the substituent that the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may have.
  • a substituent that the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may have and a substituent that the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c1 may combine with each other to form a ring. It's okay.
  • the ring is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and may contain a heteroatom (eg, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, etc.).
  • a substituent that the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may have and a substituent represented by R c4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the ring is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and may contain a heteroatom (eg, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, etc.).
  • the above-mentioned ring may be an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring, but an aromatic ring (preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring) is preferable.
  • R c1 , R c2 , R c3 , and Ar c3 have the same meanings as R c1 , R c2 , R c3 , and Ar c1 in formula (C1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. be.
  • Ar c2 represents an alicyclic group or an aromatic ring group.
  • the number of ring members of the alicyclic group represented by Ar c2 is, for example, 3 to 20, preferably 4 to 15, and more preferably 6 to 15.
  • the alicyclic group may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • alicyclic group represented by Ar c1 and Ar c2 include, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alicyclic group may have a structure in which aromatic rings are condensed.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c2 may be either monocyclic or polycyclic, but polycyclic is preferable.
  • the polycyclic aromatic ring may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle, and may be selected from the group consisting of a 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring and a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocycle.
  • the ring is preferably a ring formed by condensing two or more (preferably 2 to 5, more preferably 2 to 3) rings.
  • examples of the 5-membered aromatic heterocycle include a thiophene ring and a furan ring.
  • the polycyclic aromatic ring is preferably a fluorene ring.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c2 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as the substituent that the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may have.
  • composition of aspect X3 In the composition of embodiment X3, resin XA and onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond. That is, the composition of aspect X3 includes a resin (hereinafter also referred to as "resin XAX3") in which resin XA and onium salt XB are linked via a covalent bond. Note that the resin XAX3 may or may not have an interactive group that can interact with the onium salt XB. In order to achieve better effects of the present invention, the resin XAX3 preferably has an interactive group.
  • composition of Embodiment X3 is the same as the composition of Embodiment X1, and the preferred embodiments are also the same, except that the composition includes resin XAX3 instead of containing resin XA and onium salt XB individually.
  • Resin XAX3 is a resin in which resin XA and onium salt XB are linked via a covalent bond. Resin XAX3 may or may not have an interactive group that interacts with onium salt XB. Resin XAX3 preferably has an interactive group in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. Note that the interactive group is as described above.
  • the resin XAX3 may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. However, when resin XAX3 contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units of resin XAX3. The following is more preferable, 5 mol% or less is still more preferable, and 3 mol% or less is particularly preferable. Note that the lower limit is 0 mol% or more. Note that the acid-decomposable group is as described above.
  • resin XAX3 contains a repeating unit having a group to which onium salt XB is covalently linked.
  • groups of the group to which the onium salt XB is linked via a covalent bond include a group represented by -L r -O r .
  • L r represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Or represents a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the onium salt XB already described in the composition of aspect The following groups are mentioned.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L r is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one having 1 carbon number) ⁇ 6. Can be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (preferably 6 to 10-membered ring, more preferably 6-membered ring) ), and a divalent linking group that is a combination of a plurality of these. Further, the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group represented by L r is an embodiment in which the position bonded to the main chain side of the divalent linking group represented by L r is -COO-.
  • X A n- represents a monovalent anionic group with an n-valent charge.
  • M A + represents an organic cation.
  • n represents 1 or 2.
  • M B + represents a monovalent organic cationic group.
  • the organic anions represented by X A n- and X B - are preferably non-nucleophilic anions (anions with extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • X A n- represents a monovalent anionic group having an n-valent charge (n is 1 or 2).
  • the groups represented by the following formulas (B-1) to (B-12) correspond to monovalent anionic groups with a monovalent charge, and the groups represented by the following formula (B-13) corresponds to a monovalent anionic group with a divalent charge.
  • R X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R X2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom and a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R X2 's in formula (B-6) may be the same or different.
  • R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • R XF1 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Two R XF1 's in formula (B-7) may be the same or different.
  • R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • n1 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • R XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • R X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
  • R X1 is an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms). ), or an aryl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 20). Further, the above group represented by R X1 may have a substituent.
  • it is also preferable that the atom directly bonded to N - in R X1 is neither the carbon atom in -CO- nor the sulfur atom in -SO 2 -.
  • the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group for R X1 include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • the substituent that the cycloalkyl group in R One or more of the carbon atoms that are ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon atom.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R X1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the cycloalkyl group described in the case where R X1 is a cycloalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group in R X1 has a fluorine atom as the substituent, the alkyl group may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • one or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with a carbonyl group.
  • the aryl group for R X1 is preferably a benzene ring group.
  • the substituent that the aryl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the alkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the alkyl groups explained in the case where R X1 is an alkyl group.
  • R X2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom and a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Two R X2 's in formula (B-6) may be the same or different.
  • the substituent other than the fluorine atom and the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R X2 is preferably an alkyl group other than the perfluoroalkyl group or a cycloalkyl group. Examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group obtained by removing a perfluoroalkyl group from the alkyl group described in the case where R X1 is an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group does not have a fluorine atom.
  • the cycloalkyl group include the cycloalkyl groups described in the case where R X1 is a cycloalkyl group. Further, it is preferable that the cycloalkyl group does not have a fluorine atom.
  • R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. However, at least one of the plurality of R XF1 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R XF1 's in formula (B-7) may be the same or different.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF1 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group.
  • the halogen atom as R X3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, of which a fluorine atom is preferred.
  • the monovalent organic group as R X3 is the same as the monovalent organic group described as R X1 .
  • n1 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R X3 may be the same or different.
  • R XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF2 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • B M1 represents a divalent anionic group represented by any of the following formulas (BB-1) to (BB-4).
  • LM represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • B M2 represents any group selected from the group consisting of formulas (B-1) to (B-12) described above.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L M is not particularly limited and includes -CO-, -NR-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group (preferably carbon Numbers 1 to 6, which may be linear or branched), cycloalkylene groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene groups (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), divalent aliphatic heterocyclic groups ( A 5- to 10-membered ring having at least one N atom, O atom, S atom, or Se atom in the ring structure is preferred, a 5- to 7-membered ring is more preferred, and a 5- to 6-membered ring is even more preferred), 2 valent aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably a 5- to 10-membered ring having at least one N atom, O atom, S atom, or Se atom in the ring structure, more preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and a 5- to 6-membered ring)
  • R examples include a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • the monovalent organic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
  • the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, the alkenylene group, the divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group have a substituent. You may do so.
  • the substituent include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
  • the divalent linking group represented by LM is preferably an alkylene group.
  • the alkylene group is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom, and may be a perfluoro group.
  • the organic cation represented by M A + in formula (O1) is an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaI) described above or an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaII) described above. Cations (cations (ZaII)) are preferred.
  • an organic cationic group represented by the following formula (ZBI) or an organic group represented by the following formula (ZBII) Cationic groups are preferred.
  • R 301 and R 302 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic group as R 301 and R 302 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20.
  • R 303 represents a divalent linking group. Further, two of R 301 to R 303 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 301 to R 303 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
  • the organic groups as R 301 and R 302 are not particularly limited, but are preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, Examples include ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
  • the substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 301 to R 302 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3 to 15), aryl groups (for example, carbon atoms 6 to 14), alkoxy groups (for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15), cycloalkylalkoxy groups (for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups. It will be done.
  • an alkyl group for example, carbon number 1 to 15
  • a cycloalkyl group for example, carbon number 3 to 15
  • aryl groups for example, carbon atoms 6 to 14
  • alkoxy groups for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15
  • cycloalkylalkoxy groups for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15
  • halogen atoms for example, hydroxyl groups,
  • the divalent linking group as R 303 is not particularly limited, but preferably represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an aromatic ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a thiophene ring, and the like.
  • a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferred, and a benzene ring is more preferred.
  • alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent.
  • R 304 represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 305 represents a divalent linking group.
  • the aryl group for R 304 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 304 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 304 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
  • a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or pentyl group
  • a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 304 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 304 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), Examples include aryl groups (eg, carbon atoms 6 to 15), alkoxy groups (eg, carbon atoms 1 to 15), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups.
  • the divalent linking group as R 305 is not particularly limited, but preferably represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, but examples include aromatic rings having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and thiophene ring. .
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent.
  • the organic anion represented by X B - in formula (O2) is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion with extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
  • Examples of the organic anion represented by X B - include those similar to the organic anions exemplified as the organic acid generated from the onium salt XB upon irradiation with light in Embodiment X1.
  • repeating unit having a group to which the onium salt XB is covalently linked include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (XR).
  • L r represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by Lr the same groups as those mentioned above as the divalent linking group represented by Lr can be mentioned.
  • Xr represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group that may have a substituent.
  • the halogen atom represented by X r is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by Xr may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group represented by Xr may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XR) is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. In addition, as an upper limit, 15 mol% or less is preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable. In the resin XAX3, only one kind of repeating unit represented by the above formula (XR) may be contained, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained. When a plurality of repeating units represented by the above formula (XR) are included, the above content is preferably the total content.
  • the resin XAX3 is preferably a resin whose main chain is cut by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases (main chain cleavage type resin), since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • Resin XAX3, which is a main chain cleavage type resin contains a repeating unit represented by the above formula (XR), a repeating unit represented by formula (XP) in resin XA explained in the composition of aspect X1, and a repeating unit represented by formula ( A resin containing at least one repeating unit represented by XQ) is preferable.
  • a resin containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (XR) in which X r represents a halogen atom and a repeating unit represented by the formula (XQ), or a resin in which X r is substituted It is preferable that the resin contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (XR) representing an alkyl group which may have a group and a repeating unit represented by the formula (XP).
  • Resin XAX3 has a repeating unit represented by the above formula (XR) and a repeating unit represented by formula (XP) or a repeating unit represented by formula (XQ) in resin XA explained in the composition of aspect X1. If the resin contains at least one type, the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (XR), the repeating unit represented by formula (XP), and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable.
  • the repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by formula (XR), the repeating unit represented by formula (XP), and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) is: It may be in any form such as a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or an alternating copolymer (ABAB%), but among these, an alternating copolymer is preferable.
  • a preferred embodiment of the resin XAX3 is an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the resin XAX3 is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more) based on the total mass of the resin XAX3. It will be done.
  • Resin XAX3 can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin XAX3 is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, even more preferably 30,000 or more, and particularly preferably 40,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
  • the polydispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin XAX3 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and even more preferably 1.7 or less.
  • the lower limit value is not particularly limited, and may be 1.0 or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of resin XAX3 is preferably 30.0% by mass or more, more preferably 45.0% by mass or more, and 65.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 99.9 mass % or less is preferable, for example. Further, resin XAX3 may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • composition of aspect X4 [Composition of aspect X4]
  • the onium salt XB in the resin in which the resin XA and the onium salt XB are linked via a covalent bond acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer.
  • composition rather than the compound, separately contains a photoacid generator XD as an acid source that generates an acid that can act on the sensitizer precursor XC to produce a sensitizer, or the sensitizer precursor
  • a photoacid generator XD as an acid source that generates an acid that can act on the sensitizer precursor XC to produce a sensitizer, or the sensitizer precursor
  • the composition is the same as the composition of Embodiment X3 above, except that XC itself generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • resin XAX4 in the composition of aspect is more than 2.0 (preferably more than 2.1, more preferably more than 2.5)) are linked via covalent bonds.
  • Examples of such onium salts XB include onium salts having weak acids such as carboxylic acids and phenolic acids as generated acids (that is, onium salts having carboxylic acid anions and phenolic acid anions).
  • a resin in which the anion of onium salt XB in resin XAX3 in aspect X3 is changed to a carboxylic acid anion and a phenolic acid anion can be mentioned.
  • the carboxylic acid anion and phenolic acid anion include those described as the generated acid of the onium salt XB that can be used in the composition of embodiment X2.
  • the photoacid generator XD and the sensitizer precursor XC that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light and their contents include the photoacid generator XD and the sensitizer precursor XC in the composition of Embodiment X2 above.
  • the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
  • the resin in which the resin XA and the sensitizer precursor XC are linked via a covalent bond preferably contains a repeating unit having a group to which the sensitizer precursor XC is linked via a covalent bond.
  • Such a repeating unit is a repeating unit represented by the formula ( XR ) described in the composition of aspect Repeating units representing groups to be formed are mentioned.
  • the content of repeating units having a group to which the sensitizer precursor XC is linked by a covalent bond is as follows:
  • the content is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more.
  • 15 mol% or less is preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable.
  • the resin in which the resin XA and the sensitizer precursor XC are linked via a covalent bond may contain only one type of repeating unit or two or more types of repeating units. When a plurality of the repeating units are included, the content is preferably the total content.
  • photoacid generator XD may be bonded to resin XA via a covalent bond.
  • the resin in which the resin XA and the photoacid generator XD are linked via a covalent bond preferably contains a repeating unit having a group to which the photoacid generator XD is linked via a covalent bond.
  • a repeating unit is a repeating unit represented by the formula (XR) described in the composition of aspect X3, in which "O r " is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the photoacid generator XD. Examples include repeating units representing groups.
  • the content of repeating units having a group to which the photoacid generator XD is linked via a covalent bond is 1 mol based on all repeating units. % or more is preferable, and 3 mol% or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 15 mol% or less is preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable.
  • the repeating unit may contain only one type or two or more types. When a plurality of the repeating units are included, the content is preferably the total content.
  • composition of requirement 2 An example of an embodiment of a composition meeting requirement 2 will be shown below.
  • a composition comprising resin YA and compound YB,
  • the resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB,
  • the onium salt structure in compound YB is a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer,
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
  • a composition comprising resin YA and compound YB,
  • the resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB,
  • the onium salt structure in compound YB is not a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, and the composition further contains a photoacid generator YC,
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
  • a composition comprising resin YA and compound YB, The resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond,
  • the onium salt structure in compound YB is a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer,
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
  • a composition comprising resin YA and compound YB, The resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond,
  • the onium salt structure in compound YB is not a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, and the composition further contains a photoacid generator YC,
  • the content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
  • the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
  • the composition when the compound YB is bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond.
  • the composition when the photoacid generator YC is bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin YA and the photoacid generator YC are bonded via a covalent bond.
  • Resin YA has an interactive group that interacts (for example, electrostatic interaction) with compound YB, which will be described later. Note that the interactive group is as described above.
  • the resin YA may include a repeating unit having a group (acid-decomposable group) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a polar group.
  • resin YA contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units of resin YA. The following is more preferable, 5 mol% or less is still more preferable, and 3 mol% or less is particularly preferable. Note that the lower limit is 0 mol% or more.
  • the acid-decomposable group is as described above.
  • resin YA As the resin YA, it is preferable to use a resin whose main chain is cut by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases (main chain cut resin), since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the resin YA which is a main chain cleavage type resin, include resin YA-1.
  • Resin YA-1 contains an interactive group, and includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (YP) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (YQ). However, if the resin YA-1 contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less based on all repeating units. Note that in resin YA-1, the interactive group may be contained in any position. In resin YA-1, the interactive group may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (YP) and/or the repeating unit represented by formula (YQ), or may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (YP). and the repeating unit represented by formula (YQ), and the other repeating unit may be included in the interactive group.
  • the interactive group may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (YP) and/or the repeating unit represented by formula (YQ), or may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (YP). and the repeating unit represented by formula (YQ), and the other repeating unit may be included in the
  • X Yp represents a halogen atom.
  • L Yp represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R Yp represents a substituent.
  • R Yq1 represents an alkyl group that may have a substituent.
  • L Yq represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R Yq2 represents a substituent.
  • the resin YA-1 at least one of the substituent represented by R Yp in formula (YP) and the substituent represented by R Yq2 in formula (YQ) has an interactive group, Alternatively, it is preferable that the repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) and the repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the formula (YQ) are included, and the other repeating unit has an interactive group.
  • the total content of the repeating units represented by the above formula (YP) and the repeating units represented by the above formula (YQ) is 90 mol% or more based on all repeating units.
  • the content is preferably 95 mol% or more, and more preferably 95 mol% or more.
  • 100 mol% or less is preferable.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YP) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YQ) are a random copolymer, a block copolymer, and an alternating copolymer ( It may be in any form such as ABAB%), but among these, an alternating copolymer is preferred.
  • a preferred embodiment of the resin YA-1 is an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the resin X is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more) based on the total mass of the resin YA-1. Certain embodiments may also be mentioned.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YP) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on the total repeating units. More preferred.
  • the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YQ) preferably accounts for 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on the total repeating units. .
  • the halogen atom represented by X Yp is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L Yp is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (6 to 10 membered ring (6-membered rings are preferred, and 6-membered rings are more preferred), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of a plurality of these.
  • alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent.
  • substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group represented by L Yp includes an embodiment in which the position bonded to the main chain side of the divalent linking group represented by L Yp is -COO-.
  • R groups the substituent represented by R groups, halogen atoms, ester groups (-OCOR'' or -COOR'': R'' represents an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group), lactone groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, interactive groups, etc.
  • R'' represents an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group
  • lactone groups lactone groups
  • alcoholic hydroxyl groups interactive groups, etc. It will be done.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is to be distinguished from the phenolic hydroxyl group, and in this specification, a hydroxyl group that is substituted for an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is intended.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, acyloxy group, ester group, and lactone group may further have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms and interactive groups. Note that when the alkyl group has a fluorine atom, it may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be either linear or branched. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and even more preferably from 1 to 6.
  • the above cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 5 to 15, more preferably from 5 to 10, for example.
  • cycloalkyl group examples include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group.
  • the above aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10. As the aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthranyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aralkyl group preferably has a structure in which one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group described above is substituted with the aryl group described above.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 15.
  • the alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 10, even more preferably from 2 to 6.
  • the alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and has preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • the above acyloxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and has preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms. Further, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group represented by R'' is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
  • the lactone group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, more preferably one in which another ring structure is fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
  • the interactive group is as described above.
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (YP1).
  • X Yp1 has the same meaning as X Yp in formula (YP) above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y Yp1 represents a single bond or -COO-.
  • L Yp1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L Yp1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one carbon number to 6) (which may be linear or branched), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Ar Yp1 represents a (Yp2+1)-valent aromatic ring group or alicyclic group.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group when Yp2 is 1 include arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group, or thiophene ring, furan ring, and pyrrole ring.
  • a benzothiophene ring a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle such as a thiazole ring.
  • an arylene group is preferred, a phenylene group, a naphthalene group, or an anthracenylene group is more preferred, and a phenylene group or a naphthalene group is even more preferred.
  • (Yp2+1)-valent aromatic ring group when Yp2 is an integer of 2 or more, (Yp2-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from the above-mentioned specific example of a divalent aromatic ring group.
  • the following groups are mentioned.
  • the (Yp2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yp1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a carbonyl carbon.
  • the (Yp2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yp1 includes, for example, polycyclic cycloalkanes such as norbornene, tetracyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and adamantane from which (Yp2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms have been removed. The following groups are mentioned.
  • the (Yp2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yp1 includes a group obtained by removing (Yp2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a lactone ring or a sultone ring.
  • the lactone ring and sultone ring are preferably 5- to 7-membered lactone rings and sultone rings, and other ring structures are fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring and sultone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
  • a ring is more preferable.
  • the (Yp2+1)-valent aromatic ring group and alicyclic group may have a substituent other than R Yp1 .
  • Yp1 represents 0 or 1.
  • Yp2 represents 1.
  • Yp1 is 1, Yp2 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • R Yp1 represents a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R Yp1 include those similar to R Yp in the above formula (YP), and among them, an alkyl group or an interactive group which may have a substituent is preferable.
  • substituent a halogen atom is preferred.
  • the alkyl group represented by R Yq1 may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group represented by R Yq1 may have a substituent. Substituents include, but are not particularly limited to, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and the like.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L Yq includes the same divalent linking group as the divalent linking group represented by L Yp in formula (YP) above.
  • Examples of the substituent represented by R q2 in formula (YQ) include the same substituents as the substituent represented by R Yp in the above formula (YP).
  • the repeating unit represented by formula (YQ) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (YQ1) below.
  • R Yq11 has the same meaning as R Yq1 in formula (YQ) above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Y Yq1 represents a single bond or -COO-.
  • L Yq1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L Yq1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one carbon number to 6) (which may be linear or branched), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • Ar Yq1 represents a (Yq2+1)-valent aromatic ring group or alicyclic group.
  • Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group when Yq2 is 1 include arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group, or thiophene ring, furan ring, and pyrrole ring.
  • a benzothiophene ring a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle such as a thiazole ring.
  • an arylene group is preferred, and a phenylene group or a naphthalene group is more preferred.
  • (Yq2+1)-valent aromatic ring groups when Yq2 is an integer of 2 or more include (Yq2-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-mentioned specific examples of divalent aromatic ring groups.
  • the following groups are mentioned.
  • the (Yq2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yq1 may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a carbonyl carbon.
  • the (Yq2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yq1 includes, for example, polycyclic cycloalkanes such as norbornene, tetracyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and adamantane from which (Yq2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms have been removed. The following groups are mentioned.
  • the (Yq2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yq1 includes a group obtained by removing (Yq2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a lactone ring or a sultone ring.
  • the lactone ring and sultone ring are preferably 5- to 7-membered lactone rings and sultone rings, and other ring structures are fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring and sultone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
  • a ring is more preferable.
  • the (Yq2+1)-valent aromatic ring group and alicyclic group may have a substituent other than R Yq12 .
  • Yq1 represents 0 or 1.
  • Yq2 represents 1.
  • Yq1 is 1, Yq2 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
  • R Yq12 represents a substituent.
  • substituent represented by R Yq12 include those similar to R Yp in the above formula (YP), and among them, an alkyl group or an interactive group which may have a substituent is preferable.
  • substituent a halogen atom is preferred.
  • the above-mentioned resin YA-1 may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
  • Resin YA can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin YA is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, and even more preferably 30,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
  • the polydispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin YA is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and even more preferably 1.7 or less.
  • the lower limit value is not particularly limited, and may be 1.0 or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of resin YA is preferably 30.0% by mass or more, more preferably 45.0% by mass or more, and 65.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 99.9 mass % or less is preferable, for example. Further, resin YA may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • composition of embodiment Y1 comprises compound YB.
  • Compound YB is a compound having an onium salt structure that generates an acid upon irradiation with light, and generates a sensitizer under the action of the acid.
  • the sensitizer produced from compound YB is preferably a sensitizer (photosensitizer) that absorbs light with a wavelength of more than 200 nm (preferably 250 nm or more).
  • a sensitizer photosensitizer
  • the absorption wavelength of compound YB itself and the absorption wavelength of the sensitizer produced from compound YB are (In other words, the absorption wavelength shifts significantly before and after the structural change from compound YB to a sensitizer), and unnecessary photosensitivity of compound YB can be suppressed.
  • the sensitizer can be selectively exposed in step 3 (flood exposure step), and the resolution of the formed pattern is better.
  • the sensitizer produced from compound YB is preferably a compound that contains a carbonyl group and absorbs light on the long wavelength side of wavelengths exceeding 200 nm.
  • the sensitizer produced from compound YB is a compound containing a carbonyl group
  • examples thereof include benzophenone derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, acridone derivatives, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, and acridone derivatives.
  • Compound YB has an onium salt structure that generates an acid upon irradiation with light.
  • the above-mentioned onium salt structure is intended to be a salt structure consisting of an anion site and a cation site, which is easily decomposed by exposure to light and has excellent acid production. It is preferable that the organic anion moiety has a very low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction.
  • the number of onium salt structures in compound YB is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • organic acids generated from compound YB upon irradiation with light include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphor sulfonic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidic acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide acids, and , tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid, and the like.
  • sulfonic acids aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphor sulfonic acids, etc.
  • carbonylsulfonylimidic acids include the organic acids exemplified as the generated acid of the onium salt in the composition of Embodiment X1.
  • the sensitizer formation site of compound YB is a site that is deprotected by the action of an acid, such as a ketal structure or an acetal structure as described below, in order to generate a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction, the generation generated from compound YB is
  • the pKa of the acid is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.0 or less, and even more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit is preferably ⁇ 15.0 or more.
  • Compound YB is preferably a compound having an onium salt structural part and a sensitizer forming part, and a structural part having a cation part and a sensitizer forming part, and a counter anion of the cation part of the above structural part. More preferably, it is a compound having In the above compound, the cation moiety and the counter anion form an onium salt structure site.
  • the onium salt structure is preferably a sulfonium salt structure or an iodonium salt structure.
  • the sensitizer forming site is preferably a site that has a ketal or acetal structure in which a carbonyl group is protected with an alcohol, and that can undergo a deprotection reaction to the carbonyl group by the action of an acid.
  • Examples of the compound YB include compounds represented by the following formula (Y1) or formula (Y2).
  • R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the organic groups as R Y1 and R Y2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20.
  • L Y1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • two of R Y1 , R Y2 , and L Y1 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. good.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining two of R Y1 , R Y2 , and L Y1 include an alkylene group (e.g., butylene group and pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 - CH 2 - is mentioned.
  • the organic groups as R Y1 and R Y2 are not particularly limited, but are preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
  • a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, Examples include ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
  • the substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R Y1 and R Y2 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3 to 15), aryl groups (for example, carbon atoms 6 to 14), alkoxy groups (for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15), cycloalkylalkoxy groups (for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups. It will be done.
  • an alkyl group for example, carbon number 1 to 15
  • a cycloalkyl group for example, carbon number 3 to 15
  • aryl groups for example, carbon atoms 6 to 14
  • alkoxy groups for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15
  • cycloalkylalkoxy groups for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15
  • halogen atoms for example, hydroxyl
  • the divalent linking group as L Y1 is not particularly limited, but preferably represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an aromatic ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a thiophene ring, and the like.
  • a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferred, and a benzene ring is more preferred.
  • alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent.
  • R Y3 , R Y4 , and R Y5 have the same meanings as R 23 , R 24 , and R 9 in formula (XXXVI) above.
  • R Y3 and R Y4 may be connected to each other to form a ring structure. Examples of the group to which R Y3 and R Y4 are connected to each other include those mentioned above, and among them, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • R Y5 is also preferably a polycyclic aromatic ring such as a carbazole group or a fluorene group. The polycyclic aromatic ring may further have a substituent.
  • substituents examples include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an aminocarbonyl group.
  • a halogen atom an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an aminocarbonyl group.
  • a Y1 - represents an organic acid anion.
  • the organic acid anion represented by A Y1 - has a proton adduct (A Y1 - H) having a pKa of 2.0 or less (preferably 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.0 or less). Note that the lower limit value is preferably -15.0 or more.
  • Examples of the organic acid anion represented by A Y1 - include those already mentioned as organic acids generated from compound YB upon irradiation with light.
  • R Y6 represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • Examples of the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by RY6 include those similar to the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by RY1 above, and preferred embodiments are also the same. be.
  • R Y3 , R Y4 , R Y5 , L Y1 , and A Y1 - have the same meaning as R Y3 , R Y4 , R Y5 , L Y1 , and A Y1 - in formula (Y1) above.
  • the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • Examples of compound YB include compounds represented by the following formulas (I) to (IV).
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 1' , R 2' , R 1'' , R 2'' , R 3 , and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom; Phenyl group; naphthyl group; anthracenyl group; phenoxy group; naphthoxy group; anthracenoxy group; amino group; amide group; halogen atom; linear, branched or branched having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) Cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an amide group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; A linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group) having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms), an al
  • the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); (alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • the sulfonium salt compound will contain a ketal compound group or an acetal compound group.
  • any two or more groups among R 1 , R 2 , R 1' , R 2' , R 1'' , R 2'' , R 3 , and R 4 are , by a single bond or a double bond, or -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, -NHCO-, -NHCO- They may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure via a bond containing NH-, -CHR e -, -CR e 2 -, -NH- or -NR e -.
  • R e represents a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); ); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or a straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); , a branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • R 1 , R 2 , R 1' , R 2' , R 1'' , R 2'' , R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; It preferably represents a substituted phenoxy group; or a phenyl group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a hydroxy group.
  • X ⁇ represents an organic acid anion.
  • the organic acid anion represented by The value is preferably ⁇ 15.0 or higher.).
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 5' , R 6' and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a phenyl group; a naphthyl group; an anthracenyl group; a phenoxy group; group; anthracenoxy group; amino group; amide group; halogen atom; linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably alkyl group); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an amide group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; a phenoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) ), a phenyl group substituted with a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkyl group
  • the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); (alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • the iodonium salt compound will contain a ketal compound group or an acetal compound group.
  • any two or more groups among R 5 , R 6 , R 5' , R 6' , and R 7 may be bonded by a single bond or double bond, or -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, -NHCO-, -NHCO-NH-, -CHR f -, -CR f 2 - , -NH- or -NR f - may form a ring structure.
  • R f is a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); ); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or a straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); , a branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • R 5 , R 6 , R 5' , R 6' and R 7 each independently represent a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or a phenyl group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group.
  • Y ⁇ represents an organic acid anion.
  • the organic acid anion represented by Y - the pKa of its proton adduct (YH) is 2.0 or less (preferably 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit The value is preferably ⁇ 15.0 or higher.).
  • the groups represented by -C(-OH)R 5 R 6 and -C(-OH)R 5' R 6' are specifically the groups represented by the above formula ( -C(-OH)R 1 R 2 , -C(-OH)R 1' R 2' , and -C(-OH)R 1'' R 2'' etc. exemplified in I) to (III) Groups similar to those represented may be mentioned.
  • organic acid anions represented by X - and Y - mentioned above include those already described as organic acids generated from compound YB upon irradiation with light.
  • step 3 the sensitizer generated from compound YB is more likely to undergo energy transfer from the sensitizer generated from compound YB to compound YB, and the decomposition of compound YB is better. It is desirable that the energy level of the LUMO of compound YB is higher than that of the LUMO of compound YB.
  • the content of compound YB is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, more preferably 2.0% by mass or more, and 3.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, the amount is % by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 30.0% by mass or less, more preferably 25.0% by mass or less.
  • Compound YB may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • composition of aspect Y1 may further contain other components than the above-mentioned components.
  • Other components include the surfactant, basic compound (quencher), solvent, and other additives described in the composition of aspect X1. Further, the contents of other components are also the same as those explained for the composition of aspect X1.
  • composition of aspect Y2 [Composition of aspect Y2]
  • the onium salt structure in compound YB is not a structure that generates an acid that can generate a sensitizer, and the composition separately contains a photoacid generator YC as a source of the acid.
  • the composition of the above-mentioned embodiment Y1 it is the same as the composition of the above-mentioned embodiment Y1, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the pKa of the generated acid is preferably about -15.0 to 2.0.
  • the composition of embodiment Y2 is a compound in which the onium salt structure in compound YB is not a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer (for example, the pKa of the generated acid is more than 2.0 (preferably 2.0). (more than 1, more preferably more than 2.5)).
  • carboxylic acid anion and phenolic acid anion include those described as the generated acid of the onium salt XB that can be used in the composition of embodiment X2.
  • the composition of embodiment Y2 includes a photoacid generator YC as a compound that acts on compound YB to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer.
  • Examples of the photoacid generator YC include those similar to the photoacid generator XD included in the composition of Aspect 3 described above, and the content in the composition can also be in the same numerical range.
  • composition of aspect Y3 includes a resin (hereinafter also referred to as "resin YAY3") in which resin YA and compound YB are linked via a covalent bond.
  • resin YAY3 may or may not have an interactive group that can interact with the onium salt structure in compound YB. It is preferable that the resin YAY3 has an interactive group so that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the composition of Embodiment Y3 is the same as the composition of Embodiment Y1, and the preferred embodiments are also the same, except that the composition includes resin YAY3 instead of containing resin YA and compound YB individually.
  • Resin YAY3 is a resin in which resin YA and compound YB are linked via a covalent bond. Resin YAY3 may or may not have an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt structure in compound YB. It is preferable that the resin YAY3 has an interactive group since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. Note that the interactive group is as described above.
  • the resin YAY3 may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. However, when resin YAY3 contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units of resin YAY3. The following is more preferable, 5 mol% or less is still more preferable, and 3 mol% or less is particularly preferable. Note that the lower limit is 0 mol% or more. Note that the acid-decomposable group is as described above.
  • the resin YAY3 contains a repeating unit in which the compound YB has a group connected by a covalent bond.
  • the group to which compound YB is linked via a covalent bond include a group represented by -L yr -O yr .
  • L yr represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
  • O yr represents a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the compound YB already described in the composition of embodiment Y1.
  • O yr preferably represents a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the anion site of the compound YB described above.
  • Specific examples of O yr include groups represented by the following formula (O3) or formula (O4), which will be described later.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L yr is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, and an alkylene group (preferably one having 1 carbon number). ⁇ 6. Can be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (preferably 6 to 10-membered ring, more preferably 6-membered ring) ), and a divalent linking group that is a combination of a plurality of these. Further, the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group represented by L yr is an embodiment in which the position bonded to the main chain side of the divalent linking group represented by L yr is -COO-.
  • Y A - represents a monovalent anionic group.
  • N A + represents a group having a cation site serving as a counter cation of Y A - and a sensitizer forming site. * represents the connection position.
  • *-Y A - N A + is specifically a group represented by formulas (I) to (V), formula (Y1), and formula (Y2) explained in the composition of aspect Y1. Examples include groups formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the anion moiety of the compound.
  • N B + represents a group having a cation site and a sensitizer forming site.
  • Y A - represents an organic anion serving as a counter anion to N B + .
  • * represents the connection position.
  • *-N B + Y B - is specifically a group represented by formulas (I) to (V), formula (Y1), and formula (Y2) explained in the composition of embodiment Y1. Examples include groups formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the non-anionic part (structural part having a cation part and a sensitizer forming part) of the compound.
  • repeating unit in which compound YB has a group connected by a covalent bond include a repeating unit represented by (YR) below.
  • L yr represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group represented by L yr includes the same groups as those mentioned above as the divalent linking group represented by L yr .
  • Examples of O yr include a group represented by the above-mentioned formula (O3) or formula (O4).
  • X yr represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
  • the halogen atom represented by X yr is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, more preferably a chlorine atom.
  • the alkyl group represented by X yr may be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group represented by X yr may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group.
  • the content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YR) is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, based on all repeating units.
  • 100 mol% or less is preferable, and 80 mol% or less is more preferable.
  • the resin YAY3 is preferably a resin whose main chain is cut by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases (main chain cleavage type resin), since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the resin YAY3, which is a main chain cleavage type resin contains a repeating unit represented by the above formula (YR), a repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) in the resin YA explained in the composition of aspect Y1, and a repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) and the formula ( It is preferable that the resin contains at least one type of repeating unit represented by YQ).
  • the resin contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (YR) representing an alkyl group which may have a group and a repeating unit represented by the formula (YP).
  • the resin YAY3 is a resin containing a repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (YR) and at least one repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) or a repeating unit represented by the formula (YQ),
  • the total content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (YR), the repeating unit represented by the formula (YP), and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YQ) is 90 mol based on all repeating units. % or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable.
  • the repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (YR), the repeating unit represented by the formula (YP), and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YQ) is: It may be in any form such as a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or an alternating copolymer (ABAB%), but among these, an alternating copolymer is preferable.
  • a preferred embodiment of the resin YAY3 includes an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the resin YAY3 is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more) based on the total mass of the resin YAY3. It will be done.
  • Resin YAY3 can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin YAY3 is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, even more preferably 30,000 or more, and particularly preferably 40,000 or more.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
  • the polydispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin YAY3 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and even more preferably 1.7 or less.
  • the lower limit value is not particularly limited, and may be 1.0 or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of resin YAY3 is preferably 30.0% by mass or more, more preferably 45.0% by mass or more, and 65.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mass % or less is preferable, and 99.9 mass % or less is more preferable, for example. Furthermore, the resin YAY3 may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
  • composition of aspect Y4 the onium salt structure of compound YB in the resin in which resin YA and compound YB are linked via a covalent bond is not a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, and the composition
  • the composition is the same as the composition of Embodiment X3 above, except that it separately contains a photoacid generator YC as an acid source for producing a sensitizer by acting on compound YB, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
  • the onium salt structure of compound YB to which resin YA is covalently bonded can generate a sensitizer. It is the same as resin XAY3 contained in the composition of aspect Y3 except that it does not have a structure that generates acid. That is, resin YAY4 in the composition of aspect Y4 is composed of resin XA and compound YB whose onium salt structure in the molecule is not a structure that generates an acid that can generate a sensitizer (for example, the pKa of the generated acid is 2.0 (preferably greater than 2.1, more preferably greater than 2.5) are linked via covalent bonds.
  • onium salt structures examples include onium salt structures in which weak acids such as carboxylic acids and phenolic acids are used as generated acids.
  • a specific example of the above-mentioned resin includes a resin in which the anion in compound YB is changed to a carboxylic acid anion and a phenolic acid anion in resin YAY3 in aspect Y3.
  • the carboxylic acid anion and phenolic acid anion include those described as the generated acid of the onium salt XB that can be used in the composition of embodiment X2.
  • the composition of embodiment Y4 contains a photoacid generator YC as a compound that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on compound YB.
  • the photoacid generator YC and its content are the same as the photoacid generator YC and its content in the composition of embodiment Y2 described above.
  • the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
  • the resin in which the resin YA and the photoacid generator YC are linked via a covalent bond preferably contains a repeating unit having a group to which the photoacid generator YC is linked via a covalent bond.
  • Such a repeating unit is a repeating unit represented by the formula (YR) described in the composition of aspect Y3, where "O yr " is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the photoacid generator YC. Examples include repeating units representing groups.
  • the content of repeating units having a group to which the photoacid generator YC is linked via a covalent bond is 1 mol based on all repeating units. % or more is preferable, and 3 mol% or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 15 mol% or less is preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable.
  • the repeating unit may contain only one type or two or more types. When a plurality of the repeating units are included, the content is preferably the total content.
  • Step 1 Forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition
  • Step 2 Exposing the resist film in a pattern with light having a wavelength of 200 nm or less to generate a sensitizer
  • Step 3 Pattern Step 4: Flood exposure of the exposed resist film (resist film obtained in step 2) with light having a wavelength of more than 200 nm and sensitizing the sensitizer.
  • Step 2-A Heating step of heating the pattern-exposed resist film (resist film obtained in Step 2)
  • Step 3-A Heating step of heating the flood exposed resist film (resist film obtained in step 3)
  • step 4-A A step of rinsing the developed resist film (resist film obtained in step 4) using a rinsing liquid
  • Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition.
  • the definition of the resist composition is as described above.
  • Examples of methods for forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition include a method of applying a resist composition onto a substrate. Note that it is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated), such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices, by any suitable application method, such as a spinner or coater.
  • the coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
  • the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
  • drying method examples include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the standpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, when EUV exposure and EB exposure are used in the pattern exposure step of Step 2, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm.
  • a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film using a top coat composition.
  • the top coat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film.
  • the top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed.
  • Specific examples of basic compounds that may be included in the top coat include basic compounds that may be included in the resist composition.
  • the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film in a pattern.
  • the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic light or radiation of a predetermined wavelength through a predetermined mask.
  • the exposure light is preferably deep ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and specific examples include ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams. Among these, EUV or electron beams are preferred as actinic rays or radiation.
  • the resist film is pattern-exposed to light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less, so that the onium salt XB and the photoacid generator are removed in the exposed area.
  • XD or the sensitizer precursor XC is decomposed to generate an acid, and a sensitizer can be produced from the sensitizer precursor XC by the action of this acid.
  • the resist film is pattern-exposed to light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less, so that the onium salt structure or light in compound YB is removed in the exposed region.
  • Acid generator YC decomposes to generate acid, and a sensitizer can be produced from compound YB by the action of this acid.
  • a sensitizer can be produced from compound YB by the action of this acid.
  • the pattern exposure in step X2 only a part of the acid generating components such as the onium salt XB, the photoacid generator XD, the sensitizer precursor XC, the onium salt structure in compound YB, and the photoacid generator YC are cleaved. It is preferable to adjust the exposure amount accordingly.
  • Step 4 is a step of flood exposure with light having a wavelength of over 200 nm and sensitizing the sensitizer.
  • the sensitizer in the exposed area in step 2 selectively absorbs light and is excited, causing energy transfer to components such as onium salt XB and compound YB. cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure may occur.
  • the resin contains an interactive group, the association structure due to electrostatic interaction between the interactive group contained in the resin and the onium salt or the onium salt structure contained in the predetermined compound can be released.
  • step 2 pattern exposure step
  • step 4 developer step
  • the wavelength of the exposure light in step 3 is set to The wavelength is preferably longer than the wavelength that can be absorbed by acid-generating components such as sensitizer precursor XC, photoacid generator XD, compound YB, and photoacid generator XC.
  • the wavelength of the exposure light is preferably 280 nm or more, more preferably 320 nm or more, and may be 350 nm or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is often 500 nm or less.
  • Step 2 (pattern exposure step) and Step 3 (flood exposure step) are preferably carried out under the atmosphere, under a reduced pressure atmosphere, under an inert atmosphere, or the like. Among these, it is more preferable to carry out under a reduced pressure atmosphere or an inert atmosphere containing nitrogen or argon.
  • Step 2-A, Step 3-A Heating step
  • Step 2-A It is preferable to perform a heating step after step 2 and before performing step 3 (flood exposure step).
  • the reaction in the exposed region of Step 2 can be promoted.
  • step 3 and before implementing step 4 it is preferable to perform a heating step.
  • the heating step of Step 3-A By performing the heating step of Step 3-A, the reaction in the exposed region of Step 2 is promoted, and the sensitivity and pattern shape are improved.
  • the heating temperature in Step 2-A and Step 3-A is preferably 30 to 150°C, more preferably 60 to 140°C, and even more preferably 60 to 120°C.
  • the heating time in Step 2-A and Step 3-A is preferably 5 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 10 to 120 seconds.
  • the heating in Step 2-A and Step 3-A can be carried out by means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. Note that it is also preferable that the heating step is carried out in a humidity-controlled environment.
  • Step 4 is a step in which the exposed resist film is developed using a developer.
  • the developer may be an alkaline aqueous solution or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic solvent developer), but is preferably an organic solvent developer.
  • an organic solvent developer a developer containing an organic solvent
  • by developing it using an organic solvent-based developer the exposed region of the exposed resist film is removed and a pattern is formed. Note that the developer will be described later.
  • Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and the substrate is left still for a certain period of time for development (paddle method). ), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto the rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). can be mentioned. Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
  • Step 4-A is a step of cleaning the pattern obtained in step 3 (developing step) using a rinsing liquid. Note that the rinsing liquid will be described later.
  • Examples of the rinsing method include methods similar to the developing method in step 3 (developing step) described above (dip method, paddle method, spray method, and dynamic dispense method).
  • the treatment time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 10 to 120 seconds, even more preferably 10 to 100 seconds, and particularly preferably 10 to 60 seconds.
  • the temperature of the rinse liquid is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
  • the developer and rinse solution may be an alkaline aqueous solution or a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developer), but an organic solvent developer is preferable.
  • organic solvent developer organic solvent developer
  • chemical solutions that are preferably used as a developer and a rinse solution will be described.
  • at least one of the developing solution and the rinsing solution is preferably a chemical solution containing two or more types of organic solvents, which will be described later.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the chemical solution is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, even more preferably 90% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the chemical solution.
  • 99.9 mass % or less is preferable, 99.5 mass % or less is more preferable, 99.0 mass % or less is more preferable, and 98.0 mass % or less is still more preferable.
  • the organic solvent contained in the chemical solution may be one type alone or two or more types.
  • medical solution contains two or more types of organic solvents, it is preferable that the above-mentioned content is a total content of two or more types of organic solvents.
  • the chemical solution may contain water.
  • the water content relative to the total mass of the chemical solution is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the organic solvent contained in the chemical solution organic solvents known as developing solutions and rinsing solutions can be used.
  • the chemical solution contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, ketone solvents, and amide solvents.
  • the organic solvent contained in the chemical solution is preferably an organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, ketone solvents, and amide solvents.
  • at least one of the organic solvents contained in the chemical solution is preferably an ester solvent or a hydrocarbon solvent, and the organic solvent contained in the chemical solution preferably contains both an ester solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent. More preferred.
  • ester solvents hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, and ketone solvents
  • specific examples of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, ketone solvents, and amide solvents that can be suitably used as organic solvents included in the chemical solution will be described.
  • ester solvent is not particularly limited, but it preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms, in order to achieve better effects of the present invention.
  • Ester solvents have heteroatoms.
  • examples of the above-mentioned heteroatoms include oxygen atoms, and it is preferable that the heteroatoms include only oxygen atoms.
  • the number of heteroatoms that the ester solvent has is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 3, and even more preferably 2. Further, the ester solvent may have one or more -COO-, and preferably has only one -COO-.
  • the boiling point of the ester solvent is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 120 to 200°C, even more preferably 120 to 180°C.
  • the ClogP of the ester solvent is preferably 0.50 to 4.00, more preferably 1.00 to 4.00, even more preferably 1.20 to 3.50, particularly preferably 1.50 to 3.00. .
  • ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, hexyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono Butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, lactic acid Examples include butyl, propyl lactate, butyl butanoate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl butyrate, isobutyl isobutyl
  • ester solvent propyl acetate, butyl acetate, hexyl acetate, PGMEA, ethyl lactate, isoamyl butyrate, ethyl propionate, or propyl propionate is preferred, and propyl acetate, butyl acetate, hexyl acetate, ethyl lactate, isoamyl butyrate, propion Ethyl acid or propyl propionate is more preferred.
  • the ester solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of the ester solvent is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and still more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution. It is preferably 60% by mass or more, particularly preferably 60% by mass or more.
  • the upper limit is preferably 100% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, and even more preferably 90% by mass or less.
  • hydrocarbon solvent examples include aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, with a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent being preferred.
  • the hydrocarbon solvent preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 12 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 9 to 11 carbon atoms.
  • the aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear.
  • the aromatic hydrocarbon solvent may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • hydrocarbon solvents include saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons such as pentane, hexane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, dodecane, hexadecane, 2,2,4-trimethylpentane, and 2,2,3-trimethylhexane.
  • System solvents Mesitylene, cumene, pseudocumene, 1,2,4,5-tetramethylbenzene, p-cymene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, 1-methylpropylbenzene, 2-methylpropylbenzene, dimethylbenzene, diethylbenzene , ethylmethylbenzene, trimethylbenzene, ethyldimethylbenzene, and dipropylbenzene.
  • the hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of octane, nonane, decane, undecane, and dodecane, and more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of nonane, decane, and undecane. More preferably, at least one selected from the following is preferred.
  • the boiling point of the hydrocarbon solvent is preferably 100 to 260°C, more preferably 120 to 240°C, even more preferably 125 to 220°C, and particularly preferably 140 to 220°C.
  • the ClogP of the hydrocarbon solvent is preferably 3.00 to 10.0, more preferably 4.00 to 9.00, even more preferably 4.50 to 8.00.
  • the hydrocarbon solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the hydrocarbon solvent is preferably 5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 10 to 25% by mass, and 10 to 20% by mass based on the total mass of the chemical solution. is more preferred, and 15 to 20% by mass is particularly preferred.
  • the ketone solvent preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutylketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, Examples include phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetyl carbinol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ketone solvent cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, or diisobutyl ketone is preferable.
  • the boiling point of the ketone solvent is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 120 to 180°C, even more preferably 150 to 180°C.
  • the ClogP of the ketone solvent is preferably 1.00 to 4.00, more preferably 1.20 to 3.50, even more preferably 1.50 to 3.00.
  • the ketone solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of the ketone solvent is, for example, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • alcoholic solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether , and methoxymethylbutanol.
  • the boiling point of the alcoholic solvent is preferably 80 to 180°C, more preferably 80 to 160°C, even more preferably 80 to 150°C.
  • the ClogP of the alcohol solvent is preferably 0.00 to 3.00, more preferably 0.20 to 2.50, and even more preferably 0.50 to 2.00.
  • the alcoholic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of the alcoholic solvent is, for example, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • ether solvent examples include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and diisobutyl ether.
  • the boiling point of the ether solvent is preferably 100 to 180°C, more preferably 100 to 160°C, even more preferably 100 to 140°C.
  • the ClogP of the ether solvent is preferably 1.00 to 4.00, more preferably 1.20 to 3.50, even more preferably 1.50 to 3.00.
  • the ether solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of the ether solvent is, for example, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • amide solvent examples include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone. can be mentioned.
  • the boiling point of the amide solvent is preferably 140 to 250°C, more preferably 150 to 230°C.
  • the ClogP of the amide solvent is preferably -2.00 to 1.00, more preferably -1.80 to 0.50, even more preferably -1.50 to 0.00.
  • the amide solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the lower limit of the content of the amide solvent is, for example, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution.
  • the upper limit is, for example, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
  • the chemical solution contains two or more types of organic solvents in order to improve the effects of the present invention.
  • the chemical solution preferably contains two or more kinds of organic solvents and at least an organic solvent having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the chemical solution contains two or more types of organic solvents, and at least one of the organic solvents included in the chemical solution is an organic solvent having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher.
  • a preferred embodiment of the chemical solution includes an embodiment in which at least one of the organic solvents contained in the chemical solution has a boiling point of 120° C. or higher.
  • Another preferable embodiment of the chemical solution is an embodiment in which all organic solvents contained in the chemical solution are organic solvents having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher. Further, in the above embodiment, it is preferable that at least one of the organic solvents contained in the chemical solution is an organic solvent with a boiling point of 120°C or higher, and all organic solvents contained in the chemical liquid are organic solvents with a boiling point of 120°C or higher. is more preferable. Note that the upper limit of the boiling point of the organic solvent having a boiling point of 100°C or higher is not particularly limited, and is often 260°C or lower, and more often 220°C or lower.
  • the chemical solution preferably contains a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
  • the boiling point of the first organic solvent is higher than the boiling point of the second organic solvent, and the ClogP value of the first organic solvent is higher than the ClogP value of the second organic solvent. That is, at least two of the organic solvents contained in the chemical solution preferably satisfy a relationship such that the boiling point and CloP of one organic solvent are larger than the boiling point and CloP of the other organic solvent.
  • the effect of the present invention is superior in that the relationship between the boiling point and ClogP of two arbitrarily selected organic solvents is such that the boiling point of one organic solvent and ClogP are the same as the boiling point of the other organic solvent. It is more preferable that the value is larger than ClogP and ClogP.
  • the chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent, at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher, the first organic solvent is an ester solvent,
  • the second organic solvent is an organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, and ketone solvents (however, the ester solvent in the second organic solvent is It is a different type of organic solvent from ester solvents),
  • the content of the first organic solvent is 40% by mass or more (preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more) with respect to the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less.
  • the chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent, at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher, the first organic solvent is a hydrocarbon solvent,
  • the second organic solvent is an organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, and ketone solvents (however, the hydrocarbon solvent in the second organic solvent is 1 is a different type of organic solvent from hydrocarbon solvents),
  • the content of the first organic solvent is 30% by mass or less (preferably 20% by mass or less) with respect to the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more.
  • the chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent, at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher, the first organic solvent is a ketone solvent,
  • the second organic solvent is an organic solvent selected from the group consisting of alcohol-based solvents and ketone-based solvents (however, the ketone-based solvent in the second organic solvent is of a different type from the ketone-based solvent in the first organic solvent).
  • the content of the first organic solvent is 20 to 80% by mass (preferably 30 to 70% by mass) with respect to the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent.
  • the chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent, at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher, the first organic solvent is an ester solvent, the second organic solvent is a hydrocarbon solvent, The mass ratio of the content of the first organic solvent to the content of the second organic solvent (content of the first organic solvent/content of the second organic solvent) is 1 to 50 (preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15).
  • the chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent, at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher,
  • the first organic solvent is an organic solvent with a ClogP value of 3.00 or more (preferably 3.50 or more, more preferably 5.00 or more, preferably 10.0 or less),
  • the second organic solvent is an organic solvent different from the first organic solvent, and is a ketone solvent or an ester solvent.
  • the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and 90% by mass, based on the total content of organic solvents in the chemical solution. It is more preferably 100% by mass, and even more preferably 95% to 100% by mass.
  • the chemical solution contains an organic solvent other than the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent
  • examples of the other organic solvent include known organic solvents other than those mentioned above.
  • the relationship between the boiling point and ClogP value of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is that one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is higher than the other organic solvent. , it is preferable that the boiling point is high and the ClogP value is large. It is more preferable that the lower the content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent, the higher the boiling point and the larger the ClogP value.
  • the boiling points of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent are both preferably 100°C or higher, more preferably 120°C or higher.
  • the chemical solution preferably does not substantially contain an organic solvent containing 50% by mass or more of fluorine atoms, in order to improve the effects of the present invention.
  • substantially free of means that the content of organic solvents containing 50% or more of fluorine atoms is 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the chemical solution. , more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably the chemical solution does not contain an organic solvent containing 50% by mass or more of fluorine atoms.
  • the pattern forming method may further include other steps (other steps) than the above-described steps 1 to 4, step 2-A, step 3-A, and step 4-A.
  • the pattern forming method may include a step of heating the pattern (post-bake step) after step 4-A (rinsing step).
  • the post-baking process the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns can be removed, and surface roughness of the patterns can be improved.
  • the heating temperature in the post-bake step is preferably 40 to 250°C, more preferably 80 to 200°C.
  • the heating time in the post-bake step is preferably 10 to 180 seconds, more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
  • the pattern forming method may include an etching step of etching the substrate using the formed pattern as a mask.
  • Examples of the etching method include known etching methods. Specifically, the Proceedings of the International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. of SPIE) Vol. 6924, 692420 (2008), “Chapter 4 Etching” of "Semiconductor Process Textbook 4th Edition Published in 2007, Publisher: SEMI Japan", and the method described in JP-A No. 2009-267112.
  • the pattern forming method includes a resist composition, a developer, a rinsing liquid, and/or other various components (for example, an antireflection film forming composition and a top coat forming composition) used in the pattern forming method. It may also include a purification step.
  • the purification method for example, a known purification method can be mentioned, and a method of filtration using a filter or a purification method using an adsorbent is preferable.
  • the pore diameter of the filter is preferably less than 100 nm, more preferably 10 nm or less, and even more preferably 5 nm or less. The lower limit is often 0.01 nm or more.
  • the material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon.
  • the filter may be made of a composite material that is a combination of the above filter materials and ion exchange media. A filter that has been previously washed with an organic solvent may be used.
  • multiple types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel.
  • filters with different pore sizes and/or materials may be used in combination.
  • the product to be purified may be filtered once or twice or more. If the method involves filtering twice or more, the filter may be filtered while circulating.
  • the adsorbent alone may be used, or the above-mentioned filter and adsorbent may be used in combination.
  • the adsorbent include known adsorbents, and specifically, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
  • each component such as a resin that may be included in the resist composition in an organic solvent
  • filter the solution while circulating it using a plurality of filters made of different materials.
  • the pressure difference between each filter is small.
  • the pressure difference between each filter is preferably 0.1 MPa or less, more preferably 0.05 MPa or less, and even more preferably 0.01 MPa or less.
  • the lower limit is often over 0 MPa. It is also preferable that the pressure difference between the filter and the filling nozzle is small. Specifically, it is preferably 0.5 MPa or less, more preferably 0.2 MPa or less, and even more preferably 0.1 MPa or less. The lower limit is often over 0 MPa.
  • the resist composition is filtered using a filter and then filled into a clean container. From the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration over time, it is further preferable that the resist composition filled in the container be stored under refrigeration.
  • the time from when the resist composition is completely filled into the container until the start of refrigerated storage is preferably short. Specifically, it is preferably within 24 hours, more preferably within 16 hours, even more preferably within 12 hours, and particularly preferably within 10 hours.
  • the refrigerated storage temperature is preferably 0 to 15°C, more preferably 0 to 10°C, and even more preferably 0 to 5°C.
  • the resist composition, developer, and other various components do not contain impurities.
  • impurities include metal impurities. Specifically, Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, and Zn Can be mentioned.
  • the content of impurities in the resist composition is based on the total mass of the resist composition, the content of impurities in the developer is based on the total mass of the developer, or the content of impurities in each of the other various components is based on the total mass of the resist composition.
  • Relative to the total mass of impurities in each of the other various components preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb or less. , more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • the lower limit is often 0 mass ppt or more.
  • methods for measuring impurities include known measuring methods such as ICP-MS (ICP mass spectrometry).
  • Methods for reducing the content of the impurities include, for example, filtration using the filter, selecting raw materials with a low content of impurities as raw materials constituting various materials, and using Teflon (registered trademark) in the equipment.
  • An example is a method of distilling under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the product with water or the like.
  • Liquids containing organic solvents must be conductive to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (e.g., filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and discharge. It may also contain a compound.
  • the conductive compound include methanol.
  • the content of conductive compounds in the developer is determined based on the total mass of the developer, or the content of conductive compounds in the rinse solution is determined based on the total mass of the rinse solution. , is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less. The lower limit is often 0.01% by mass or more.
  • Examples of the chemical liquid piping include various materials coated with SUS (stainless steel), antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (eg, polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
  • Examples of the filter and O-ring include various materials coated with antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (eg, polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
  • the present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the above-described pattern forming method.
  • the above electronic device is suitably installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
  • electrical and electronic equipment home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.
  • the resin having repeating units represented by M-7 and M-13 corresponds to a structure in which compound YB is bonded via a covalent bond.
  • the onium salt structure in the site corresponding to compound YB in M-13 (hereinafter referred to as "compound YB site") corresponds to an onium salt structure that does not generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from the compound YB site (generated acid pKa is greater than 2.0).
  • the onium salt structure at the compound YB site of M-7 can generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from the compound YB site.
  • M-11 and M-12 correspond to repeating units having onium salt XB.
  • the resin having repeating units represented by M-11 and M-12 corresponds to a structure in which onium salt XB is bonded via a covalent bond.
  • the onium salt structure of M-12 corresponds to an onium salt structure that does not generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC (the generated acid has a pKa of more than 2.0).
  • the onium salt structure of M-11 can generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC.
  • M-14 corresponds to a repeating unit having a sensitizer precursor XC.
  • the resin having the repeating unit represented by MM-14 corresponds to a structure in which the sensitizer precursor XC is bonded via a covalent bond. Furthermore, the sensitizer precursor XC in M-14 can generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light. Furthermore, M-15 corresponds to a repeating unit having a photoacid generator. In other words, a resin having a repeating unit represented by M-15 corresponds to a structure in which a photoacid generator is bound via a covalent bond.
  • Resins P-2 to P-16 were synthesized according to the synthesis method of resin P-1 (Synthesis Example 1) described below or a known method.
  • Table 1 shows the composition ratio, weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and polydispersity (Mw/Mn (PDI)) of each repeating unit in the resin.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and polydispersity (PDI) of resins P-1 to P-16 were measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (Tosoh HLC-8120GPC).
  • GPC Gel Permeation Chromatography
  • the composition ratio (molar ratio) of the repeating units determined by NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) method was 20/30/50.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin P-1 was 40,000 in terms of standard polystyrene, and the polydispersity index (PDI) was 1.6.
  • B-1 and B-3 correspond to onium salt XB.
  • the onium salt B-3 corresponds to an onium salt that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC (the generated acid has a pKa of more than 2.0).
  • the onium salt of B-1 can generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC.
  • B-2 and B-4 correspond to compound YB.
  • the onium salt structure in B-4 corresponds to an onium salt that does not generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from compound YB (the generated acid has a pKa of more than 2.0). Further, the onium salt structure in B-2 can generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from compound YB.
  • Nonionic photoacid generator The structure of the nonionic photoacid generator (nonionic PAG) C-1 shown in Table 3 is shown below. Note that C-1 corresponds to photoacid generator XD or photoacid generator YC.
  • sensitizer precursor component The structures of the sensitizer precursor components (E-1 to E-3) shown in Table 3 are shown below. Note that E-1 to E-3 all correspond to the sensitizer precursor XC. Among them, E-2 is a sensitizer precursor XC, and is a compound that itself can generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light.
  • SL-1 Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
  • PGME Propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • SL-3 Cyclohexanone
  • SL-4 ⁇ -butyrolactone
  • SL-5 Ethyl lactate
  • SL-6 Diacetone alcohol
  • resin composition (resist composition).
  • resin composition refers to a resin whose main chain is cleaved by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases
  • resin (Y) refers to "resin (X)”.
  • ) refers to resins other than ".
  • Onium salt (B) refers to the above onium salt compound.
  • Nonionic PAG (C) refers to the above nonionic photoacid generator.
  • Quencher (D) refers to the above quencher.
  • Sensitizer precursors (E) refers to the above-mentioned sensitizer precursor components.
  • the solid content concentration of each resist composition was adjusted as appropriate so that the resist composition could be coated with a film thickness shown in Table 4 below. Solid content means all components other than the solvent.
  • the obtained resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
  • “content (mass %)” in Table 3 represents the content (mass %) of each component with respect to the total solid content in the resist composition.
  • a lower layer film forming composition SHB-A940 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer with a diameter of 300 mm, and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form a lower layer film with a thickness of 20 nm.
  • a resist composition shown in Table 3 was applied thereon to form a resist film under the conditions (film thickness and PreBake) shown in Table 4. As a result, a silicon wafer having a resist film was formed.
  • a silicon wafer having a resist film obtained by the above procedure was subjected to pattern irradiation while changing the exposure amount using an EUV scanner NXE3400 (NA 0.33) manufactured by ASML.
  • a hexagonal array contact hole mask with a pitch of 38 nm and an opening size of 22 nm was used. Thereafter, only if there is a description, baking (Post Exposure Bake; PEB) was performed under the conditions shown in Table 4 below. Thereafter, the substrate was flood exposed (full surface exposure) using a UV exposure device (355 nm to 410 nm) at an exposure dose of 2000 J/cm 2 , and then developed by puddle for 30 seconds with the developer shown in Table 4 below.
  • PEB Post Exposure Bake
  • the wafer can be rinsed with a pitch of 38 nm by running the rinsing liquid shown in Table 4 for 10 seconds while rotating the wafer at a rotation speed of 1000 rpm, and then rotating the wafer for 30 seconds at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm. A contact hole pattern was obtained.
  • R-14 is a positive resist whose dissolution rate in a developer increases as the interaction between the resin and the onium salt is canceled by exposure.
  • R-1 to R-13 and R-15 to R-18 are positive resists that show an effect of increasing the rate of dissolution in the developer by cutting the main chain of the resin and lowering the molecular weight by exposure.
  • Example 14 shows that when the resist composition of the present invention contains a base resin whose main chain is cleaved by the action of exposure and whose molecular weight decreases, the limit resolution is better. I understand.
  • Example 15 shows that when the polydispersity (PDI) of the resin (X) is 1.7 or less, the critical resolution is better.
  • Example 15 shows that when the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (X) is 40,000 or more, the limit resolution is better.
  • Example 1 shows that the marginal resolution is better when the heating step (Step 2-A) is further performed after the pattern exposure step (Step 2).
  • Example 1 From a comparison between Example 1 and Example 21, in a chemical solution consisting of two or more organic solvents used as a developer and/or a rinse agent, the relationship between the boiling point of any two organic solvents and the ClogP value is as follows. It can be seen that when one has a higher boiling point and a larger ClogP value than the other, the marginal resolution is better.
  • Example 21 From a comparison between Example 21 and Example 22, it was found that the chemical solution used as the developer and/or the rinse solution contains two or more organic solvents, and the chemical solution containing the two or more organic solvents has a boiling point. It can be seen that when an organic solvent of 120° C. or higher is included, the limiting resolution is better.
  • Example 24 A comparison with Example 25 shows that the limiting resolution is better when the chemical solution used as the developer and/or the rinse solution contains an organic solvent.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)

Abstract

A problem addressed by the present invention is to provide an active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition which is capable of forming a pattern that exhibits excellent resolution performance. In addition, the present invention addresses another problem of providing a resist film, a method for forming a pattern, and a method for producing an electronic device. An active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to the present invention satisfies a prescribed requirement 1 or a prescribed requirement 2.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、電子デバイスの製造方法Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 半導体素子の微細化のために、露光光源の短波長化及び投影レンズの高開口数(高NA)化が進み、現在では、193nmの波長を有するArFエキシマレーザーを光源とする露光機が開発されている。また、昨今では、極端紫外線(EUV光: Extreme Ultraviolet)及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)を光源としたパターン形成方法も検討されつつある。
 このような現状のもと、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物として、種々の構成が提案されている。
In order to miniaturize semiconductor devices, the wavelength of exposure light sources has become shorter and the numerical aperture (NA) of projection lenses has become higher.Currently, exposure machines using ArF excimer lasers with a wavelength of 193 nm as light sources have been developed. ing. Furthermore, recently, a pattern forming method using extreme ultraviolet (EUV) light and electron beam (EB) as a light source is also being considered.
Under these current circumstances, various configurations have been proposed as actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin compositions.
 例えば、特許文献1では、光増感化学増幅型レジスト材料を使用した二段露光リソグラフィープロセスを開示している。 For example, Patent Document 1 discloses a two-stage exposure lithography process using a photosensitized chemically amplified resist material.
特開2015-172741号公報Japanese Patent Application Publication No. 2015-172741
 本発明者は、特許文献1を参照して光増感化学増幅型レジスト材料を調製して検討したところ、解像性において、更なる改善の余地があることを明らかとした。 The present inventor prepared and studied a photosensitized chemically amplified resist material with reference to Patent Document 1, and found that there was room for further improvement in resolution.
 そこで、本発明は、解像性に優れるパターンを形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that can form a pattern with excellent resolution.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method.
 本発明者は、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The present inventor has discovered that the above problem can be solved by the following configuration.
 〔1〕 要件1又は要件2を満たす、感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
要件1:上記組成物が、樹脂XAと、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩XBと、酸の作用により増感剤を生成する増感剤前駆体XCとを含み、
 上記樹脂XAが、上記オニウム塩XBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しているか、又は、上記樹脂XAと上記オニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
 上記オニウム塩XBが、上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物であるか、又は、
 上記オニウム塩XBが上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しない化合物である場合には、上記組成物がさらに上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生できる光酸発生剤XDを含むか、若しくは、上記増感剤前駆体XCが光照射により上記増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し、
 上記樹脂XA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
 なお、上記増感剤前駆体XCは上記樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。また、上記光酸発生剤XDは上記樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。
要件2:樹脂YAと、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩構造を有し、酸の作用により増感剤を生成する化合物YBとを含み、
 上記樹脂YAが、上記化合物YBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しているか、又は、上記樹脂YAと上記化合物YBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
 上記オニウム塩構造が、上記増感剤を生成し得る上記酸を発生する構造であるか、又は、
 上記オニウム塩構造が上記増感剤を生成し得る上記酸を発生する構造ではない場合には、上記組成物がさらに増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生できる光酸発生剤YCを含み、
 上記樹脂YA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
 なお、上記光酸発生剤YCは上記樹脂YAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。
 〔2〕 上記樹脂XA及び上記樹脂YAが、露光、酸、塩基、又は加熱の作用によって主鎖が切断されて分子量の低下を生じる樹脂である、〔1〕に記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔3〕 上記樹脂XA及び上記樹脂YAの重量平均分子量が、40,000以上である、〔1〕又は〔2〕に記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔4〕 上記樹脂XA及び上記樹脂YAの多分散度が、1.7以下である、〔1〕~〔3〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
 〔5〕 〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。
 〔6〕 〔1〕~〔4〕のいずれかに記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成する工程1と、
 上記レジスト膜に対して、波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光して、増感剤を生成する工程2と、
 上記工程2で得られたレジスト膜に対して、波長200nm超であって、上記増感剤を感光させる光でフラッド露光する工程3と、
 上記工程3で得られたレジスト膜に対して、現像液を用いた現像処理を実施して、パターンを形成する工程4とを含む、パターン形成方法であって、
 上記工程1で使用した上記組成物が上記要件1を満たす組成物である場合、上記工程2は、上記レジスト膜に対して、波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光して、上記オニウム塩XB、上記光酸発生剤XD、又は上記増感前駆体XCを分解させて酸を発生させ、上記酸の作用により、上記増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤を生成する工程であり、
 上記工程1で使用した上記組成物が要件2を満たす組成物である場合、上記工程2は、上記レジスト膜に対して、波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光して、上記化合物YBにおけるオニウム塩構造又は上記光酸発生剤YCを分解させて酸を発生させ、上記酸の作用により、上記化合物YBから増感剤を生成する工程である、パターン形成方法。
 〔7〕 上記工程2の後に、更に、工程2で得られたレジスト膜を加熱する加熱工程2-Aを含むか、
 上記工程3の後に、更に、工程3で得られたレジスト膜を加熱する加熱工程3-Aを含むか、又は、
 上記工程2-A及び上記工程3-Aをいずれも含む、〔6〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔8〕 上記工程4の後に、更に、上記工程4で得られたレジスト膜に対して、リンス液を使用してリンス処理を実施する工程4-Aを含む、〔6〕又は〔7〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔9〕 上記現像液が有機溶剤を含む薬液であるか、又は、
 上記工程4の後に、更に、上記工程4で得られたレジスト膜に対して、リンス液を使用してリンス処理を実施する工程4-Aを含み、且つ、上記リンス液が、有機溶剤を含む薬液である、〔6〕又は〔7〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔10〕 上記有機溶剤を含む薬液が、2種以上の有機溶剤を含む薬液である、〔9〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔11〕 上記2種以上の有機溶剤を含む薬液が、沸点120℃以上の有機溶剤を含む、〔10〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔12〕 上記2種以上の有機溶剤を含む薬液が、有機溶剤A及び有機溶剤Bを含み、
 上記有機溶剤Aの沸点が上記有機溶剤Bの沸点よりも高く、
 上記有機溶剤AのClogP値が上記有機溶剤BのClogP値よりも大きい、〔10〕又は〔11〕に記載のパターン形成方法。
 〔13〕 〔6〕~〔12〕のいずれかに記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[1] An actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition that satisfies Requirement 1 or Requirement 2.
Requirement 1: The composition includes a resin XA, an onium salt XB that generates an acid upon irradiation with light, and a sensitizer precursor XC that generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid,
The resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB, or the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond,
The onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or
When the onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on the sensitizer precursor XC, the composition further acts on the sensitizer precursor XC. Contains a photoacid generator XD capable of generating an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or the sensitizer precursor XC generates an acid capable of producing the sensitizer upon irradiation with light,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
Note that the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond. Further, the photoacid generator XD may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
Requirement 2: Contains resin YA and compound YB, which has an onium salt structure that generates an acid when irradiated with light and generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid,
The resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB, or the resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond,
The onium salt structure is a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, or
When the onium salt structure is not a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, the composition further includes a photoacid generator YC that can generate the acid that can generate the sensitizer,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
Note that the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
[2] The actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin according to [1], wherein the resin XA and the resin YA are resins whose main chains are cleaved by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating, resulting in a decrease in molecular weight. resin composition.
[3] The actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1] or [2], wherein the resin XA and the resin YA have a weight average molecular weight of 40,000 or more.
[4] The actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the polydispersity of the resin XA and the resin YA is 1.7 or less.
[5] A resist film formed using the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4].
[6] Step 1 of forming a resist film using the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [4];
Step 2 of exposing the resist film in a pattern to light having a wavelength of 200 nm or less to generate a sensitizer;
Step 3 of flood-exposing the resist film obtained in Step 2 with light having a wavelength of more than 200 nm and sensitizing the sensitizer;
A pattern forming method comprising a step 4 of performing a development process using a developer on the resist film obtained in step 3 above to form a pattern,
When the composition used in the above step 1 is a composition that satisfies the above requirement 1, in the above step 2, the above resist film is pattern-exposed to light having a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and the onium salt XB, the above-mentioned A step of decomposing the photoacid generator XD or the sensitizing precursor XC to generate an acid, and generating a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC by the action of the acid,
When the composition used in step 1 is a composition that satisfies requirement 2, in step 2, the resist film is pattern-exposed with light having a wavelength of 200 nm or less to form an onium salt structure in compound YB. Or a pattern forming method, which is a step of decomposing the photoacid generator YC to generate an acid and producing a sensitizer from the compound YB by the action of the acid.
[7] After the above step 2, further includes a heating step 2-A of heating the resist film obtained in step 2, or
After the above step 3, further includes a heating step 3-A of heating the resist film obtained in step 3, or
The pattern forming method according to [6], which includes both the above step 2-A and the above step 3-A.
[8] After the above step 4, the method according to [6] or [7] further includes step 4-A of rinsing the resist film obtained in the above step 4 using a rinsing liquid. The pattern formation method described.
[9] The developer solution is a chemical solution containing an organic solvent, or
After the above step 4, the method further includes a step 4-A of rinsing the resist film obtained in the above step 4 using a rinsing liquid, and the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent. The pattern forming method according to [6] or [7], which is a chemical solution.
[10] The pattern forming method according to [9], wherein the chemical solution containing an organic solvent is a chemical solution containing two or more types of organic solvents.
[11] The pattern forming method according to [10], wherein the chemical solution containing the two or more organic solvents contains an organic solvent with a boiling point of 120° C. or higher.
[12] The chemical solution containing two or more organic solvents contains organic solvent A and organic solvent B,
The boiling point of the organic solvent A is higher than the boiling point of the organic solvent B,
The pattern forming method according to [10] or [11], wherein the ClogP value of the organic solvent A is larger than the ClogP value of the organic solvent B.
[13] A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to any one of [6] to [12].
 本発明によれば、解像性に優れるパターンを形成可能な感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供できる。
 また、本発明によれば、レジスト膜、パターン形成方法、及び電子デバイスの製造方法を提供できる。
According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition that can form a pattern with excellent resolution.
Further, according to the present invention, a resist film, a pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufacturing method can be provided.
 以下、本発明について詳細に説明する。
 以下に記載する構成要件の説明は、本発明の代表的な実施態様に基づいてなされる場合があるが、本発明はそのような実施態様に限定されない。
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、本発明の趣旨に反しない限り、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。
 置換基は、特に断らない限り、1価の置換基が好ましい。
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極端紫外線(EUV:Extreme Ultraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極端紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。なお、本明細書において「光照射」とは、露光と同義である。
 本明細書において、「~」とはその前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む意味で使用される。
 本明細書において表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。また、上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。
The present invention will be explained in detail below.
Although the description of the constituent elements described below may be made based on typical embodiments of the present invention, the present invention is not limited to such embodiments.
Regarding the notation of groups (atomic groups) in this specification, unless it goes against the spirit of the present invention, the notation that does not indicate substituted or unsubstituted includes groups having a substituent as well as groups having no substituent. do. For example, the term "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group without a substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Furthermore, the term "organic group" as used herein refers to a group containing at least one carbon atom.
Unless otherwise specified, the substituent is preferably a monovalent substituent.
In this specification, "active rays" or "radiation" include, for example, the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet (EUV), X-rays, and electron beams (EB: electron beam) etc. "Light" in this specification means actinic rays or radiation.
In this specification, "exposure" refers not only to exposure to the bright line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, and EUV light, but also to electron beams and It also includes drawing using particle beams such as ion beams. Note that in this specification, "light irradiation" has the same meaning as exposure.
In the present specification, "~" is used to include the numerical values described before and after it as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
The direction of bonding of the divalent groups described herein is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y in the compound represented by the formula "X-Y-Z" is -COO-, Y may be -CO-O- or -O-CO- Good too. Further, the above compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In this specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and dispersity (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw/Mn) of the resin are measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Tosoh). ) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: differential refractive index Defined as a polystyrene equivalent value determined by a Refractive Index Detector.
 本明細書において酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 In this specification, acid dissociation constant (pKa) refers to pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, using the following software package 1, a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values is calculated. , is a value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein are values calculated using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD/Labs).
 一方で、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、水溶液中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算することで算出する手法が挙げられる。H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算することができるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。 On the other hand, pKa can also be determined by molecular orbital calculation method. A specific method for this includes a method of calculating H 2 + dissociation free energy in an aqueous solution based on a thermodynamic cycle. The H + dissociation free energy can be calculated, for example, by DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature, and the method is not limited to this. . Note that there is a plurality of software that can perform DFT, and one example is Gaussian 16.
 本明細書中のpKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。
 また、本明細書中のpKaは、上述した通り「水溶液中でのpKa」を指すが、水溶液中でのpKaが算出できない場合には、「ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)溶液中でのpKa」を採用するものとする。
As mentioned above, pKa in this specification refers to a value obtained by calculating a value based on Hammett's substituent constant and a database of known literature values using software package 1. If calculation is not possible, a value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (density functional theory) is used.
In addition, pKa in this specification refers to "pKa in an aqueous solution" as mentioned above, but if pKa in an aqueous solution cannot be calculated, "pKa in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO) solution" is adopted. It shall be.
 本明細書において、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 In this specification, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 本明細書において、固形分とは、レジスト膜を形成する成分を意図し、溶剤は含まれない。また、レジスト膜を形成する成分であれば、その性状が液体状であっても、固形分とみなす。 In this specification, the solid content is intended to be a component that forms a resist film, and does not include a solvent. Furthermore, if the component forms a resist film, it is considered to be a solid component even if the component is liquid.
 本明細書において、沸点とは、1気圧(760mmHg)下での沸点を意味する。 In this specification, boiling point means the boiling point under 1 atmosphere (760 mmHg).
[[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下「組成物」ともいう。)は、下記要件1又は要件2を満たす。
〔要件1〕
 上記組成物が、樹脂XAと、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩XB(以下「オニウム塩XB」と略記する。)と、酸の作用により増感剤を生成する増感剤前駆体XC(以下「増感剤前駆体XC」と略記する。)とを含み、
 上記樹脂XAが、上記オニウム塩XBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しているか、又は、上記樹脂XAと上記オニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
 上記オニウム塩XBが、上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物であるか、又は、
 上記オニウム塩XBが上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しない化合物である場合には、上記組成物がさらに上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生できる光酸発生剤XD(以下「光酸発生剤XD」と略記する。)を含むか、若しくは、上記増感剤前駆体XCが光照射により上記増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し、
 上記樹脂XA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基(以下「酸分解性基」ともいう。)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
 なお、上記増感剤前駆体XCは上記樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。また、上記光酸発生剤XDは上記樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。
[[Acinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]]
The actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition (hereinafter also referred to as "composition") of the present invention satisfies Requirement 1 or Requirement 2 below.
[Requirement 1]
The above composition includes a resin XA, an onium salt XB (hereinafter abbreviated as "onium salt XB") that generates an acid upon irradiation with light, and a sensitizer precursor XC (hereinafter abbreviated as "onium salt XB") that generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid. (hereinafter abbreviated as "sensitizer precursor XC"),
The resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB, or the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond,
The onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or
When the onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on the sensitizer precursor XC, the composition further acts on the sensitizer precursor XC. It contains a photoacid generator XD (hereinafter abbreviated as "photoacid generator XD") capable of generating an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or the sensitizer precursor generates an acid capable of producing an agent;
The content of repeating units having a group that decomposes under the action of acid to produce a polar group (hereinafter also referred to as "acid-decomposable group") in the resin XA is based on the total repeating units of the resin XA, It is 0 to 20 mol%.
Note that the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond. Further, the photoacid generator XD may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
 なお、「樹脂XA中における、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。」とは、樹脂XAが、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含まないか、又は、樹脂XAが酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して20モル%以下であることを意図している。 In addition, "the content of repeating units having an acid-decomposable group in resin XA is 0 to 20 mol% with respect to all repeating units of resin XA" means that resin XA is acid-decomposable If the resin XA does not contain a repeating unit having a group, or if the resin XA contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is 20 It is intended to be less than or equal to mol%.
〔要件2〕
 樹脂YAと、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩構造を有し、酸の作用により増感剤を生成する化合物YB(以下「化合物YB」と略記する。)とを含み、
 上記樹脂YAが、上記化合物YBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しているか、又は、上記樹脂YAと上記化合物YBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
 上記オニウム塩構造が、上記増感剤を生成し得る上記酸を発生する構造であるか、又は、
 上記オニウム塩構造が上記増感剤を生成し得る上記酸を発生する構造ではない場合には、上記組成物がさらに増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生できる光酸発生剤YC(以下「光酸発生剤YC」と略記する。)を含み、
 上記樹脂YA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基(以下「酸分解性基」ともいう。)を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
 なお、上記光酸発生剤YCは上記樹脂YAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。
[Requirement 2]
Comprising resin YA and compound YB (hereinafter abbreviated as "compound YB"), which has an onium salt structure that generates an acid upon light irradiation and generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid,
The resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB, or the resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond,
The onium salt structure is a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, or
When the onium salt structure is not a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, the composition further includes a photoacid generator YC (hereinafter referred to as "photoacid generator") that can generate the acid that can generate the sensitizer. (abbreviated as “acid generator YC”),
The content of repeating units having a group that decomposes under the action of an acid to produce a polar group (hereinafter also referred to as "acid-decomposable group") in the resin YA is based on the total repeating units of the resin YA. It is 0 to 20 mol%.
Note that the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
 なお、「樹脂YA中における、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。」とは、樹脂YAが、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含まないか、又は、樹脂YAが酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して20モル%以下であることを意図している。 Note that "the content of repeating units having acid-decomposable groups in resin YA is 0 to 20 mol% with respect to all repeating units of resin YA" means that resin YA is acid-decomposable If the resin YA does not contain a repeating unit having a group, or if the resin YA contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the content of the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group is 20% of the total repeating units of the resin YA. It is intended to be less than or equal to mol%.
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、上記構成により、解像性に優れたパターンを形成できる。
 以下、本発明のレジスト組成物の想定される作用機序について説明する。
 本発明の組成物から形成されるレジスト膜は、樹脂とオニウム塩若しくはオニウム塩構造を分子中に含む所定化合物とが、樹脂が含む相互作用性基とオニウム塩若しくは所定化合物中に含まれるオニウム塩構造との静電相互作用によって会合構造(以下「会合構造」と略記する。)を形成して存在しているか、又は、樹脂と、オニウム塩若しくはオニウム塩構造を分子中に含む所定化合物とが共有結合を介して結合して一体(以下「結合体」ともいう。)として存在している。つまり、要件1の組成物から形成されるレジスト膜では、樹脂XAとオニウム塩XBとが、樹脂XAが含む相互作用性基とオニウム塩XBとの静電相互作用によって会合構造を形成して存在しているか、又は、樹脂XAとオニウム塩XBとが結合体として存在している(なお、樹脂XAが相互作用性基を有する場合、結合体において、樹脂XAの相互作用性基とオニウム塩XBとの間で更に会合構造も形成され得る)。要件2の組成物から形成されるレジスト膜では、樹脂YAと化合物YBとが、樹脂YAが有する相互作用性基と化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造との静電相互作用によって会合構造を形成して存在しているか、又は、樹脂YAと化合物YBとが結合体として存在している(なお、樹脂YAが相互作用性基を有する場合、結合体において、樹脂YAが有する相互作用性基と化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造との間で更に会合構造も形成され得る)。
 上記レジスト膜に対して後述の工程2(パターン露光工程)を施した場合、まず、レジスト組成物中に含まれる増感剤前駆体XC又は化合物YBから増感剤が発生する(なお、要件1の組成物により形成されたレジスト膜においては、オニウム塩XB、光酸発生剤XD、又は増感剤前駆体XCの発生酸の作用により、増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤が生成する。また、要件2の組成物により形成されたレジスト膜においては、化合物YB又は光酸発生剤YCの発生酸の作用により、化合物YBから増感剤が生成する)。工程2(パターン露光工程)では、露光量を制御することにより、露光領域において、後述する会合構造の解除及び上記結合体におけるオニウム塩又はオニウム塩構造の開裂に伴う樹脂の低分子量化及び極性変化の進行は概ね抑制される。つまり、工程2(パターン露光工程)の露光領域では、酸発生成分の内の一部のみが開裂し、増感剤前駆体から増感剤を生成させ得る。
 次いで、レジスト膜に対して後述の工程3(フラッド露光)を施すと、増感剤の作用により、工程2(パターン露光工程)の露光領域において、選択的に、オニウム塩又はオニウム塩構造の開裂に伴う上記会合構造の解除、又は、上記結合体におけるオニウム塩又はオニウム塩構造の開裂に伴う樹脂の低分子量化及び極性変化が進行する。一方で、工程2(パターン露光工程)において非露光領域に当たる領域では、増感剤が生成していないため、オニウム塩又はオニウム塩構造の開裂に伴う上記会合構造の解除、又は、上記結合体におけるオニウム塩又はオニウム塩構造の開裂に伴う樹脂の低分子量化及び極性変化は進行しない。
 上記作用機序により、レジスト膜における工程2(パターン露光工程)の露光領域と非露光領域との間で、現像液に対する溶解性の差(溶解コントラスト)が生じて、解像性に優れたパターンの形成が可能となる。
With the above structure, the resist composition of the present invention can form a pattern with excellent resolution.
The assumed mechanism of action of the resist composition of the present invention will be explained below.
The resist film formed from the composition of the present invention is characterized in that a resin and an onium salt or a predetermined compound containing an onium salt structure in its molecule interact with an interactive group contained in the resin and an onium salt or an onium salt contained in the predetermined compound. The resin exists by forming an association structure (hereinafter abbreviated as "association structure") due to electrostatic interaction with the structure, or the resin and the onium salt or a predetermined compound containing an onium salt structure in the molecule They exist as a single body (hereinafter also referred to as a "combined body") by being bound through covalent bonds. In other words, in the resist film formed from the composition of requirement 1, resin XA and onium salt XB exist by forming an association structure due to electrostatic interaction between the interactive group contained in resin XA and onium salt XB. or the resin XA and the onium salt XB exist as a conjugate (if the resin XA has an interactive group, in the conjugate, the interactive group of the resin XA and the onium salt XB (A further association structure may also be formed between the two.) In the resist film formed from the composition of requirement 2, resin YA and compound YB form an association structure due to electrostatic interaction between the interactive group of resin YA and the onium salt structure in compound YB. or the resin YA and the compound YB exist as a conjugate (if the resin YA has an interactive group, in the conjugate, the interactive group of the resin YA and the compound YB Furthermore, an associated structure may also be formed with the onium salt structure in the molecule).
When the resist film is subjected to Step 2 (pattern exposure step) described below, first, a sensitizer is generated from the sensitizer precursor XC or compound YB contained in the resist composition (requirement 1 In the resist film formed by the composition, a sensitizer is generated from the sensitizer precursor XC by the action of the onium salt XB, the photoacid generator XD, or the acid generated by the sensitizer precursor XC. Furthermore, in the resist film formed using the composition of requirement 2, a sensitizer is generated from compound YB by the action of the acid generated by compound YB or the photoacid generator YC). In step 2 (pattern exposure step), by controlling the exposure amount, in the exposed region, the lower molecular weight and polarity change of the resin occur due to release of the association structure described below and cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure in the above-mentioned bond. The progression of the disease is generally suppressed. That is, in the exposed region of step 2 (pattern exposure step), only a part of the acid-generating component is cleaved, and a sensitizer can be generated from the sensitizer precursor.
Next, when the resist film is subjected to Step 3 (flood exposure) described below, the onium salt or onium salt structure is selectively cleaved in the exposed region of Step 2 (pattern exposure step) due to the action of the sensitizer. The molecular weight of the resin decreases and the polarity changes due to the release of the association structure or the cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure in the bond. On the other hand, in the non-exposed region in step 2 (pattern exposure step), the sensitizer is not produced, so the above-mentioned association structure is released due to the cleavage of the onium salt or the onium salt structure, or the above-mentioned association structure in the above-mentioned conjugate is Lower molecular weight and polarity change of the resin due to cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure do not proceed.
Due to the above mechanism of action, a difference in solubility in the developer (dissolution contrast) occurs between the exposed area and the unexposed area in step 2 (pattern exposure process) of the resist film, resulting in a pattern with excellent resolution. It becomes possible to form
 以下、解像性(限界解像性)の効果がより優れることを、「本発明の効果がより優れる」ともいう。 Hereinafter, the fact that the effect of resolution (limit resolution) is more excellent is also referred to as "the effect of the present invention is more excellent."
 以下では、要件1の組成物及び要件2の組成物について、各組成物毎に説明する。 Below, the composition meeting requirement 1 and the composition meeting requirement 2 will be explained for each composition.
[要件1の組成物]
 以下、要件1の組成物の実施形態の一例を示す。
・態様X1
 樹脂XAと、オニウム塩XBと、増感剤前駆体XCとを含む組成物であって、
 上記樹脂XAが、上記オニウム塩XBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しており、
 上記オニウム塩XBが、上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物であり、
 上記樹脂XA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
・態様X2
 樹脂XAと、オニウム塩XBと、増感剤前駆体XCとを含む組成物であって、
 上記樹脂XAが、上記オニウム塩XBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しており、
 上記オニウム塩XBが上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しない化合物であって、組成物が、さらに光酸発生剤XDを含むか、又は、上記増感剤前駆体XCが光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し、
 上記樹脂XA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
・態様X3
 樹脂XAと、オニウム塩XBと、増感剤前駆体XCとを含む組成物であって、
 上記樹脂XAと上記オニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
 上記オニウム塩XBが、上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物であり、
 上記樹脂XA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
・態様X4
 樹脂XAと、オニウム塩XBと、増感剤前駆体XCとを含む組成物であって、
 上記樹脂XAと上記オニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
 上記オニウム塩XBが上記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しない化合物であって、組成物が、さらに光酸発生剤XDを含むか、又は、上記増感剤前駆体XCが光照射により上記増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し、
 上記樹脂XA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
[Composition of requirement 1]
An example of an embodiment of a composition satisfying Requirement 1 will be shown below.
・Aspect X1
A composition comprising a resin XA, an onium salt XB, and a sensitizer precursor XC,
The resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB,
The onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
・Aspect X2
A composition comprising a resin XA, an onium salt XB, and a sensitizer precursor XC,
The resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB,
The onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on the sensitizer precursor XC, and the composition further contains a photoacid generator XD, or The sensitizer precursor XC generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
・Aspect X3
A composition comprising a resin XA, an onium salt XB, and a sensitizer precursor XC,
The resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond,
The onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
・Aspect X4
A composition comprising a resin XA, an onium salt XB, and a sensitizer precursor XC,
The resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond,
The onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on the sensitizer precursor XC, and the composition further contains a photoacid generator XD, or The sensitizer precursor XC generates an acid capable of producing the sensitizer by light irradiation,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group under the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
 なお、態様X1~X4において、増感剤前駆体XCは樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。また、光酸発生剤XDは樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。 Note that in embodiments X1 to X4, the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond. Moreover, the photoacid generator XD may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
 なお、オニウム塩XBが樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合している場合、組成物は、樹脂XAとオニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂を含む。
 また、増感剤前駆体XCが樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合している場合、組成物は、樹脂XAと増感剤前駆体XCとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂を含む。
 なお、光酸発生剤XDが樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合している場合、組成物は、樹脂XAと光酸発生剤XDとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂を含む。
In addition, when the onium salt XB is bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond.
Furthermore, when the sensitizer precursor XC is bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin XA and the sensitizer precursor XC are bonded via a covalent bond.
In addition, when the photoacid generator XD is bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin XA and the photoacid generator XD are bonded via a covalent bond.
〔態様X1の組成物〕
 以下、態様X1が含む各種成分について説明する。
[Composition of aspect X1]
Hereinafter, various components included in aspect X1 will be explained.
 <樹脂XA>
(相互作用性基)
 樹脂XAは、後述するオニウム塩XBと相互作用(例えば、静電相互作用等)する相互作用性基を有する。
 相互作用性基としては、オニウム塩XBとの間で相互作用により会合構造を形成し得る基であるのが好ましく、プロトンドナー性又はプロトンアクセプター性を有する基であるのがより好ましい。プロトンドナー性を有する基は、遊離の水素原子を有する基が該当し、プロトンアクセプター性を有する基は、例えば、窒素原子、及び、酸素原子等の孤立電子対を有する基が挙げられる。相互作用性基としては、オニウム塩XBとの相互作用がより優れる点で、なかでも、フェノール性水酸基、カルボキシ基、スルホン酸基、アミド基、又はスルホンアミド基であるのが好ましい。
 上記フェノール性水酸基とは、芳香族環の環員原子に置換した水酸基を意図する。
 芳香族環としては、ベンゼン環に制限されず、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環のいずれであってもよい。また、芳香族環は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。
<Resin XA>
(interactive group)
Resin XA has an interactive group that interacts (for example, electrostatic interaction) with onium salt XB, which will be described later.
The interactive group is preferably a group capable of forming an association structure through interaction with the onium salt XB, and more preferably a group having proton donor properties or proton acceptor properties. The group having proton donor properties is a group having a free hydrogen atom, and the group having proton acceptor properties includes, for example, a group having a lone pair of electrons such as a nitrogen atom and an oxygen atom. As the interactive group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, a sulfonic acid group, an amide group, or a sulfonamide group is particularly preferable, since the interaction with the onium salt XB is more excellent.
The above-mentioned phenolic hydroxyl group refers to a hydroxyl group substituted on a ring member atom of an aromatic ring.
The aromatic ring is not limited to a benzene ring, and may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle. Moreover, the aromatic ring may be either monocyclic or polycyclic.
 上記アミド基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-C(=O)-NHR、及び-NH-C(=O)-R(Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。)が挙げられる。
 上記スルホンアミド基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-S(=O)-NHR(Rは、水素原子又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。)が挙げられる。
The above amide group is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -C(=O)-NHR A and -NH-C(=O) -RA (RA is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms). ).
The above-mentioned sulfonamide group is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -S(=O) 2 -NHR B (R B represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂XAは、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。但し、樹脂XAが、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以下であり、15モル%以下が好ましく、10モル%以下がより好ましく、5モル%以下が更に好ましく、3モル%以下が特に好ましい。なお、下限値としては、0モル%以上である。
(Repeating unit with acid-decomposable group)
The resin XA may include a repeating unit having a group (acid-decomposable group) that decomposes under the action of an acid to produce a polar group. However, when resin XA contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units of resin XA. The following is more preferable, 5 mol% or less is still more preferable, and 3 mol% or less is particularly preferable. Note that the lower limit is 0 mol% or more.
 酸分解性基は、典型的には、酸の作用により脱離する脱離基で極性基が保護されてなる構造を有しており、例えば、以下の構成のものが挙げられる。
 極性基としては、アルカリ可溶性基が好ましく、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基、並びにアルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
 極性基としては、なかでも、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、又はスルホン酸基が好ましい。
The acid-decomposable group typically has a structure in which a polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid, and includes, for example, those having the following structure.
The polar group is preferably an alkali-soluble group, such as carboxyl group, phenolic hydroxyl group, fluorinated alcohol group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, sulfonamide group, sulfonylimide group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, (alkylsulfonyl)(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylcarbonyl)imide group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide group, tris(alkylcarbonyl) Examples include acidic groups such as methylene group and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methylene group, and alcoholic hydroxyl group.
As the polar group, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group is particularly preferable.
 酸の作用により脱離する脱離基としては、例えば、式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。
式(Y1):-C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38
式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
Examples of the leaving group that leaves by the action of an acid include groups represented by formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
Formula (Y1): -C(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y2): -C(=O)OC(Rx 1 )(Rx 2 )(Rx 3 )
Formula (Y3): -C(R 36 )(R 37 )(OR 38 )
Formula (Y4): -C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
 式(Y1)及び式(Y2)中、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)、アルケニル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)、又はアリール基(単環若しくは多環)を表す。なお、Rx~Rxの全てがアルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx~Rxのうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であるのが好ましい。
 なかでも、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、Rx~Rxは、各々独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して、単環又は多環を形成してもよい。
 Rx~Rxのアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及びt-ブチル基等の炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのアリール基としては、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等が挙げられる。
 Rx~Rxのアルケニル基としては、ビニル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成される環としては、シクロアルキル基が好ましい。Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、若しくは、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又はノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、若しくは、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基、又はビニリデン基で置き換わっていてもよい。また、これらのシクロアルキル基は、シクロアルカン環を構成するエチレン基の1つ以上が、ビニレン基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 式(Y1)又は式(Y2)で表される基は、例えば、Rxがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RxとRxとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
In formulas (Y1) and (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched chain), a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic), an alkenyl group (straight chain or branched chain), or an aryl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). Note that when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups.
Among these, it is preferable that Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. is more preferable.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be combined to form a monocyclic ring or a polycyclic ring.
As the alkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 , an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, and t-butyl group is preferable. .
Examples of the cycloalkyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. A cycloalkyl group is preferred.
The aryl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, an anthryl group, and the like.
As the alkenyl group for Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a vinyl group is preferred.
The ring formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably a cycloalkyl group. The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is a cyclopentyl group or a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, or a tetracyclododecanyl group. or a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an adamantyl group, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group, or May be substituted with a group. Further, in these cycloalkyl groups, one or more of the ethylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring may be replaced with a vinylene group.
The group represented by formula (Y1) or formula (Y2) is, for example, an embodiment in which Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group. is preferred.
 式(Y3)中、R36~R38は、各々独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及びアルケニル基等が挙げられる。R36は、水素原子であることも好ましい。
 なお、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基には、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基が含まれていてもよい。例えば、上記アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアラルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つ以上が、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子及び/又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。このような基としては、例えば、アルキルカルボニル基等が挙げられる。
In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may be combined with each other to form a ring. Examples of monovalent organic groups include alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, aralkyl groups, and alkenyl groups. It is also preferable that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
Note that the above alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group may contain a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. For example, in the above alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, and aralkyl group, one or more methylene groups are replaced with a group having a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom and/or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. Good too. Examples of such groups include alkylcarbonyl groups and the like.
 式(Y3)としては、下記式(Y3-1)で表される基が好ましい。 As formula (Y3), a group represented by the following formula (Y3-1) is preferable.
 ここで、L及びLは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はこれらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
 Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Qは、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルデヒド基、又はこれらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とシクロアルキル基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
 アルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又はカルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 なお、L及びLのうち一方は水素原子であり、他方はアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はアルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基であるのが好ましい。
 Q、M、及びLの少なくとも2つが結合して環(好ましくは、5員若しくは6員環)を形成してもよい。
Here, L 1 and L 2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and an aryl group).
M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q is an alkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, a cycloalkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, an aryl group that may contain a hetero atom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, an aldehyde represents a group or a group combining these (for example, a group combining an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group).
In the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group, for example, one of the methylene groups may be replaced with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom, or a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
It is preferable that one of L 1 and L 2 is a hydrogen atom, and the other is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a combination of an alkylene group and an aryl group.
At least two of Q, M, and L 1 may be combined to form a ring (preferably a 5-membered or 6-membered ring).
 式(Y4)中、Arは、芳香環基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基を表す。RnとArとは互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成してもよい。Arはより好ましくはアリール基である。 In formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may be bonded to each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
 酸の作用により脱離する脱離基は、他にも、3-メチル-2-シクロペンテニル基のような置換基(アルキル基等)を有する2-シクロペンテニル基、及び1,1,4,4-テトラメチルシクロヘキシル基のような置換基(アルキル基等)を有するシクロヘキシル基でもよい。 Other leaving groups that are eliminated by the action of acids include 2-cyclopentenyl groups having substituents (alkyl groups, etc.) such as 3-methyl-2-cyclopentenyl groups, and 1,1,4, It may also be a cyclohexyl group having a substituent (alkyl group, etc.) such as 4-tetramethylcyclohexyl group.
(樹脂XAの好適態様)
 樹脂XAとしては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、露光、酸、塩基、又は加熱の作用によって主鎖が切断されて分子量の低下を生じる樹脂(主鎖切断型樹脂)であるのが好ましい。主鎖切断型樹脂である樹脂XAとしては、例えば、樹脂XA-1が挙げられる。
(Preferred embodiment of resin XA)
As the resin XA, it is preferable to use a resin (main chain cleaved resin) whose main chain is cleaved by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. . Examples of the resin XA, which is a main chain cleavage type resin, include resin XA-1.
《樹脂XA-1》
 樹脂XA-1は、相互作用性基を含み、下記式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位と下記式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む。但し、樹脂XA-1が酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以下である。
 なお、樹脂XA-1において、相互作用性基はいずれの位置に含まれていてもよい。樹脂XA-1において、相互作用性基は、式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位及び/又は式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位に含まれていてもよいし、式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含み、且つ、この他の繰り返し単位に相互作用性基が含まれていてもよい。
《Resin XA-1》
Resin XA-1 contains an interactive group, and includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (XP) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (XQ). However, when resin XA-1 contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less based on all repeating units.
Note that in resin XA-1, the interactive group may be contained in any position. In resin XA-1, the interactive group may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (XP) and/or the repeating unit represented by formula (XQ), or may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (XP). and the repeating unit represented by formula (XQ), and the other repeating unit may contain an interactive group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 式(XP)中、Xは、ハロゲン原子を表す。Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Rは、置換基を表す。 In formula (XP), X p represents a halogen atom. L p represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R p represents a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 式(XQ)中、Rq1は、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Rq2は、置換基を表す。 In formula (XQ), R q1 represents an alkyl group that may have a substituent. L q represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R q2 represents a substituent.
 上記樹脂XA-1としては、式(XP)中のRで表される置換基及び式(XQ)中のRq2で表される置換基の少なくとも1種が相互作用性基を有するか、又は、式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含み、且つ、この他の繰り返し単位が相互作用性基を有するのが好ましい。 In the resin XA-1, at least one of the substituent represented by R p in formula (XP) and the substituent represented by R q2 in formula (XQ) has an interactive group, Alternatively, it is preferable that it contains a repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the formula (XP) and the repeating unit represented by the formula (XQ), and the other repeating unit has an interactive group.
 樹脂XA-1において、上記式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位との合計の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であるのが好ましく、95モル%以上であるのがより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、100モル%以下が好ましい。 In resin XA-1, the total content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XP) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) is 90 mol% or more based on all repeating units. The content is preferably 95 mol% or more, and more preferably 95 mol% or more. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable.
 また、樹脂XA-1において、上記式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位とは、ランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体、及び交互共重合体(ABAB・・・)等のいずれの形態であってもよいが、なかでも、交互共重合体であるのが好ましい。
 樹脂XA-1の好適な一態様として、樹脂X中の交互共重合体の存在割合が、樹脂XA-1の全質量にして、90質量%以上である態様(好ましくは100質量%以上)である態様も挙げられる。
In addition, in resin XA-1, the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XP) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) are a random copolymer, a block copolymer, and an alternating copolymer ( It may be in any form such as ABAB...), but among these, an alternating copolymer is preferable.
A preferred embodiment of the resin XA-1 is an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the resin X is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more) based on the total mass of the resin XA-1. Certain embodiments may also be mentioned.
 樹脂XA-1において、上記式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%であるのが好ましく、30~70モル%であるのがより好ましい。また樹脂XA-1において、上記式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%であるのが好ましく、30~70モル%であるのがより好ましい。 In resin XA-1, the content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XP) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on the total repeating units. More preferred. In resin XA-1, the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) preferably accounts for 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on all repeating units. .
 樹脂XA-1中、上記式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位は1種のみで含まれてもよいし、2種以上含まれてもよい。また、上記式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位は1種のみで含まれてもよいし、2種以上含まれてもよい。 In the resin XA-1, only one type of repeating unit represented by the above formula (XP) may be included, or two or more types may be included. In addition, only one type of repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) may be included, or two or more types may be included.
 上記式(XP)中、Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、フッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
 上記式(XP)中、Lで表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基(6~10員環が好ましく、6員環が更に好ましい。)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基、上記シクロアルキレン基、及び2価の芳香族炭化水素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基及びハロゲン原子、及び水酸基等が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 Lで表される2価の連結基の好適態様として、Lで表される2価の連結基において主鎖に結合する位置が-COO-である態様が挙げられる。
In the above formula (XP), the halogen atom represented by Xp is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
In the above formula (XP), the divalent linking group represented by L p is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (6 to 10-membered ring) (6-membered rings are preferred, and 6-membered rings are more preferred), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of a plurality of these. Further, the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
A preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group represented by L p is an embodiment in which the position bonded to the main chain in the divalent linking group represented by L p is -COO-.
 上記式(XP)中、Rで表される置換基としては特に制限されず、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR’’又は-COOR’’:R’’は、アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基を表す。)、ラクトン基、アルコール性水酸基、及び相互作用性基等が挙げられる。
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、フェノール性水酸基とは区別されるものであって、本明細書においては、脂肪族炭化水素基に置換する水酸基を意図する。
In the above formula (XP), the substituent represented by R p is not particularly limited and includes, for example, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro groups, halogen atoms, ester groups (-OCOR'' or -COOR'': R'' represents an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group), lactone groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, interactive groups, etc. It will be done.
Note that the alcoholic hydroxyl group is to be distinguished from the phenolic hydroxyl group, and in this specification, a hydroxyl group that is substituted for an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is intended.
 また、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、上記アリール基、上記アラルキル基、上記アルケニル基、上記アルコキシ基、上記アシルオキシ基、上記エステル基、及び上記ラクトン基は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び相互作用性基等が挙げられる。なお、アルキル基がフッ素原子を有する場合、パーフルオロアルキル基であってもよい。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, acyloxy group, ester group, and lactone group may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms and interactive groups. Note that when the alkyl group has a fluorine atom, it may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。また、炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。また、炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、5~15が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 上記アリール基は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。また、炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、6~15が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又は、アントラニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
 上記アラルキル基としては、上述のアルキル基中の水素原子のうちの1つが上述のアリール基で置換された構造であるのが好ましい。上記アラルキル基の炭素数としては、7~20が好ましく、7~15がより好ましい。
 上記アルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。また、炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。
 上記アルコキシ基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数としては1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
 上記アシルオキシ基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数としては2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。
 また、上記R’’で表されるアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
 ラクトン基としては、5~7員環のラクトン基が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。
 相互作用性基としては、既述のとおりである。
The alkyl group may be either linear or branched. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and even more preferably from 1 to 6.
The above cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 5 to 15, more preferably from 5 to 10, for example. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. .
The above aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10. As the aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthranyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
The aralkyl group preferably has a structure in which one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group described above is substituted with the aryl group described above. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 15.
The alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 10, even more preferably from 2 to 6.
The alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and has preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The above acyloxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and has preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
Further, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group represented by R'' is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
The lactone group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, more preferably one in which another ring structure is fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
The interactive group is as described above.
 式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位としては、以下の式(XP1)で表される繰り返し単位であるのが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by formula (XP) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (XP1) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 式(XP1)中、Xp1は、上記式(XP)のXと同義であり、好適態様も同じである。 In formula (XP1), X p1 has the same meaning as X p in formula (XP) above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 Yp1は、単結合又は-COO-を表す。 Y p1 represents a single bond or -COO-.
 Lp1は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Lp1で表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
L p1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L p1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one carbon number to 6) (which may be linear or branched), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of two or more of these. Further, the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 Arp1は、(p2+1)価の芳香環基又は脂環基を表す。
 p2が1である場合における2価の芳香環基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、及びアントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又はチオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、及びチアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む2価の芳香環基が好ましい。なかでも、アリーレン基が好ましく、フェニレン基、ナフタレン基、又はアントラセニレン基がより好ましく、フェニレン基又はナフタレン基が更に好ましい。
Ar p1 represents a (p2+1)-valent aromatic ring group or alicyclic group.
When p2 is 1, the divalent aromatic ring group includes, for example, an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group, or a thiophene ring, a furan ring, and a pyrrole ring. , a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle such as a thiazole ring. Among these, an arylene group is preferred, a phenylene group, a naphthalene group, or an anthracenylene group is more preferred, and a phenylene group or a naphthalene group is even more preferred.
 p2が2以上の整数である場合における(p2+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(p2-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of (p2+1)-valent aromatic ring groups in the case where p2 is an integer of 2 or more include (p2-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-mentioned specific examples of divalent aromatic ring groups. The following groups are mentioned.
 Arp1で表される(p2+1)価の脂環基としては、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子やカルボニル炭素を含んでいてもよい。Arp1で表される(p2+1)価の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルネン、テトラシクロデカン、テトラシクロドデカン、及びアダマンタン等の多環のシクロアルカンから(p2+1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。また、Arp1で表される(p2+1)価の脂環基としては、ラクトン環又はスルトン環から(p2+1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環としては、5~7員環のラクトン環及びスルトン環が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環及びスルトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。 The (p2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar p1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a carbonyl carbon. The (p2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar p1 is, for example, one in which (p2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from polycyclic cycloalkanes such as norbornene, tetracyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and adamantane. The following groups are mentioned. Further, the (p2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar p1 includes a group obtained by removing (p2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a lactone ring or a sultone ring. The lactone ring and sultone ring are preferably 5- to 7-membered lactone rings and sultone rings, and other ring structures are fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone and sultone rings to form a bicyclo or spiro structure. A ring is more preferable.
 (p2+1)価の芳香環基及び脂環基は、Rp1以外の置換基を有していてもよい。 The (p2+1)-valent aromatic ring group and alicyclic group may have a substituent other than R p1 .
 p1は、0又は1を表す。
 p1が0の場合、p2は1を表す。p1が1の場合、p2は0~4の整数を表す。
p1 represents 0 or 1.
If p1 is 0, p2 represents 1. When p1 is 1, p2 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
 Rp1は、置換基を表す。Rp1で表される置換基としては、上記式(XP)のRと同様のものが挙げられるが、なかでも、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は相互作用性基が好ましい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましい。 R p1 represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R p1 include those similar to R p in the above formula (XP), and among them, an alkyl group or an interactive group which may have a substituent is preferable. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferred.
 式(XQ)中、Rq1で表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれでもよい。上記アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
 また、Rq1で表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。
 式(XQ)中、Lで表される2価の連結基としては、上記式(XP)中のLで表される2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 式(XQ)中、Rq2で表される置換基としては、上記式(XP)中のRで表される置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
In formula (XQ), the alkyl group represented by R q1 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
Further, the alkyl group represented by R q1 may have a substituent. Substituents include, but are not particularly limited to, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and the like.
In the formula (XQ), the divalent linking group represented by Lq includes the same divalent linking group as the divalent linking group represented by Lp in the above formula (XP).
In formula (XQ), the substituent represented by R q2 includes the same substituent as the substituent represented by R p in formula (XP) above.
 式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位としては、以下の式(XQ1)で表される繰り返し単位であるのが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by formula (XQ) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (XQ1) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 式(XQ1)中、Rq11は、上記式(XQ)中のRq1と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。 In formula (XQ1), R q11 has the same meaning as R q1 in formula (XQ) above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 Yq1は、単結合又は-COO-を表す。 Y q1 represents a single bond or -COO-.
 Lq1は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Lq1で表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
L q1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L q1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one carbon number to 6) (which may be linear or branched), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of two or more of these. Further, the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 Arq1は、(q2+1)価の芳香環基又は脂環基を表す。
 q2が1である場合における2価の芳香環基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、及びアントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又はチオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、及びチアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む2価の芳香環基が好ましい。なかでも、アリーレン基が好ましく、フェニレン基又はナフタレン基がより好ましい。
Ar q1 represents a (q2+1)-valent aromatic ring group or alicyclic group.
Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group when q2 is 1 include arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group, or thiophene ring, furan ring, and pyrrole ring. , a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle such as a thiazole ring. Among these, an arylene group is preferred, and a phenylene group or a naphthalene group is more preferred.
 q2が2以上の整数である場合における(q2+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(q2-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。 As a specific example of a (q2+1)-valent aromatic ring group when q2 is an integer of 2 or more, (q2-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from the above-mentioned specific example of a divalent aromatic ring group. The following groups are mentioned.
 Arq1で表される(q2+1)価の脂環基としては、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子やカルボニル炭素を含んでいてもよい。Arq1で表される(q2+1)価の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルネン、テトラシクロデカン、テトラシクロドデカン、及びアダマンタン等の多環のシクロアルカンから(q2+1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。また、Arq1で表される(q2+1)価の脂環基としては、ラクトン環又はスルトン環から(q2+1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環としては、5~7員環のラクトン環及びスルトン環が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環及びスルトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。 The (q2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar q1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a carbonyl carbon. The (q2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar q1 includes, for example, polycyclic cycloalkanes such as norbornene, tetracyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and adamantane from which (q2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms have been removed. The following groups are mentioned. Further, the (q2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar q1 includes a group obtained by removing (q2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a lactone ring or a sultone ring. The lactone ring and sultone ring are preferably 5- to 7-membered lactone rings and sultone rings, and other ring structures are fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring and sultone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. A ring is more preferable.
 (q2+1)価の芳香環基及び脂環基は、Rq12以外の置換基を有していてもよい。 The (q2+1)-valent aromatic ring group and alicyclic group may have a substituent other than R q12 .
 q1は、0又は1を表す。
 q1が0の場合、q2は1を表す。q1が1の場合、q2は0~4の整数を表す。
q1 represents 0 or 1.
If q1 is 0, q2 represents 1. When q1 is 1, q2 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
 Rq12は、置換基を表す。Rq12で表される置換基としては、上記式(XP)のRと同様のものが挙げられるが、なかでも、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は相互作用性基が好ましい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましい。 R q12 represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R q12 include those similar to R p in the above formula (XP), and among them, an alkyl group or an interactive group which may have a substituent is preferable. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferred.
 上述した樹脂XA-1は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲において、上述した繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。 The above-mentioned resin XA-1 may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
 樹脂XAは、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 樹脂XAの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、15,000以上が好ましく、20,000以上がより好ましく、30,000以上が更に好ましく、40,000以上が特に好ましい。上限としては、例えば、200,000以下が好ましく、150,000以下がより好ましく、100,000以下が更に好ましい。
Resin XA can be synthesized by conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin XA is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, even more preferably 30,000 or more, and particularly preferably 40,000 or more. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
 樹脂XAの多分散度(Mw/Mn)は特に制限されないが、2.5以下が好ましく、2.0以下がより好ましく、1.7以下が更に好ましい。下限値は特に制限されず、1.0以上が挙げられる。 The polydispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin XA is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and even more preferably 1.7 or less. The lower limit value is not particularly limited, and may be 1.0 or more.
 態様X1の組成物において、樹脂XAの含有量の下限値は、組成物の全固形分に対して、30.0質量%以上が好ましく、45.0質量%以上がより好ましく、65.0質量以上%が更に好ましい。なお、上限値としては、例えば、99.9質量%以下が好ましい。また、樹脂XAは、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 In the composition of aspect X1, the lower limit of the content of resin XA is preferably 30.0% by mass or more, more preferably 45.0% by mass or more, and 65.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 99.9 mass % or less is preferable, for example. Moreover, resin XA may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
 <オニウム塩XB>
 態様X1の組成物は、オニウム塩XBを含む。オニウム塩XBは、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩化合物(光分解型オニウム塩化合物)である。
 オニウム塩XBは、具体的には、アニオン部位とカチオン部位とから構成される塩構造部位を少なくとも1つ有し、且つ光照射により分解して酸を発生する化合物であるのが好ましい。オニウム塩XBの上記塩構造部位は、露光によって分解し易く、且つ酸の生成性により優れる点で、なかでも、有機カチオン部位と非求核性(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低い)有機アニオン部位とから構成されているのが好ましい。
 上記塩構造部位は、オニウム塩XBにおける一部分であってもよいし、全体であってもよい。なお、上記塩構造部位がオニウム塩XBにおける一部分である場合とは、例えば、2つ以上の塩構造部位が連結している構造等が該当する。
 オニウム塩XBにおける塩構造部位の個数としては特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
<Onium salt XB>
The composition of embodiment X1 comprises onium salt XB. Onium salt XB is an onium salt compound (photodegradable onium salt compound) that generates an acid upon irradiation with light.
Specifically, the onium salt XB is preferably a compound that has at least one salt structure site composed of an anion site and a cation site and is decomposed by light irradiation to generate an acid. The above-mentioned salt structure part of onium salt It is preferable that it consists of a part.
The above-mentioned salt structure site may be a part of the onium salt XB or the entire onium salt XB. In addition, the case where the salt structure site is a part of the onium salt XB corresponds to, for example, a structure in which two or more salt structure sites are connected.
The number of salt structural moieties in onium salt XB is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
 光照射によりオニウム塩XBから発生する有機酸としては、例えば、スルホン酸(脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸、及び、カンファースルホン酸等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド酸、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチド酸等が挙げられる。
 なお、光照射によりオニウム塩XBから発生する酸としては、無機酸(例えば、水酸化物イオン)であってもよい。
 また、光照射によりオニウム塩XBから発生する有機酸は、酸基を2つ以上有する多価酸であってもよい。
Examples of organic acids generated from onium salt XB upon irradiation with light include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphor sulfonic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidic acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide acids, and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid.
Note that the acid generated from the onium salt XB upon light irradiation may be an inorganic acid (for example, a hydroxide ion).
Further, the organic acid generated from the onium salt XB by light irradiation may be a polyacid having two or more acid groups.
 オニウム塩XBにおいて、塩構造部位を構成するカチオン部位としては、有機カチオン部位であるのが好ましく、なかでも、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 In onium salt XB, the cation moiety constituting the salt structure moiety is preferably an organic cation moiety, particularly an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaI) or a formula (ZaII). The organic cation represented (cation (ZaII)) is preferred.
 上記式(ZaI)において、
 R201、R202、及びR203は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above formula (ZaI),
R 201 , R 202 and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The number of carbon atoms in the organic group as R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20. Furthermore, two of R 201 to R 203 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
 式(ZaI)における有機カチオンの好適な態様としては、後述する、カチオン(ZaI-1)、カチオン(ZaI-2)、式(ZaI-3b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-3b))、及び式(ZaI-4b)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI-4b))が挙げられる。 Preferred embodiments of the organic cation in formula (ZaI) include cation (ZaI-1), cation (ZaI-2), and organic cation (cation (ZaI-3b)) represented by formula (ZaI-3b), which will be described later. ), and an organic cation (cation (ZaI-4b)) represented by the formula (ZaI-4b).
 まず、カチオン(ZaI-1)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-1)は、上記式(ZaI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウムカチオンである。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンは、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 また、R201~R203のうちの1つがアリール基であり、R201~R203のうちの残りの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、1つ以上のメチレン基が酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、及び/又はカルボニル基で置換されていてもよいアルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、又は-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-)が挙げられる。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、アリールジアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及びアリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-1) is an arylsulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 in the above formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
In the arylsulfonium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or some of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remainder may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Further, one of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. The group formed by combining two of R 201 to R 203 includes, for example, one or more methylene groups substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and/or a carbonyl group. and alkylene groups (eg, butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -).
Examples of the arylsulfonium cation include triarylsulfonium cation, diarylalkylsulfonium cation, aryldialkylsulfonium cation, diarylcycloalkylsulfonium cation, and aryldicycloalkylsulfonium cation.
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンに含まれるアリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウムカチオンが2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンが必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等がより好ましい。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue. When the arylsulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as necessary is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. A cycloalkyl group is preferred, and for example, a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group are more preferred.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素、ヨウ素)、水酸基、カルボキシル基、エステル基、スルフィニル基、スルホニル基、アルキルチオ基、及びフェニルチオ基等が好ましい。
 上記置換基は可能な場合さらに置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、上記アルキル基が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有して、トリフルオロメチル基などのハロゲン化アルキル基となっていることも好ましい。
The substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3-15), aryl group (e.g. 6-14 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (e.g. 1-15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkoxy group (e.g. 1-15 carbon atoms), halogen atom (e.g. fluorine, iodine), hydroxyl group , a carboxyl group, an ester group, a sulfinyl group, a sulfonyl group, an alkylthio group, a phenylthio group, and the like.
The above substituent may further have a substituent if possible. For example, the above alkyl group may have a halogen atom as a substituent to become a halogenated alkyl group such as a trifluoromethyl group. preferable.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-2)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-2)は、式(ZaI)におけるR201~R203が、各々独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表すカチオンである。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。
 R201~R203は、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又はアルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基が更に好ましい。
Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) each independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The carbon number of the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, or an alkoxy A carbonylmethyl group is more preferred, and a linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl group is even more preferred.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及びペンチル基)、並びに、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及びノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又はニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group). group, butyl group, and pentyl group), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, and norbornyl group).
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-3b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-3b)は、下記式(ZaI-3b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-3b).
 式(ZaI-3b)中、
 R1c~R5cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、又はアリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(t-ブチル基等)、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又はアリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、各々独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基を表す。
In formula (ZaI-3b),
R 1c to R 5c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. , represents a nitro group, an alkylthio group, or an arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (such as a t-butyl group), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
R x and R y each independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、それぞれ互いに結合して環を形成してもよく、この環は、各々独立に、酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環としては、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族のヘテロ環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環としては、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be bonded to each other to form a ring. Often, the rings may each independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the above-mentioned ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. Examples of the ring include a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及びRとRが結合して形成する基としては、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基等のアルキレン基が挙げられる。このアルキレン基中のメチレン基が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子で置換されていてもよい。
 R5cとR6c、及びR5cとRが結合して形成する基としては、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include alkylene groups such as a butylene group and a pentylene group. The methylene group in this alkylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
 R1c~R5c、R6c、R7c、R、R、並びに、R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及び、RとRがそれぞれ互いに結合して形成する環は、置換基を有していてもよい。 R 1c to R 5c , R 6c , R 7c , R x , R y , and any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and the ring formed by bonding R x and R y to each other may have a substituent.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-4b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-4b)は、下記式(ZaI-4b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be explained.
The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following formula (ZaI-4b).
 式(ZaI-4b)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、水酸基、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、カルボキシル基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、ハロゲン原子(例えば、フッ素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、アルキル基、ハロゲン化アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又はシクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有してもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合は各々独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、各々独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はナフチル基を表す。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成するのが好ましい。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、及び上記ナフチル基、並びに、2つのR15が互いに結合して形成する環は置換基を有してもよい。
In formula (ZaI-4b),
l represents an integer from 0 to 2.
r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
R13 is a group having a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a carboxyl group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group (cycloalkyl It may be a group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents.
R14 is a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom (e.g., a fluorine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), an alkyl group, a halogenated alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. Represents a group having a group (which may be a cycloalkyl group itself or a group partially containing a cycloalkyl group). These groups may have substituents. When a plurality of R 14s exist, each R 14 independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
Each R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. Two R 15s may be bonded to each other to form a ring. When two R 15s combine with each other to form a ring, the ring skeleton may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, two R 15s are alkylene groups and are preferably bonded to each other to form a ring structure. The ring formed by bonding the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, naphthyl group, and two R 15s to each other may have a substituent.
 式(ZaI-4b)において、R13、R14、及びR15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状であるのが好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又はt-ブチル基等がより好ましい。 In formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are preferably linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 10. As the alkyl group, a methyl group, ethyl group, n-butyl group, or t-butyl group is more preferable.
 次に、式(ZaII)について説明する。
 式(ZaII)中、R204及びR205は、各々独立に、アリール基、アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基としてはフェニル基、又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又はペンチル基)、又は炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, formula (ZaII) will be explained.
In formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group for R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, butyl group or pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), 15), an aryl group (for example, having 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, and a phenylthio group.
 オニウム塩XBの好適態様の一例としては、「M X」で表されるオニウム塩化合物であって、光照射により有機酸を発生する化合物(以下「オニウム塩XB1」ともいう)が挙げられる。
 「M X」で表される化合物において、Mは、有機カチオンを表し、Xは、有機アニオンを表す。
 以下、オニウム塩XB1について説明する。
An example of a preferred embodiment of the onium salt XB is an onium salt compound represented by "M + X - ", which generates an organic acid upon irradiation with light (hereinafter also referred to as "onium salt .
In the compound represented by "M + X - ", M + represents an organic cation and X - represents an organic anion.
Onium salt XB1 will be explained below.
 オニウム塩XB1中のMで表される有機カチオンとしては、上述した、式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 The organic cation represented by M + in onium salt )) is preferred.
 オニウム塩XB1中のXで表される有機アニオンとしては、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)であるのが好ましい。
 非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、及び、カンファースルホン酸アニオン等)、スルホニルイミドアニオン、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン、及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオン等が挙げられる。
The organic anion represented by X - in the onium salt XB1 is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion with extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
Examples of non-nucleophilic anions include sulfonate anions (aliphatic sulfonate anions, aromatic sulfonate anions, camphorsulfonate anions, etc.), sulfonylimide anions, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anions, and tris( Examples include alkylsulfonyl)methide anions.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、炭素数1~30の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又は、炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、例えば、フルオロアルキル基(フッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよいし有していなくてもよい。パーフルオロアルキル基でもよい)でもよい。
The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and may be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. A cycloalkyl group is preferred.
The alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may or may not have a substituent other than a fluorine atom; it may also be a perfluoroalkyl group).
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオンにおけるアリール基としては、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、及びナフチル基が挙げられる。 The aryl group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に制限されないが、具体的には、ニトロ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子等のハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、及びアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)等が挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent. Substituents are not particularly limited, but specifically include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), Alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), Acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms) , an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), and an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
 スルホニルイミドアニオンとしては、例えば、サッカリンアニオンが挙げられる。 Examples of the sulfonylimide anion include saccharin anion.
 ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオン及びトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基としては、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基の置換基としては、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、及びシクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基が挙げられ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。
 また、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。
The alkyl group in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion and tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide anion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Substituents for these alkyl groups include halogen atoms, alkyl groups substituted with halogen atoms, alkoxy groups, alkylthio groups, alkyloxysulfonyl groups, aryloxysulfonyl groups, and cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl groups, and fluorine An alkyl group substituted with an atom or a fluorine atom is preferred.
Furthermore, the alkyl groups in the bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide anion may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure.
 オニウム塩XB1としては、例えば、国際公開2018/193954号公報の段落[0135]~[0171]、国際公開2020/066824号公報の段落[0077]~[0116]、国際公開2017/154345号公報の段落[0018]~[0075]及び[0334]~[0335]に開示された光酸発生剤等を使用するのも好ましい。 Onium salts It is also preferable to use the photoacid generators disclosed in paragraphs [0018] to [0075] and [0334] to [0335].
 オニウム塩XB1の分子量としては、3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。 The molecular weight of the onium salt XB1 is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, and even more preferably 1000 or less.
 また、オニウム塩XBとしては、上述したオニウム塩XB1のほか、例えば、国際公開第2020/158313号段落[0023]~[0095]に例示された化合物も引用できる。 Furthermore, as the onium salt XB, in addition to the above-mentioned onium salt XB1, for example, compounds exemplified in paragraphs [0023] to [0095] of International Publication No. 2020/158313 can also be cited.
 増感剤前駆体XCが後述するようなケタール構造又はアセタール構造等の酸の作用によって脱保護する部位を有する化合物である場合、脱保護反応によりカルボニル化合物を生成する上では、オニウム塩XBから発生する発生酸のpKaとしては、2.0以下が好ましく、1.0以下がより好ましく、0.0以下が更に好ましい。なお、下限値としては、-15.0以上が好ましい。 When the sensitizer precursor XC is a compound having a site that can be deprotected by the action of an acid, such as a ketal structure or an acetal structure as described below, in order to generate a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction, it is necessary to use the compound generated from the onium salt XB. The pKa of the generated acid is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.0 or less, and even more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit is preferably −15.0 or more.
 態様X1の組成物において、オニウム塩XBの含有量の下限値としては、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1.0質量%以上がより好ましく、5.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、上記含有量の上限値としては、40.0質量%以下が好ましく、30.0質量%以下がより好ましい。オニウム塩XBは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 In the composition of aspect X1, the lower limit of the content of onium salt XB is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition.5. More preferably, it is 0% by mass or more. Further, the upper limit of the content is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less. Onium salts XB may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
 <増感剤前駆体XC>
 態様X1の組成物は、増感剤前駆体XCを含む。増感剤前駆体XCは、酸の作用により増感剤を生成する化合物である。
 増感剤前駆体XCから生成する増感剤は、波長200nm超(好ましくは波長250nm以上)の波長の光を吸収する増感剤(光増感剤)であるのが好ましい。増感剤前駆体XCから生成する増感剤が上記波長特性を有する場合、後述するパターン形成方法の工程3(フラッド露光工程)において、増感剤前駆体XC自体の吸収波長と増感剤前駆体XCから生成する増感剤の吸収波長との差が広がり(換言すると増感剤前駆体XCから増感体への構造変化前後で吸収波長が大きくシフトし)、増感剤前駆体XCの不必要な感光を抑制できる。この結果として、工程3(フラッド露光工程)において増感剤を選択的に感光させ得て、形成されるパターンの解像性がより優れる。
<Sensitizer precursor XC>
The composition of embodiment X1 comprises a sensitizer precursor XC. The sensitizer precursor XC is a compound that generates a sensitizer by the action of an acid.
The sensitizer produced from the sensitizer precursor XC is preferably a sensitizer (photosensitizer) that absorbs light with a wavelength of more than 200 nm (preferably 250 nm or more). When the sensitizer produced from the sensitizer precursor XC has the above wavelength characteristics, in step 3 (flood exposure step) of the pattern forming method described below, the absorption wavelength of the sensitizer precursor XC itself and the sensitizer precursor The difference between the absorption wavelength of the sensitizer produced from the sensitizer precursor XC widens (in other words, the absorption wavelength shifts significantly before and after the structural change from the sensitizer precursor XC to the sensitizer), and the absorption wavelength of the sensitizer precursor XC increases. Unnecessary exposure to light can be suppressed. As a result, the sensitizer can be selectively exposed in step 3 (flood exposure step), and the resolution of the formed pattern is better.
 増感剤前駆体XCから生成する増感剤の構造としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、カルボニル化合物が好ましい。カルボニル化合物としては、アルデヒド、ケトン、カルボン酸又はその塩(例えば、塩化物)、カルボン酸無水物、及びカルボン酸エステル等が挙げられる。また、上記カルボニル化合物は、波長200nm超の長波長側の光を吸収する化合物であるのが好ましい。
 カルボニル化合物としては、例えば、ベンゾフェノン誘導体、キサントン誘導体、チオキサントン誘導体、クマリン誘導体、アクリドン誘導体、ナフタレン誘導体、アントラセン誘導体、及びアクリドン誘導体等が挙げられる。
The structure of the sensitizer produced from the sensitizer precursor XC is preferably a carbonyl compound, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. Examples of the carbonyl compound include aldehydes, ketones, carboxylic acids or salts thereof (eg, chlorides), carboxylic acid anhydrides, and carboxylic acid esters. Further, the carbonyl compound is preferably a compound that absorbs light on the long wavelength side, exceeding a wavelength of 200 nm.
Examples of the carbonyl compound include benzophenone derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, acridone derivatives, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, and acridone derivatives.
 増感剤前駆体XCは、酸の作用によって上述の構造を有する増感剤を生成する化合物であるのが好ましい。
 このような増感剤前駆体XCとしては、下記式(VI)で表されるアルコール化合物、アルコール化合物中のアルコール性水酸基の水素原子が置換されてなる、ケタール化合物、アセタール化合物、又はオルトエステル化合物(例えば、下記式(VI)で表されるアルコール化合物中のヒドロキシ基の水素原子が置換されてなる、ケタール化合物、アセタール化合物、又はオルトエステル化合物)等が挙げられる。
 また、増感剤前駆体XCとしては、下記式(VI)中のアルコール性水酸基(ヒドロキシ基)がチオール基となったチオール化合物であってもよい。チオール化合物の具体例としては、下記式(VI)で表されるアルコール化合物中のヒドロキシ基をチオール基に置き換えた化合物が挙げられる。
 また、増感剤前駆体XCとしては、下記式(XXXVI)中のR23及び/又はR24と結合する酸素原子が硫黄に置き換えられたチオケタール化合物又はチオアセタール化合物であってもよい。
The sensitizer precursor XC is preferably a compound that produces a sensitizer having the above-mentioned structure upon the action of an acid.
Such a sensitizer precursor XC includes an alcohol compound represented by the following formula (VI), a ketal compound, an acetal compound, or an orthoester compound in which the hydrogen atom of an alcoholic hydroxyl group in the alcohol compound is substituted. (For example, a ketal compound, an acetal compound, or an orthoester compound in which a hydrogen atom of a hydroxy group in an alcohol compound represented by the following formula (VI) is substituted).
Further, the sensitizer precursor XC may be a thiol compound in which the alcoholic hydroxyl group (hydroxy group) in the following formula (VI) is a thiol group. Specific examples of thiol compounds include compounds in which the hydroxy group in the alcohol compound represented by the following formula (VI) is replaced with a thiol group.
Further, the sensitizer precursor XC may be a thioketal compound or a thioacetal compound in which the oxygen atom bonded to R 23 and/or R 24 in the following formula (XXXVI) is replaced with sulfur.
 なお、増感剤前駆体XCがケタール化合物又はアセタール化合物である場合、パターン露光で発生した酸によるカルボニル化合物への加水分解反応をより加速する目的で、後述するように、工程2(パターン露光工程)と工程3(フラッド露光工程)との間に工程2A(加熱工程)を実施するのも好ましい。 In addition, when the sensitizer precursor XC is a ketal compound or an acetal compound, in order to further accelerate the hydrolysis reaction to a carbonyl compound by the acid generated during pattern exposure, step 2 (pattern exposure step) is performed as described below. ) and Step 3 (flood exposure step), it is also preferable to carry out step 2A (heating step).
 式(VI)中、R、R及びR10は、各々独立に、水素原子;フェニル基;ナフチル基;アントラセニル基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルキルチオ基;フェノキシ基;ナフトキシ基;アントラセノキシ基;アミノ基;アミド基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換された、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換された、炭素数1~5のアルキルチオ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたナフトキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたアントラセノキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、アントラセノキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換された、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が結合したカルボニル基を表す。
 また、上記式(VI)中のヒドロキシ基の水素原子は、フェニル基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基で置換されていてもよい。
 式中、R、R、及びR10のうち任意の2つ以上の基は、単結合若しくは二重結合により、又は、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SONH-、-CO-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-NHCO-NH-、-CHR-、-CR -、-NH-若しくは-NR-を含む結合を介して環構造を形成していてもよい。Rは、フェニル基;フェノキシ基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;又は、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基を表す。
 R、R及びR10は、各々独立に、水素原子;フェニル基;フェノキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;又は、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基を表すのが好ましい。
In formula (VI), R 8 , R 9 and R 10 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a phenyl group; a naphthyl group; an anthracenyl group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; an alkylthio group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; Phenoxy group; naphthoxy group; anthracenoxy group; amino group; amide group; halogen atom; linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group) having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); C1-C5 alkoxy group substituted with 5 alkoxy group, amino group, amide group, or hydroxy group; C1-C30 (preferably C1-5) linear, branched or a cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkylthio group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an amino group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group; carbon A phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an amide group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; a straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) a phenyl group substituted with a shaped, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an amino group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group; a phenyl group having 1 carbon number; -5 alkoxy group, alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, amino group, amide group, or naphthoxy group substituted with a hydroxy group; alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, amino anthracenoxy group substituted with a group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group; an anthracenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, an anthracenoxy group, an amino group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group having 1 carbon number ~30 (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or carbonyl bonded to an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represents a group.
In addition, the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group in the above formula (VI) can be a phenyl group; a halogen atom; A saturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group) having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); ), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
In the formula, any two or more groups among R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 are bonded by a single bond or double bond, or by -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 - , -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, -NHCO-, -NHCO-NH-, -CHR g -, -CR g 2 -, -NH- or -NR g - It may form a ring structure. R g represents a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); ); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or a straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); , a branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group.
R 8 , R 9 and R 10 are each independently a hydrogen atom; a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or preferably represents a phenyl group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group.
 なお、式(VI)中のヒドロキシ基の水素原子が置換されたケタール化合物又はアセタール化合物としては、下記式(XXXVI)で表される化合物が好ましい。なお、下記式(XXXVI)中のR及びR10のいずれか一方が水素原子である場合、下記式(XXXVI)で表される化合物は、アセタール化合物に該当する。 In addition, as the ketal compound or acetal compound in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group in formula (VI) is substituted, a compound represented by the following formula (XXXVI) is preferable. In addition, when either one of R 9 and R 10 in the following formula (XXXVI) is a hydrogen atom, the compound represented by the following formula (XXXVI) corresponds to an acetal compound.
 式(XXXVI)中、R及びR10は、上記式(VI)中のR及びR10と各々同義である。R及びR10は、上記と同様に、環構造を形成していてもよい。
 式(XXXVI)中、R23及びR24は、各々独立に、フェニル基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基を表す。R23及びR24は、単結合若しくは二重結合により、又は、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SONH-、-CO-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-NHCO-NH-、-CHR-、-CR -、-NH-若しくは-NR-を含む結合を介して環構造を形成していてもよい。Rは上記式(VI)中のRと同義である。
In formula (XXXVI), R 9 and R 10 have the same meanings as R 9 and R 10 in the above formula (VI), respectively. R 9 and R 10 may form a ring structure as described above.
In formula (XXXVI), R 23 and R 24 each independently represent a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or Unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. R 23 and R 24 are represented by a single bond or a double bond, or -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, - A ring structure may be formed through a bond containing NHCO-, -NHCO-NH-, -CHR g -, -CR g 2 -, -NH- or -NR g -. R g has the same meaning as R g in the above formula (VI).
 ケタール化合物及びアセタール化合物は、カルボニル化合物をアルコールと反応させることで得られる。つまり、上記式(XXXVI)において、R23及びR24はカルボニル基の保護基に該当する。なお、以下では、増感剤前駆体から保護基を解除することで増感剤を得る反応を「脱保護反応」という場合もある。なお、ケタール化合物及びアセタール化合物の脱保護反応は、通常、酸の作用により進行し得る。 Ketal compounds and acetal compounds are obtained by reacting a carbonyl compound with an alcohol. That is, in the above formula (XXXVI), R 23 and R 24 correspond to protective groups for a carbonyl group. In addition, below, the reaction to obtain a sensitizer by removing a protecting group from a sensitizer precursor may be referred to as a "deprotection reaction." Note that the deprotection reaction of ketal compounds and acetal compounds can usually proceed by the action of an acid.
 増感剤前駆体であるケタール化合物としては、例えば、下記式(XXVII)~(XXX)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of ketal compounds that are sensitizer precursors include compounds represented by the following formulas (XXVII) to (XXX).
 式(XXVII)~(XXX)中、R23及びR24は、式(XXXVI)中のR23及びR24と各々同義である。式(XXVII)~(XXX)中、芳香環の水素原子は炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基又は炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されていてもよく、芳香環は別の芳香環と結合してナフタレン環又はアントラセン環を形成していてもよい。R25は炭素数1~5のアルキル基を表す。増感剤前駆体XCとして上記式(XXVII)~(XXX)で表される化合物を用いた場合、増感剤前駆体XCから増感体への構造変化前後での吸収波長のシフト幅がより大きく、工程3(フラッド露光工程)でのより選択的な増感反応を生起できる。 In formulas (XXVII) to (XXX), R 23 and R 24 have the same meanings as R 23 and R 24 in formula (XXXVI), respectively. In formulas (XXVII) to (XXX), the hydrogen atom of the aromatic ring may be substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and the aromatic ring is bonded to another aromatic ring. may be used to form a naphthalene ring or anthracene ring. R 25 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. When the compounds represented by the above formulas (XXVII) to (XXX) are used as the sensitizer precursor XC, the shift width of the absorption wavelength before and after the structural change from the sensitizer precursor XC to the sensitizer is more This allows a more selective sensitization reaction to occur in step 3 (flood exposure step).
 なお、式(VI)中のヒドロキシ基の水素原子が置換されたオルトエステル化合物は、下記式(XLVI)で表される化合物であるのも好ましい。 Note that the orthoester compound in which the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group in formula (VI) is substituted is also preferably a compound represented by the following formula (XLVI).
 式(XLVI)中、Rは上記式(VI)中のRと同義である。式(XLVI)中、R38~R40は、各々独立に、フェニル基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基を表す。R38~R40は、単結合若しくは二重結合により、又は、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SONH-、-CO-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-NHCO-NH-、-CHR-、-CR -、-NH-若しくは-NR-を含む結合を介して環構造を形成していてもよい。Rは上記式(VI)中のRと同義である。 In formula (XLVI), R 9 has the same meaning as R 9 in formula (VI) above. In formula (XLVI), R 38 to R 40 each independently represent a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or Unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. R 38 to R 40 are represented by a single bond or double bond, or -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, - A ring structure may be formed through a bond containing NHCO-, -NHCO-NH-, -CHR g -, -CR g 2 -, -NH- or -NR g -. R g has the same meaning as R g in the above formula (VI).
 オルトエステル化合物は、酸の作用により脱保護反応で分解し、例えば、カルボニル基を含むカルボン酸エステル又はカルボン酸になる。オルトエステル化合物は、例えば、カルボキシ基を有する増感剤のカルボキシ基の部分をOBO(例えば、4-メチル2,6,7-トリオキサビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン-1-イル)で置換(保護)した、下記式(XLVII)で表されるOBOエステル化合物であるのも好ましい。 The orthoester compound is decomposed by a deprotection reaction under the action of an acid, and becomes, for example, a carboxylic acid ester or carboxylic acid containing a carbonyl group. The orthoester compound is, for example, a carboxy group-containing sensitizer with OBO (for example, 4-methyl 2,6,7-trioxabicyclo[2.2.2]octan-1-yl). A substituted (protected) OBO ester compound represented by the following formula (XLVII) is also preferred.
 式(XLVII)中、R41及びR42は、各々独立に、水素原子;フェニル基;ナフチル基;アントラセニル基;フェノキシ基;ナフトキシ基;アントラセノキシ基;アミノ基;アミド基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたナフトキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたアントラセノキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、アントラセノキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換された、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が結合したカルボニル基を表す。R41及びR42は、各々独立に、好ましくは、水素原子;フェニル基;フェノキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;又は、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基を表す。 In formula (XLVII), R 41 and R 42 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; phenyl group; naphthyl group; anthracenyl group; phenoxy group; naphthoxy group; anthracenoxy group; amino group; amide group; halogen atom; carbon number 1 ~30 (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); alkoxy group, hydroxy group, amino group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms , an amide group, or a phenoxy group substituted with an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or unsaturated carbonized group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); A phenyl group substituted with a hydrogen group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an amino group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a naphthoxy group substituted with a hydroxy group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an amino group, an amide group, or an anthracenoxy group substituted with a hydroxy group; anthracenoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; Linear or branched chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) substituted with an alkoxy group, phenoxy group, naphthoxy group, anthracenoxy group, amino group, amide group, or hydroxy group of 5 or a cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a carbonyl group to which an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is bonded. R 41 and R 42 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom; a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; ; or represents a phenyl group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group;
 増感剤前駆体XCの具体例としては、特開2015-172741号公報の段落[0067]~[0084]に記載の化合物等も挙げられる。 Specific examples of the sensitizer precursor XC include compounds described in paragraphs [0067] to [0084] of JP-A No. 2015-172741.
 後述する工程3(フラッド露光工程)において、増感剤前駆体XCから発生する増感剤からオニウム塩XBへのエネルギー移動がより進行し易く、オニウム塩XBを分解しつつ、オニウム塩XBと樹脂XAとの相互作用をより解除できる点で、増感剤のLUMO(Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital)のエネルギー準位が、オニウム塩XBのLUMOのエネルギー順位より高いことが望ましい。 In step 3 (flood exposure step) described below, energy transfer from the sensitizer generated from the sensitizer precursor XC to the onium salt XB progresses more easily, and while the onium salt XB is decomposed, the onium salt XB and the resin It is desirable that the energy level of the LUMO (Lowest Unoccupied Molecular Orbital) of the sensitizer is higher than that of the LUMO of the onium salt XB, since the interaction with XA can be more effectively released.
 態様X1の組成物において、増感剤前駆体XCの含有量は特に制限されないが、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.5質量%以上が好ましく、1.0質量%以上がより好ましく、3.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、上記含有量は、25.0質量%以下が好ましく、20.0質量%以下がより好ましい。増感剤前駆体XCは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 In the composition of aspect X1, the content of the sensitizer precursor XC is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.5% by mass or more, more preferably 1.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition. , more preferably 3.0% by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 25.0% by mass or less, more preferably 20.0% by mass or less. The sensitizer precursors XC may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<界面活性剤>
 態様X1の組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成できる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。
 フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、国際公開第2018/193954号公報の段落[0218]及び[0219]に開示された界面活性剤も挙げられる。
<Surfactant>
The composition of aspect X1 may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is included, a pattern with better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactant.
Examples of the fluorine-based and/or silicon-based surfactants include the surfactants disclosed in paragraphs [0218] and [0219] of International Publication No. 2018/193954.
 これら界面活性剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。 These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 態様X1の組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。 When the composition of aspect preferable.
<塩基性化合物(クエンチャー)>
 態様X1の組成物は、塩基性化合物を含むのも好ましい。
 塩基性化合物としては、ヒドロキシド化合物、カルボキシラート化合物、アミン化合物(例えば、第1級~第3級脂肪族アミン、芳香族アミン、複素環アミン等)、イミン化合物、及びアミド化合物等が挙げられる。
 塩基性化合物としては、レジスト組成物において公知の化合物を使用できる。例えば、
<Basic compound (quencher)>
The composition of aspect X1 also preferably contains a basic compound.
Examples of the basic compound include hydroxide compounds, carboxylate compounds, amine compounds (for example, primary to tertiary aliphatic amines, aromatic amines, heterocyclic amines, etc.), imine compounds, and amide compounds. .
As the basic compound, compounds known in resist compositions can be used. for example,
 これら塩基性化合物は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。 These basic compounds may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 態様X1の組成物が塩基性化合物を含む場合、塩基性化合物の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。 When the composition of aspect preferable.
<溶剤>
 態様X1の組成物は、溶剤を含んでいてもよい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及びアルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいるのが好ましい。なお、この溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
<Solvent>
The composition of aspect X1 may contain a solvent.
The solvent consists of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. Preferably, at least one selected from the group . Note that this solvent may further contain components other than components (M1) and (M2).
 このような溶剤と上述した樹脂とを組み合わせて用いると、組成物の塗布性が向上すると共に、現像欠陥数の少ないパターンが形成され易い。これらの溶剤は、上述した樹脂の溶解性、沸点及び粘度のバランスが良いため、レジスト膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制できることに起因して、現像欠陥数の少ないパターンを形成できると推測される。
 成分(M1)及び成分(M2)の詳細は、国際公開第2020/004306号公報の段落[0218]~[0226]に記載される。
When such a solvent and the above-mentioned resin are used in combination, the coating properties of the composition are improved and a pattern with a small number of development defects is easily formed. These solvents have a good balance between the solubility, boiling point, and viscosity of the resin mentioned above, so they can suppress unevenness in the thickness of the resist film and the generation of precipitates during spin coating, thereby reducing the number of development defects. It is assumed that fewer patterns can be formed.
Details of component (M1) and component (M2) are described in paragraphs [0218] to [0226] of International Publication No. 2020/004306.
 溶剤が成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含む場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 When the solvent further contains components other than components (M1) and (M2), the content of components other than components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass based on the total amount of the solvent.
 態様X1の組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めるのがより好ましい。こうすると、組成物の塗布性を更に向上させられる。 The content of the solvent in the composition of Embodiment X1 is preferably determined so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. In this way, the applicability of the composition can be further improved.
<その他の添加剤>
 態様X1の組成物は、溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、及び/又は、現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、又は、カルボン酸基を含んだ脂環族若しくは脂肪族化合物)を更に含んでいてもよい。
<Other additives>
The composition of Embodiment or an aliphatic compound).
 態様X1の組成物は、溶解阻止化合物を更に含んでいてもよい。ここで「溶解阻止化合物」とは、酸の作用により分解して有機溶剤系現像液中での溶解度が減少する、分子量3000以下の化合物である。 The composition of Embodiment X1 may further include a dissolution-inhibiting compound. Here, the term "dissolution-inhibiting compound" refers to a compound with a molecular weight of 3,000 or less that decomposes under the action of an acid and reduces its solubility in an organic solvent developer.
〔態様X2の組成物〕
 以下、態様X2が含む各種成分について説明する。
 態様X2の組成物は、増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物がオニウム塩XBではなく、組成物が別途含む光酸発生剤XDであるか、又は、増感剤前駆体XC自体が光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物である点以外は、上述の態様X1の組成物と同様であり、好適態様も同じである。
[Composition of aspect X2]
Hereinafter, various components included in aspect X2 will be explained.
In the composition of aspect Alternatively, the composition is the same as the composition of Embodiment X1 above, except that the sensitizer precursor XC itself is a compound that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 態様X2の組成物において、増感剤前駆体XCが上述のようなケタール化合物及びアセタール化合物等の酸の作用によって脱保護する部位を有する化合物である場合、脱保護反応によりカルボニル化合物を生成する上では、オニウム塩XBから発生する発生酸のpKaとしては、上述の如く、-15.0~2.0程度であるのが好ましい。態様X2の組成物は、オニウム塩XBが、増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤を生成する酸を発生しない化合物(例えば、発生酸のpKaが2.0超(好ましくは2.1超、より好ましくは2.5超)であるオニウム塩)である場合に該当する。
 このようなオニウム塩XBとしては、カルボン酸アニオン及びフェノール酸アニオン等の弱酸を発生酸とするオニウム塩が挙げられる。
 なお、態様X2の組成物において使用され得るオニウム塩XBの具体例としては、態様X1におけるオニウム塩XBにおいて、アニオンをカルボン酸アニオン及びフェノール酸アニオンに変更した化合物が挙げられる。
 カルボン酸アニオンとしては、脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、及びアラルキルカルボン酸アニオン等が挙げられる。
In the composition of aspect As mentioned above, the pKa of the acid generated from the onium salt XB is preferably about -15.0 to 2.0. The composition of aspect More preferably, this is the case when the onium salt is (more than 2.5).
Examples of such onium salts XB include onium salts in which weak acids such as carboxylic acid anions and phenolic acid anions are used as generated acids.
Specific examples of the onium salt XB that can be used in the composition of Embodiment X2 include compounds in which the anion in the onium salt XB of Embodiment X1 is changed to a carboxylic acid anion and a phenolic acid anion.
Examples of the carboxylic acid anion include an aliphatic carboxylic acid anion, an aromatic carboxylic acid anion, and an aralkylcarboxylic acid anion.
 脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、炭素数1~30の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又は、炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、例えば、フルオロアルキル基(フッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよいし有していなくてもよい。パーフルオロアルキル基でもよい)でもよい。
The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic carboxylic acid anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and may be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, or a linear or branched alkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms. A cycloalkyl group is preferred.
The alkyl group may be, for example, a fluoroalkyl group (which may or may not have a substituent other than a fluorine atom; it may also be a perfluoroalkyl group).
 芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおけるアリール基としては、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、及びナフチル基が挙げられる。 The aryl group in the aromatic carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a phenyl group, tolyl group, and naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及びアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては特に制限されないが、具体的には、ニトロ基、フッ素原子又は塩素原子等のハロゲン原子、カルボキシ基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、及びアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)等が挙げられる。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group listed above may have a substituent. Substituents are not particularly limited, but specifically include a nitro group, a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, a carboxy group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, an alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), Alkyl group (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), Acyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms) , an alkyliminosulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), and an aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms).
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基としては、炭素数7~14のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、及びナフチルブチル基が挙げられる。 The aralkyl group in the aralkylcarboxylic acid anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 14 carbon atoms, such as a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and a naphthylbutyl group.
 フェノール酸アニオンとしては、分子中のベンゼン環が置換基(但し、-O以外の置換基)で置換されたものであっても、置換されていなくてもよい。置換基としては、カルボン酸アニオンが有していてもよい上述の置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。 The phenolic acid anion may be one in which the benzene ring in the molecule is substituted with a substituent (provided, however, with a substituent other than -O 2 - ) or unsubstituted. Examples of the substituent include those similar to the above-mentioned substituents that the carboxylic acid anion may have.
 態様X2の組成物では、増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物として光酸発生剤XDを含んでいるか、又は、増感剤前駆体XC自体が光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する。 The composition of aspect Upon irradiation with light, it generates an acid that can produce a sensitizer.
 光酸発生剤XDとしては、オキシムスルホネート化合物、トリアジン化合物、ニトロベンジルスルホネート化合物、ジスルホン化合物、及びビススルホニルジアゾメタン化合物等の公知の光酸発生剤を使用できる。
 また、増感剤前駆体XCが上述のようなケタール構造又はアセタール構造等の酸の作用によって脱保護する部位を有する化合物である場合、脱保護反応によりカルボニル化合物を生成する上では、光酸発生剤XDから発生する発生酸のpKaとしては、2.0以下が好ましく、1.0以下がより好ましく、0.0以下が更に好ましい。なお、下限値としては、-15.0以上が好ましい。
As the photoacid generator XD, known photoacid generators such as oxime sulfonate compounds, triazine compounds, nitrobenzyl sulfonate compounds, disulfone compounds, and bissulfonyldiazomethane compounds can be used.
In addition, when the sensitizer precursor XC is a compound having a moiety that can be deprotected by the action of an acid, such as the above-mentioned ketal structure or acetal structure, photoacid generation is required to generate a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction. The pKa of the acid generated from agent XD is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.0 or less, and even more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit is preferably −15.0 or more.
 態様2の組成物において、光酸発生剤XDの含有量は特に制限されないが、組成物の全固形分に対して、1.0質量%以上が好ましく、3.0質量%以上がより好ましく、5.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、上記含有量は、40.0質量%以下が好ましく、30.0質量%以下がより好ましい。光酸発生剤XDは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 In the composition of aspect 2, the content of the photoacid generator XD is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, more preferably 3.0% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, the content is 5.0% by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 40.0% by mass or less, more preferably 30.0% by mass or less. The photoacid generators XD may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
 また、態様X2の組成物では、増感剤前駆体XC自体が光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物であってもよい。
 また、増感剤前駆体XCが、それ自体で光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物であり、且つ、化合物中に上述のようなケタール構造又はアセタール構造等の酸の作用によって脱保護する部位を有する場合、脱保護反応によりカルボニル化合物を生成する上では、増感剤前駆体XCから発生する発生酸のpKaとしては、2.0以下が好ましく、1.0以下がより好ましく、0.0以下が更に好ましい。なお、下限値としては、-15.0以上が好ましい。
 このような増感剤前駆体XCとしては、例えば、下記式(C1)又は式(C2)で表される化合物が好ましい。
Furthermore, in the composition of aspect X2, the sensitizer precursor XC itself may be a compound that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light.
In addition, the sensitizer precursor XC is a compound that itself generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light, and the compound has a ketal structure or an acetal structure as described above, and the action of the acid When the pKa of the generated acid generated from the sensitizer precursor XC is preferably 2.0 or less, and more preferably 1.0 or less, in order to generate a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction. It is preferably 0.0 or less, and more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit is preferably −15.0 or more.
As such a sensitizer precursor XC, for example, a compound represented by the following formula (C1) or formula (C2) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 式(C1)中、Rc1は、有機基を表す。
 有機基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アリール基、及びヘテロアリール基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、環状のいずれであってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましく、1~12が更に好ましい。
 アリール基としては、炭素数6~30のアリール基が挙げられる。
 アリール基としては、フェニル基、p-メチルフェニル基、p-クロロフェニル基、ペンタクロロフェニル基、ペンタフルオロフェニル基、o-メトキシフェニル基、又はp-フェノキシフェニル基が好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基としては、チオフェン環基、ピロール環基、チアゾール環基、イミダゾール環基、フラン環基、ベンゾチオフェン環基、ベンゾチアゾール環基、及びベンゾイミダゾール環基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アルキルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、及びアミノカルボニル基等が挙げられる。
 式(C1)中、Rc2及びRc3は、上記式(XXXVI)中のR23及びR24と同義である。なお、Rc2とRc3は、互いに結合して環構造を形成してもよい。Rc2及びRc3が互いに連結して結合する基としては、上述で例示した基が挙げられ、なかでも、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基等が好ましい。
 式(C1)中、Rc4は、水素原子又は置換基を表す。Rc4で表される置換基としては、例えば、Rc1で表される有機基として例示したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 式(C1)中、pは、0又は1を表す。なお、pが0である場合、式中の窒素原子を含む環は5員環を表す。
 式(C1)中、Wc1は、芳香環を表す。
 芳香環は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。また、芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環のいずれであってもよい。
 Wc1で表される芳香環としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、又はアントラセン環であるのが好ましい。
 Wc1で表される芳香環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルキルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、及びアミノカルボニル基等が挙げられる。
 式(C1)中、Arc1は、芳香環基を表す。
 芳香環基を構成する芳香環としては、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。また、芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環のいずれであってもよい。
 Arc1で表される芳香族環基を構成する芳香環としては、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、カルバゾール環、及びフルオレン環等が挙げられる。
 Arc1で表される芳香族環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、Wc1で表される芳香環が有していてもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 なお、式(C1)中、Wc1で表される芳香環が有し得る置換基とArc1で表される芳香族環基が有し得る置換基とが互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。上記環としては、例えば、5員又は6員の環であるのが好ましく、ヘテロ原子(例えば、硫黄原子及び酸素原子等)を含んでいてもよい。
 また、式(C1)中、Wc1で表される芳香環が有し得る置換基とRc4で表される置換基とが互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。上記環としては、例えば、5員又は6員の環であるのが好ましく、ヘテロ原子(例えば、硫黄原子及び酸素原子等)を含んでいてもよい。上記環は、脂環であっても芳香環であってもよいが、芳香環(好ましくは、芳香族炭化水素環であり、より好ましくはベンゼン環又はナフタレン環)が好ましい。
In formula (C1), R c1 represents an organic group.
Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
The alkyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20, and even more preferably 1 to 12.
Examples of the aryl group include aryl groups having 6 to 30 carbon atoms.
The aryl group is preferably a phenyl group, p-methylphenyl group, p-chlorophenyl group, pentachlorophenyl group, pentafluorophenyl group, o-methoxyphenyl group, or p-phenoxyphenyl group.
Examples of the heteroaryl group include a thiophene ring group, a pyrrole ring group, a thiazole ring group, an imidazole ring group, a furan ring group, a benzothiophene ring group, a benzothiazole ring group, and a benzimidazole ring group.
The alkyl group, aryl group, and heteroaryl group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an aminocarbonyl group.
In formula (C1), R c2 and R c3 have the same meanings as R 23 and R 24 in formula (XXXVI) above. Note that R c2 and R c3 may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. Examples of the group in which R c2 and R c3 are connected to each other include the groups exemplified above, and among them, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
In formula (C1), R c4 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R c4 include those similar to those exemplified as the organic group represented by R c1 .
In formula (C1), p represents 0 or 1. In addition, when p is 0, the ring containing a nitrogen atom in the formula represents a 5-membered ring.
In formula (C1), W c1 represents an aromatic ring.
The aromatic ring may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the aromatic ring may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
The aromatic ring represented by W c1 is preferably a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, or an anthracene ring.
The aromatic ring represented by W c1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an aminocarbonyl group. Can be mentioned.
In formula (C1), Ar c1 represents an aromatic ring group.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic ring group may be either monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the aromatic ring may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle.
Examples of the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c1 include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a carbazole ring, and a fluorene ring.
The aromatic ring group represented by Ar c1 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as the substituent that the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may have.
In addition, in formula (C1), a substituent that the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may have and a substituent that the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c1 may combine with each other to form a ring. It's okay. The ring is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and may contain a heteroatom (eg, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, etc.).
Furthermore, in formula (C1), a substituent that the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may have and a substituent represented by R c4 may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The ring is preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring, and may contain a heteroatom (eg, a sulfur atom, an oxygen atom, etc.). The above-mentioned ring may be an alicyclic ring or an aromatic ring, but an aromatic ring (preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring) is preferable.
 式(C2)中、Rc1、Rc2、Rc3、及びArc3は、各々、式(C1)中のRc1、Rc2、Rc3、及びArc1と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
 式(C2)中、Arc2は、脂環基又は芳香族環基を表す。
 Arc2で表される脂環基の環員数としては、例えば、3~20であり、4~15が好ましく、6~15がより好ましい。また、脂環基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エーテル結合、エステル結合、又はアミド結合を含んでいてもよい。Arc1及びArc2で表される脂環基の具体例としては、例えば、炭素数6~15のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。なお、脂環基は、芳香環が縮合した構造であってもよい。
 Arc2で表される芳香環基を構成する芳香環は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよいが、多環であるのが好ましい。
 多環芳香環としては、芳香族炭化水素環及び芳香族複素環のいずれであってもよいが、6員の芳香族炭化水素環及び5員又は6員の芳香族複素環からなる群から選ばれる環が2個以上(好ましくは2~5個、より好ましくは2~3個)縮合してなる環であるのが好ましい。なお、5員の芳香族複素環としては、チオフェン環及びフラン環等が挙げられる。
 上記多環芳香環としては、フルオレン環であるもの好ましい。
 Arc2で表される芳香環基を構成する芳香環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、Wc1で表される芳香環が有していてもよい置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
In formula (C2), R c1 , R c2 , R c3 , and Ar c3 have the same meanings as R c1 , R c2 , R c3 , and Ar c1 in formula (C1), and preferred embodiments are also the same. be.
In formula (C2), Ar c2 represents an alicyclic group or an aromatic ring group.
The number of ring members of the alicyclic group represented by Ar c2 is, for example, 3 to 20, preferably 4 to 15, and more preferably 6 to 15. Further, the alicyclic group may contain an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ether bond, an ester bond, or an amide bond. Specific examples of the alicyclic group represented by Ar c1 and Ar c2 include, for example, a cycloalkyl group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms. Note that the alicyclic group may have a structure in which aromatic rings are condensed.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c2 may be either monocyclic or polycyclic, but polycyclic is preferable.
The polycyclic aromatic ring may be either an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocycle, and may be selected from the group consisting of a 6-membered aromatic hydrocarbon ring and a 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocycle. The ring is preferably a ring formed by condensing two or more (preferably 2 to 5, more preferably 2 to 3) rings. Note that examples of the 5-membered aromatic heterocycle include a thiophene ring and a furan ring.
The polycyclic aromatic ring is preferably a fluorene ring.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic ring group represented by Ar c2 may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include the same substituents as the substituent that the aromatic ring represented by W c1 may have.
〔態様X3の組成物〕
 態様X3の組成物では、樹脂XAとオニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して結合する。つまり、態様X3の組成物は、樹脂XAとオニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂(以下「樹脂XAX3」ともいう。)を含む。
 なお、上記樹脂XAX3は、オニウム塩XBと相互作用し得る相互作用性基を有していてもよいし、有さなくてもよい。本発明の効果がより優れる点で、上記樹脂XAX3は、相互作用性基を有しているのが好ましい。
 なお、態様X3の組成物は、樹脂XA及びオニウム塩XBを個別に含むことにかえて樹脂XAX3を含む点以外は、態様X1の組成物と同じであり、好適態様も同じである。
[Composition of aspect X3]
In the composition of embodiment X3, resin XA and onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond. That is, the composition of aspect X3 includes a resin (hereinafter also referred to as "resin XAX3") in which resin XA and onium salt XB are linked via a covalent bond.
Note that the resin XAX3 may or may not have an interactive group that can interact with the onium salt XB. In order to achieve better effects of the present invention, the resin XAX3 preferably has an interactive group.
Note that the composition of Embodiment X3 is the same as the composition of Embodiment X1, and the preferred embodiments are also the same, except that the composition includes resin XAX3 instead of containing resin XA and onium salt XB individually.
<樹脂XAX3>
 以下、樹脂XAX3について説明する。
 樹脂XAX3は、樹脂XAとオニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂である。樹脂XAX3は、オニウム塩XBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有していてもよいし、有さなくてもよい。樹脂XAX3は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、相互作用性基を有するのが好ましい。なお、相互作用性基とは、既述のとおりである。
<Resin XAX3>
The resin XAX3 will be explained below.
Resin XAX3 is a resin in which resin XA and onium salt XB are linked via a covalent bond. Resin XAX3 may or may not have an interactive group that interacts with onium salt XB. Resin XAX3 preferably has an interactive group in that the effects of the present invention are more excellent. Note that the interactive group is as described above.
 樹脂XAX3は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。但し、樹脂XAX3が、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂XAX3の全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以下であり、15モル%以下が好ましく、10モル%以下がより好ましく、5モル%以下が更に好ましく、3モル%以下が特に好ましい。なお、下限値としては、0モル%以上である。なお、酸分解性基とは、既述のとおりである。 The resin XAX3 may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. However, when resin XAX3 contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units of resin XAX3. The following is more preferable, 5 mol% or less is still more preferable, and 3 mol% or less is particularly preferable. Note that the lower limit is 0 mol% or more. Note that the acid-decomposable group is as described above.
 樹脂XAX3は、オニウム塩XBが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位を含むのが好ましい。
 オニウム塩XBが共有結合により連結した基とは、例えば、-L-Oで表される基が挙げられる。Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。Oは、態様X1の組成物にて既述したオニウム塩XBから水素原子を1個除いて形成される基を表し、具体的には後述する下記式(O1)又は式(O2)で表される基が挙げられる。
Preferably, resin XAX3 contains a repeating unit having a group to which onium salt XB is covalently linked.
Examples of the group to which the onium salt XB is linked via a covalent bond include a group represented by -L r -O r . L r represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Or represents a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the onium salt XB already described in the composition of aspect The following groups are mentioned.
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基(6~10員環が好ましく、6員環が更に好ましい。)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基、上記シクロアルキレン基、及び2価の芳香族炭化水素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基及びハロゲン原子、及び水酸基等が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 Lで表される2価の連結基の好適態様としては、Lで表される2価の連結基において主鎖側に結合する位置が-COO-である態様が挙げられる。
The divalent linking group represented by L r is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one having 1 carbon number) ~6. Can be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (preferably 6 to 10-membered ring, more preferably 6-membered ring) ), and a divalent linking group that is a combination of a plurality of these. Further, the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
A preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group represented by L r is an embodiment in which the position bonded to the main chain side of the divalent linking group represented by L r is -COO-.
 *-X n- nM    式(O1)
 *-M  X     式(O2)
*-X A n- nM A + formula (O1)
*-M B + X B -Formula (O2)
 式(O1)中、X n-は、電荷がn価である1価のアニオン性基を表す。M は、有機カチオンを表す。nは、1又は2を表す。
 式(O2)中、M は、1価の有機カチオン性基を表す。
 なお、X n-及びX で表される有機アニオンとしては、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)であるのが好ましい。
In formula (O1), X A n- represents a monovalent anionic group with an n-valent charge. M A + represents an organic cation. n represents 1 or 2.
In formula (O2), M B + represents a monovalent organic cationic group.
Note that the organic anions represented by X A n- and X B - are preferably non-nucleophilic anions (anions with extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
 以下、下記式(O1)で表される基及び下記式(O2)で表される基について詳述する。 Hereinafter, the group represented by the following formula (O1) and the group represented by the following formula (O2) will be explained in detail.
 式(O1)中、X n-は、電荷がn価(nは1又は2)である1価のアニオン性基を表す。
 X n-で表される電荷がn価(nは1又は2)である1価のアニオン性基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、下記式(B-1)~(B-12)で表される基からなる群から選択される基であるのが好ましい。なお、下記式(B-1)~(B-12)で表される基は、電荷が1価である1価のアニオン性基に該当し、下記式(B-13)で表される基は、電荷が2価である1価のアニオン性基に該当する。
In formula (O1), X A n- represents a monovalent anionic group having an n-valent charge (n is 1 or 2).
The monovalent anionic group represented by Preferably, it is a group selected from the group consisting of the groups represented. The groups represented by the following formulas (B-1) to (B-12) correspond to monovalent anionic groups with a monovalent charge, and the groups represented by the following formula (B-13) corresponds to a monovalent anionic group with a divalent charge.
 式(B-1)~(B-12)中、*は結合位置を表す。
 式(B-1)~(B-5)及び式(B-11)中、RX1は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。
 式(B-6)及び式(B-10)中、RX2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又は、フッ素原子及びパーフルオロアルキル基以外の置換基を表す。式(B-6)における2個のRX2は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(B-7)中、RXF1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。但し、2個のRXF1のうち、少なくとも1つはフッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。式(B-7)における2個のRXF1は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(B-8)中、RX3は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。n1は、0~4の整数を表す。n1が2~4の整数を表す場合、複数のRX3は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 式(B-9)中、RXF2は、フッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。
In formulas (B-1) to (B-12), * represents the bonding position.
In formulas (B-1) to (B-5) and formula (B-11), R X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
In formulas (B-6) and (B-10), R X2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom and a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R X2 's in formula (B-6) may be the same or different.
In formula (B-7), R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. However, at least one of the two R XF1 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R XF1 's in formula (B-7) may be the same or different.
In formula (B-8), R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group. n1 represents an integer from 0 to 4. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R X3 may be the same or different.
In formula (B-9), R XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
 式(B-1)~(B-5)、及び式(B-11)中、RX1は、各々独立に、1価の有機基を表す。
 RX1としては、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。炭素数は1~15が好ましい。)、シクロアルキル基(単環でも多環でもよい。炭素数は3~20が好ましい。)、又はアリール基(単環でも多環でもよい。炭素数は6~20が好ましい。)が好ましい。また、RX1で表される上記基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
 なお、式(B-5)においてRX1中の、Nと直接結合する原子は、-CO-における炭素原子、及び-SO-における硫黄原子のいずれでもないのも好ましい。
In formulas (B-1) to (B-5) and formula (B-11), R X1 each independently represents a monovalent organic group.
R X1 is an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic, preferably having 3 to 20 carbon atoms). ), or an aryl group (which may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms is preferably 6 to 20). Further, the above group represented by R X1 may have a substituent.
In addition, in formula (B-5), it is also preferable that the atom directly bonded to N - in R X1 is neither the carbon atom in -CO- nor the sulfur atom in -SO 2 -.
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基は単環でも多環でもよい。
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基及びアダマンチル基が挙げられる。
The cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group for R X1 include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
 RX1におけるシクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~5)が好ましい。RX1におけるシクロアルキル基の環員原子である炭素原子のうちの1個以上が、カルボニル炭素原子で置き換わっていてもよい。RX1におけるアルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。 The substituent that the cycloalkyl group in R One or more of the carbon atoms that are ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group in R X1 may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon atom. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group in R X1 is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 5.
 RX1におけるアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、例えば、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基が好ましい。
 上記置換基としてのシクロアルキル基の例としては、RX1がシクロアルキル基である場合において説明したシクロアルキル基が同様に挙げられる。
 RX1におけるアルキル基が、上記置換基としてのフッ素原子を有する場合、上記アルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基となっていてもよい。
 また、RX1におけるアルキル基は、1つ以上の-CH-がカルボニル基で置換されていてもよい。
The substituent that the alkyl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the cycloalkyl group described in the case where R X1 is a cycloalkyl group.
When the alkyl group in R X1 has a fluorine atom as the substituent, the alkyl group may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
Furthermore, in the alkyl group in R X1 , one or more -CH 2 - may be substituted with a carbonyl group.
 RX1におけるアリール基としては、ベンゼン環基が好ましい。
 RX1におけるアリール基が有してもよい置換基は、特に制限されないが、アルキル基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基が好ましい。上記置換基としてのアルキル基の例としては、RX1がアルキル基である場合において説明したアルキル基が同様に挙げられる。
The aryl group for R X1 is preferably a benzene ring group.
The substituent that the aryl group in R X1 may have is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the alkyl group as the above-mentioned substituent include the alkyl groups explained in the case where R X1 is an alkyl group.
 式(B-6)及び(B-10)中、RX2は、各々独立に、水素原子、又はフッ素原子及びパーフルオロアルキル基以外の置換基を表す。式(B-6)における2個のRX2は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 RX2で表されるフッ素原子及びパーフルオロアルキル基以外の置換基は、パーフルオロアルキル基以外のアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基の例としては、RX1がアルキル基である場合において説明したアルキル基からパーフルオロアルキル基を除いたアルキル基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキル基はフッ素原子を有さないのが好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基の例としては、RX1がシクロアルキル基である場合において説明したシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。また、上記シクロアルキル基はフッ素原子を有さないのが好ましい。
In formulas (B-6) and (B-10), R X2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent other than a fluorine atom and a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R X2 's in formula (B-6) may be the same or different.
The substituent other than the fluorine atom and the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R X2 is preferably an alkyl group other than the perfluoroalkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the alkyl group include an alkyl group obtained by removing a perfluoroalkyl group from the alkyl group described in the case where R X1 is an alkyl group. Moreover, it is preferable that the alkyl group does not have a fluorine atom.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group include the cycloalkyl groups described in the case where R X1 is a cycloalkyl group. Further, it is preferable that the cycloalkyl group does not have a fluorine atom.
 式(B-7)中、RXF1は、水素原子、フッ素原子、又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。但し、複数のRXF1のうち、少なくとも1つはフッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。式(B-7)における2個のRXF1は、同一であっても異なっていてもよい。RXF1で表されるパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。 In formula (B-7), R XF1 represents a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or a perfluoroalkyl group. However, at least one of the plurality of R XF1 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group. Two R XF1 's in formula (B-7) may be the same or different. The number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF1 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
 式(B-8)中、RX3は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基を表す。RX3としてのハロゲン原子は、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられ、中でもフッ素原子が好ましい。
 RX3としての1価の有機基は、RX1として記載した1価の有機基と同様である。
 n1は、0~4の整数を表す。
 n1は、0~2の整数が好ましく、0又は1が好ましい。n1が2~4の整数を表す場合、複数のRX3は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
In formula (B-8), R X3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group. Examples of the halogen atom as R X3 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, of which a fluorine atom is preferred.
The monovalent organic group as R X3 is the same as the monovalent organic group described as R X1 .
n1 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
n1 is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 or 1. When n1 represents an integer of 2 to 4, a plurality of R X3 may be the same or different.
 式(B-9)中、RXF2は、フッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基を表す。
 RXF2で表されるパーフルオロアルキル基の炭素数は、1~15が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
In formula (B-9), R XF2 represents a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group.
The number of carbon atoms in the perfluoroalkyl group represented by R XF2 is preferably 1 to 15, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
 *-BM1-L-BM2   式(B-13)
 式(B-13)中、BM1は、下記式(BB-1)~式(BB-4)のいずれかで表される2価のアニオン性基を表す。Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。BM2は、上述した式(B-1)~式(B-12)からなる群から選ばれるいずれかの基を表す。
*-B M1 -L M -B M2 formula (B-13)
In formula (B-13), B M1 represents a divalent anionic group represented by any of the following formulas (BB-1) to (BB-4). LM represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. B M2 represents any group selected from the group consisting of formulas (B-1) to (B-12) described above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては、特に制限されず、-CO-、-NR-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)、2価の脂肪族複素環基(少なくとも1つのN原子、O原子、S原子、又はSe原子を環構造内に有する5~10員環が好ましく、5~7員環がより好ましく、5~6員環が更に好ましい。)、2価の芳香族複素環基(少なくとも1つのN原子、O原子、S原子、又はSe原子を環構造内に有する5~10員環が好ましく、5~7員環がより好ましく、5~6員環が更に好ましい。)、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基(6~10員環が好ましく、6員環が更に好ましい。)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。上記Rは、水素原子又は1価の有機基が挙げられる。1価の有機基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~6)が好ましい。
 また、上記アルキレン基、上記シクロアルキレン基、上記アルケニレン基、上記2価の脂肪族複素環基、2価の芳香族複素環基、及び2価の芳香族炭化水素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)が挙げられる。
 Lで表される2価の連結基としては、なかでもアルキレン基であるのが好ましい。アルキレン基はフッ素原子が置換しているのが好ましく、パーフルオロ基となっていてもよい。
The divalent linking group represented by L M is not particularly limited and includes -CO-, -NR-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, alkylene group (preferably carbon Numbers 1 to 6, which may be linear or branched), cycloalkylene groups (preferably having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), alkenylene groups (preferably having 2 to 6 carbon atoms), divalent aliphatic heterocyclic groups ( A 5- to 10-membered ring having at least one N atom, O atom, S atom, or Se atom in the ring structure is preferred, a 5- to 7-membered ring is more preferred, and a 5- to 6-membered ring is even more preferred), 2 valent aromatic heterocyclic group (preferably a 5- to 10-membered ring having at least one N atom, O atom, S atom, or Se atom in the ring structure, more preferably a 5- to 7-membered ring, and a 5- to 6-membered ring) (more preferably a ring), a divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (preferably a 6- to 10-membered ring, more preferably a 6-membered ring), and a divalent linking group that is a combination of a plurality of these. Examples of the above R include a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. The monovalent organic group is not particularly limited, but is preferably an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms).
The alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, the alkenylene group, the divalent aliphatic heterocyclic group, the divalent aromatic heterocyclic group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group have a substituent. You may do so. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom).
The divalent linking group represented by LM is preferably an alkylene group. The alkylene group is preferably substituted with a fluorine atom, and may be a perfluoro group.
 式(O1)中のM で表される有機カチオンとしては、既述の式(ZaI)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は既述の式(ZaII)で表される有機カチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。 The organic cation represented by M A + in formula (O1) is an organic cation (cation (ZaI)) represented by the formula (ZaI) described above or an organic cation represented by the formula (ZaII) described above. Cations (cations (ZaII)) are preferred.
 式(O2)中のM で表される1価の有機カチオン性基としては、なかでも、下記式(ZBI)で表される有機カチオン性基又は下記式(ZBII)で表される有機カチオン性基が好ましい。 As the monovalent organic cationic group represented by M B + in formula (O2), among others, an organic cationic group represented by the following formula (ZBI) or an organic group represented by the following formula (ZBII) Cationic groups are preferred.
 上記式(ZBI)において、R301及びR302は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。R301及びR302としての有機基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。R303は、2価の連結基を表す。
 また、R301~R303のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R301~R303の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above formula (ZBI), R 301 and R 302 each independently represent an organic group. The number of carbon atoms in the organic group as R 301 and R 302 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20. R 303 represents a divalent linking group.
Further, two of R 301 to R 303 may be combined to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R 301 to R 303 include an alkylene group (for example, a butylene group and a pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -. Can be mentioned.
 R301及びR302としての有機基は、特に制限されないが、好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基である。
 アリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The organic groups as R 301 and R 302 are not particularly limited, but are preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
As the aryl group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, Examples include ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
 R301~R302のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基が挙げられる。 The substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 301 to R 302 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3 to 15), aryl groups (for example, carbon atoms 6 to 14), alkoxy groups (for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15), cycloalkylalkoxy groups (for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups. It will be done.
 R303としての2価の連結基は、特に制限されないが、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、芳香族基、及びこれらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基を表すのが好ましい。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~10であるのがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキレン基は、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数3~10であるのがより好ましい。
 芳香族基は、2価の芳香族基であり、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が好ましく、炭素数6~15の芳香族基がより好ましい。
 芳香族基を構成する芳香環は、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数6~20の芳香環が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、チオフェン環等を挙げられる。ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であるのが好ましく、ベンゼン環であるのがより好ましい。
The divalent linking group as R 303 is not particularly limited, but preferably represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
The aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an aromatic ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a thiophene ring, and the like. A benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferred, and a benzene ring is more preferred.
 アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、及び芳香族基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent.
 上記式(ZBII)において、R304は、アリール基、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。R305は、2価の連結基を表す。
 R304のアリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R304のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及びベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R304のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又はペンチル基)、又は炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
In the above formula (ZBII), R 304 represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group. R 305 represents a divalent linking group.
The aryl group for R 304 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 304 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 304 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, a butyl group, or pentyl group), or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (eg, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, or norbornyl group).
 R304のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基は、各々独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R304のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 304 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 304 may have include an alkyl group (for example, having 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a cycloalkyl group (for example, having 3 to 15 carbon atoms), Examples include aryl groups (eg, carbon atoms 6 to 15), alkoxy groups (eg, carbon atoms 1 to 15), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups.
 R305としての2価の連結基は、特に制限されないが、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、芳香族基、及びこれらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基を表すのが好ましい。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~10であるのがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキレン基は、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数3~10であるのがより好ましい。
 芳香族基は、2価の芳香族基であり、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が好ましく、炭素数6~15の芳香族基がより好ましい。
 芳香族基を構成する芳香環は、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数6~20の芳香環が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、及びチオフェン環等が挙げられる。芳香族基を構成する芳香環としては、ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環が好ましく、ベンゼン環がより好ましい。
The divalent linking group as R 305 is not particularly limited, but preferably represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
The aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, but examples include aromatic rings having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include benzene ring, naphthalene ring, anthracene ring, and thiophene ring. . The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
 アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、及び芳香族基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent.
 式(O2)中のX で表される有機アニオンとしては、非求核性アニオン(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオン)であるのが好ましい。
 X で表される有機アニオンとしては、態様X1の光照射によりオニウム塩XBから発生する有機酸として例示した有機アニオンと同様のものが挙げられる。
The organic anion represented by X B - in formula (O2) is preferably a non-nucleophilic anion (an anion with extremely low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction).
Examples of the organic anion represented by X B - include those similar to the organic anions exemplified as the organic acid generated from the onium salt XB upon irradiation with light in Embodiment X1.
 オニウム塩XBが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位としては、具体的には、下記式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the repeating unit having a group to which the onium salt XB is covalently linked include a repeating unit represented by the following formula (XR).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式中、Lは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。なお、Lで表される2価の連結基としては、既述のLで表される2価の連結基として挙げた基と同様の基が挙げられるOは、既述の式(O1)又は式(O2)で表される基が挙げられる。
 Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。
 Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
 Xで表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれでもよい。上記アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
 また、Xで表されるアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。
In the formula, L r represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. In addition, as the divalent linking group represented by Lr , the same groups as those mentioned above as the divalent linking group represented by Lr can be mentioned. O1) or a group represented by formula (O2).
Xr represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group that may have a substituent.
The halogen atom represented by X r is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom.
The alkyl group represented by Xr may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
Further, the substituent that the alkyl group represented by Xr may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group.
 樹脂XAX3において、上記式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、3モル%以上がより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、15モル%以下が好ましく、10モル%以下がより好ましい。樹脂XAX3中、上記式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位は、1種のみでも2種以上含まれていてもよい。上記式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位が複数含まれる場合、上記含有量は、合計含有量であるのが好ましい。 In resin XAX3, the content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XR) is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. In addition, as an upper limit, 15 mol% or less is preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable. In the resin XAX3, only one kind of repeating unit represented by the above formula (XR) may be contained, or two or more kinds thereof may be contained. When a plurality of repeating units represented by the above formula (XR) are included, the above content is preferably the total content.
(樹脂XAX3の好適態様)
 樹脂XAX3としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、露光、酸、塩基、又は加熱の作用によって主鎖が切断されて分子量の低下を生じる樹脂(主鎖切断型樹脂)であるのが好ましい。
 主鎖切断型樹脂である樹脂XAX3としては、上述の式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位と、態様X1の組成物において説明した樹脂XAにおける式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種とを含む樹脂であるのが好ましい。主鎖切断性の観点から、なかでも、Xがハロゲン原子を表す式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位と式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂、又は、Xが置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位と式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂であるのが好ましい。
(Preferred embodiment of resin XAX3)
The resin XAX3 is preferably a resin whose main chain is cut by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases (main chain cleavage type resin), since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. .
Resin XAX3, which is a main chain cleavage type resin, contains a repeating unit represented by the above formula (XR), a repeating unit represented by formula (XP) in resin XA explained in the composition of aspect X1, and a repeating unit represented by formula ( A resin containing at least one repeating unit represented by XQ) is preferable. From the viewpoint of main chain scission property, among others, a resin containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (XR) in which X r represents a halogen atom and a repeating unit represented by the formula (XQ), or a resin in which X r is substituted It is preferable that the resin contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (XR) representing an alkyl group which may have a group and a repeating unit represented by the formula (XP).
 樹脂XAX3が上述の式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位と、態様X1の組成物において説明した樹脂XAにおける式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位又は式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種とを含む樹脂である場合、式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位と式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位との合計の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であるのが好ましく、95モル%以上であるのがより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、100モル%以下が好ましい。
 また、樹脂XAX3において、式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位と式(XP)で表される繰り返し単位及び上記式(XQ)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選ばれる繰り返し単位とは、ランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体、及び交互共重合体(ABAB・・・)等のいずれの形態であってもよいが、なかでも、交互共重合体であるのが好ましい。
 樹脂XAX3の好適な一態様として、樹脂XAX3中の交互共重合体の存在割合が、樹脂XAX3の全質量にして、90質量%以上である態様(好ましくは100質量%以上)である態様も挙げられる。
Resin XAX3 has a repeating unit represented by the above formula (XR) and a repeating unit represented by formula (XP) or a repeating unit represented by formula (XQ) in resin XA explained in the composition of aspect X1. If the resin contains at least one type, the total content of the repeating unit represented by formula (XR), the repeating unit represented by formula (XP), and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) is preferably 90 mol% or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable.
In addition, in resin XAX3, the repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by formula (XR), the repeating unit represented by formula (XP), and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (XQ) is: It may be in any form such as a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or an alternating copolymer (ABAB...), but among these, an alternating copolymer is preferable.
A preferred embodiment of the resin XAX3 is an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the resin XAX3 is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more) based on the total mass of the resin XAX3. It will be done.
 樹脂XAX3は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 樹脂XAX3の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、15,000以上が好ましく、20,000以上がより好ましく、30,000以上が更に好ましく、40,000以上が特に好ましい。上限としては、例えば、200,000以下が好ましく、150,000以下がより好ましく、100,000以下が更に好ましい。
Resin XAX3 can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin XAX3 is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, even more preferably 30,000 or more, and particularly preferably 40,000 or more. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
 樹脂XAX3の多分散度(Mw/Mn)は特に制限されないが、2.5以下が好ましく、2.0以下がより好ましく、1.7以下が更に好ましい。下限値は特に制限されず、1.0以上が挙げられる。 The polydispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin XAX3 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and even more preferably 1.7 or less. The lower limit value is not particularly limited, and may be 1.0 or more.
 態様X3の組成物において、樹脂XAX3の含有量の下限値は、組成物の全固形分に対して、30.0質量%以上が好ましく、45.0質量%以上がより好ましく、65.0質量以上%が更に好ましい。なお、上限値としては、例えば、99.9質量%以下が好ましい。また、樹脂XAX3は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 In the composition of aspect X3, the lower limit of the content of resin XAX3 is preferably 30.0% by mass or more, more preferably 45.0% by mass or more, and 65.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 99.9 mass % or less is preferable, for example. Further, resin XAX3 may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
〔態様X4の組成物〕
 以下、態様X4が含む各種成分について説明する。
 態様X4の組成物は、樹脂XAとオニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂におけるオニウム塩XBが、増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物ではなく、組成物が、増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する酸源として、光酸発生剤XDを別途含むか、又は、増感剤前駆体XC自体が光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する点以外は、上述の態様X3の組成物と同様であり、好適態様も同じである。
[Composition of aspect X4]
Hereinafter, various components included in aspect X4 will be explained.
In the composition of aspect X4, the onium salt XB in the resin in which the resin XA and the onium salt XB are linked via a covalent bond acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer. The composition, rather than the compound, separately contains a photoacid generator XD as an acid source that generates an acid that can act on the sensitizer precursor XC to produce a sensitizer, or the sensitizer precursor The composition is the same as the composition of Embodiment X3 above, except that XC itself generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 上記態様X4の組成物が含む、樹脂XAとオニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂(XAX4)は、樹脂XAが共有結合するオニウム塩XBが増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物ではない点以外、態様X3の組成物が含む樹脂XAX3と同様である。
 つまり、態様X4の組成物における樹脂XAX4は、樹脂XAと、増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物ではないオニウム塩XB(例えば、発生酸のpKaが2.0超(好ましくは2.1超、より好ましくは2.5超)であるオニウム塩)とが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂に相当する。
 このようなオニウム塩XBとしては、カルボン酸及びフェノール酸等の弱酸を発生酸とするオニウム塩(つまり、カルボン酸アニオンやフェノール酸アニオンを有するオニウム塩)等が挙げられる。
 なお、上記樹脂の具体例としては、態様X3における樹脂XAX3においてオニウム塩XBのアニオンをカルボン酸アニオン及びフェノール酸アニオンに変更した樹脂が挙げられる。カルボン酸アニオン及びフェノール酸アニオンとしては、態様X2の組成物において使用され得るオニウム塩XBの発生酸として説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
The resin (XAX4) in which resin XA and onium salt XB are linked via a covalent bond, which is contained in the composition of aspect It is the same as the resin XAX3 contained in the composition of Embodiment X3, except that it is not a compound that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer.
In other words, resin XAX4 in the composition of aspect is more than 2.0 (preferably more than 2.1, more preferably more than 2.5)) are linked via covalent bonds.
Examples of such onium salts XB include onium salts having weak acids such as carboxylic acids and phenolic acids as generated acids (that is, onium salts having carboxylic acid anions and phenolic acid anions).
In addition, as a specific example of the above-mentioned resin, a resin in which the anion of onium salt XB in resin XAX3 in aspect X3 is changed to a carboxylic acid anion and a phenolic acid anion can be mentioned. Examples of the carboxylic acid anion and phenolic acid anion include those described as the generated acid of the onium salt XB that can be used in the composition of embodiment X2.
 態様X4の組成物では、増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物として別途光酸発生剤XD含むか、又は、増感剤前駆体XC自体が光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する。
 光酸発生剤XD及び光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する増感剤前駆体XC並びにそれらの含有量としては、上述の態様X2の組成物における光酸発生剤XD及び光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する増感剤前駆体XC並びにそれらの含有量と同様である。
In the composition of aspect Upon irradiation, it generates an acid that can produce a sensitizer.
The photoacid generator XD and the sensitizer precursor XC that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light and their contents include the photoacid generator XD and the sensitizer precursor XC in the composition of Embodiment X2 above. The same applies to the sensitizer precursor XC which generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, and the content thereof.
〔態様X1~X4の各組成物の変形例〕
 態様X1~X4の各組成物において、増感剤前駆体XCは、共有結合を介して樹脂XAと結合していてもよい。
 樹脂XAと増感剤前駆体XCとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂は、増感剤前駆体XCが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位を含むのが好ましい。このような繰り返し単位としては、態様X3の組成物において説明した式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位であって、「O」が、増感剤前駆体XCから水素原子を1つ除いて形成される基を表す繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂XAと増感剤前駆体XCとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂において、増感剤前駆体XCが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、3モル%以上がより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、15モル%以下が好ましく、10モル%以下がより好ましい。樹脂XAと増感剤前駆体XCとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂中、上記繰り返し単位は、1種のみでも2種以上含まれていてもよい。上記繰り返し単位が複数含まれる場合、上記含有量は、合計含有量であるのが好ましい。
[Modifications of each composition of embodiments X1 to X4]
In each of the compositions of embodiments X1 to X4, the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
The resin in which the resin XA and the sensitizer precursor XC are linked via a covalent bond preferably contains a repeating unit having a group to which the sensitizer precursor XC is linked via a covalent bond. Such a repeating unit is a repeating unit represented by the formula ( XR ) described in the composition of aspect Repeating units representing groups to be formed are mentioned.
In the resin in which the resin XA and the sensitizer precursor XC are linked via a covalent bond, the content of repeating units having a group to which the sensitizer precursor XC is linked by a covalent bond is as follows: The content is preferably 1 mol% or more, more preferably 3 mol% or more. In addition, as an upper limit, 15 mol% or less is preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable. The resin in which the resin XA and the sensitizer precursor XC are linked via a covalent bond may contain only one type of repeating unit or two or more types of repeating units. When a plurality of the repeating units are included, the content is preferably the total content.
 態様X2及びX4の各組成物において、光酸発生剤XDは、共有結合を介して樹脂XAと結合していてもよい。
 樹脂XAと光酸発生剤XDとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂は、光酸発生剤XDが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位を含むのが好ましい。このような繰り返し単位としては、態様X3の組成物において説明した式(XR)で表される繰り返し単位であって、「O」が、光酸発生剤XDから水素原子を1つ除いて形成される基を表す繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂XAと光酸発生剤XDとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂において、光酸発生剤XDが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、3モル%以上がより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、15モル%以下が好ましく、10モル%以下がより好ましい。樹脂XAと光酸発生剤XDとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂中、上記繰り返し単位は、1種のみでも2種以上含まれていてもよい。上記繰り返し単位が複数含まれる場合、上記含有量は、合計含有量であるのが好ましい。
In each of the compositions of embodiments X2 and X4, photoacid generator XD may be bonded to resin XA via a covalent bond.
The resin in which the resin XA and the photoacid generator XD are linked via a covalent bond preferably contains a repeating unit having a group to which the photoacid generator XD is linked via a covalent bond. Such a repeating unit is a repeating unit represented by the formula (XR) described in the composition of aspect X3, in which "O r " is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the photoacid generator XD. Examples include repeating units representing groups.
In the resin in which the resin XA and the photoacid generator XD are linked via a covalent bond, the content of repeating units having a group to which the photoacid generator XD is linked via a covalent bond is 1 mol based on all repeating units. % or more is preferable, and 3 mol% or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 15 mol% or less is preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable. In the resin in which the resin XA and the photoacid generator XD are linked via a covalent bond, the repeating unit may contain only one type or two or more types. When a plurality of the repeating units are included, the content is preferably the total content.
[要件2の組成物]
 以下、要件2の組成物の実施形態の一例を示す。
・態様Y1
 樹脂YAと化合物YBとを含む組成物であって、
 上記樹脂YAが、上記化合物YBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しており、
 化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造が、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造であり、
 上記樹脂YA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
・態様Y2
 樹脂YAと化合物YBとを含む組成物であって、
 上記樹脂YAが、上記化合物YBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しており、
 化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造が、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造ではなく、組成物が、さらに光酸発生剤YCを含み、
 上記樹脂YA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
・態様Y3
 樹脂YAと化合物YBとを含む組成物であって、
 上記樹脂YAと上記化合物YBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
 化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造が、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造であり、
 上記樹脂YA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
・態様Y4
 樹脂YAと化合物YBとを含む組成物であって、
 上記樹脂YAと上記化合物YBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
 化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造が、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造ではなく、組成物が、さらに光酸発生剤YCを含み、
 上記樹脂YA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、上記樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
[Composition of requirement 2]
An example of an embodiment of a composition meeting requirement 2 will be shown below.
・Aspect Y1
A composition comprising resin YA and compound YB,
The resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB,
The onium salt structure in compound YB is a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
・Aspect Y2
A composition comprising resin YA and compound YB,
The resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB,
The onium salt structure in compound YB is not a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, and the composition further contains a photoacid generator YC,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
・Aspect Y3
A composition comprising resin YA and compound YB,
The resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond,
The onium salt structure in compound YB is a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
・Aspect Y4
A composition comprising resin YA and compound YB,
The resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond,
The onium salt structure in compound YB is not a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, and the composition further contains a photoacid generator YC,
The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
 なお、態様Y1~Y4において、光酸発生剤YCは樹脂YAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。 Note that in embodiments Y1 to Y4, the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
 なお、化合物YBが樹脂YAに共有結合を介して結合している場合、組成物は、樹脂YAと化合物YBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂を含む。
 なお、光酸発生剤YCが樹脂YAに共有結合を介して結合している場合、組成物は、樹脂YAと光酸発生剤YCとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂を含む。
In addition, when the compound YB is bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond.
In addition, when the photoacid generator YC is bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond, the composition includes a resin in which the resin YA and the photoacid generator YC are bonded via a covalent bond.
〔態様Y1の組成物〕
 以下、態様Y1が含む各種成分について説明する。
[Composition of aspect Y1]
Hereinafter, various components included in aspect Y1 will be explained.
 <樹脂YA>
(相互作用性基)
 樹脂YAは、後述する化合物YBと相互作用(例えば、静電相互作用)する相互作用性基を有する。なお、相互作用性基としては既述のとおりである。
<Resin YA>
(interactive group)
Resin YA has an interactive group that interacts (for example, electrostatic interaction) with compound YB, which will be described later. Note that the interactive group is as described above.
(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂YAは、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基(酸分解性基)を有する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。但し、樹脂YAが、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以下であり、15モル%以下が好ましく、10モル%以下がより好ましく、5モル%以下が更に好ましく、3モル%以下が特に好ましい。なお、下限値としては、0モル%以上である。なお、酸分解性基としては既述のとおりである。
(Repeating unit with acid-decomposable group)
The resin YA may include a repeating unit having a group (acid-decomposable group) that is decomposed by the action of an acid to produce a polar group. However, when resin YA contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units of resin YA. The following is more preferable, 5 mol% or less is still more preferable, and 3 mol% or less is particularly preferable. Note that the lower limit is 0 mol% or more. Note that the acid-decomposable group is as described above.
(樹脂YAの好適態様)
 樹脂YAとしては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、露光、酸、塩基、又は加熱の作用によって主鎖が切断されて分子量の低下を生じる樹脂(主鎖切断型樹脂)であるのが好ましい。主鎖切断型樹脂である樹脂YAとしては、例えば、樹脂YA-1が挙げられる。
(Preferred embodiment of resin YA)
As the resin YA, it is preferable to use a resin whose main chain is cut by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases (main chain cut resin), since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. . Examples of the resin YA, which is a main chain cleavage type resin, include resin YA-1.
《樹脂YA-1》
 樹脂YA-1は、相互作用性基を含み、下記式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位と下記式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む。但し、樹脂YA-1が酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以下である。
 なお、樹脂YA-1において、相互作用性基はいずれの位置に含まれていてもよい。樹脂YA-1において、相互作用性基は、式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位及び/又は式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位に含まれていてもよいし、式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含み、且つ、この他の繰り返し単位が相互作用性基に含まれていてもよい。
《Resin YA-1》
Resin YA-1 contains an interactive group, and includes a repeating unit represented by the following formula (YP) and a repeating unit represented by the following formula (YQ). However, if the resin YA-1 contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less based on all repeating units.
Note that in resin YA-1, the interactive group may be contained in any position. In resin YA-1, the interactive group may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (YP) and/or the repeating unit represented by formula (YQ), or may be contained in the repeating unit represented by formula (YP). and the repeating unit represented by formula (YQ), and the other repeating unit may be included in the interactive group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 式(YP)中、XYpは、ハロゲン原子を表す。LYpは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。RYpは、置換基を表す。 In formula (YP), X Yp represents a halogen atom. L Yp represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R Yp represents a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
 式(YQ)中、RYq1は、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。LYqは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。RYq2は、置換基を表す。 In formula (YQ), R Yq1 represents an alkyl group that may have a substituent. L Yq represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. R Yq2 represents a substituent.
 上記樹脂YA-1としては、式(YP)中のRYpで表される置換基及び式(YQ)中のRYq2で表される置換基の少なくとも1種が相互作用性基を有するか、又は、式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含み、且つ、この他の繰り返し単位が相互作用性基を有するのが好ましい。 In the resin YA-1, at least one of the substituent represented by R Yp in formula (YP) and the substituent represented by R Yq2 in formula (YQ) has an interactive group, Alternatively, it is preferable that the repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) and the repeating unit other than the repeating unit represented by the formula (YQ) are included, and the other repeating unit has an interactive group.
 樹脂YA-1において、上記式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位との合計の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であるのが好ましく、95モル%以上であるのがより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、100モル%以下が好ましい。 In resin YA-1, the total content of the repeating units represented by the above formula (YP) and the repeating units represented by the above formula (YQ) is 90 mol% or more based on all repeating units. The content is preferably 95 mol% or more, and more preferably 95 mol% or more. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable.
 また、樹脂YA-1において、上記式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位とは、ランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体、及び交互共重合体(ABAB・・・)等のいずれの形態であってもよいが、なかでも、交互共重合体であるのが好ましい。
 樹脂YA-1の好適な一態様として、樹脂X中の交互共重合体の存在割合が、樹脂YA-1の全質量にして、90質量%以上である態様(好ましくは100質量%以上)である態様も挙げられる。
In addition, in resin YA-1, the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YP) and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YQ) are a random copolymer, a block copolymer, and an alternating copolymer ( It may be in any form such as ABAB...), but among these, an alternating copolymer is preferred.
A preferred embodiment of the resin YA-1 is an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the resin X is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more) based on the total mass of the resin YA-1. Certain embodiments may also be mentioned.
 樹脂YA-1において、上記式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%であるのが好ましく、30~70モル%であるのがより好ましい。また樹脂YA-1において、上記式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位としては、全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%であるのが好ましく、30~70モル%であるのがより好ましい。 In resin YA-1, the content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YP) is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, and preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on the total repeating units. More preferred. In resin YA-1, the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YQ) preferably accounts for 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 30 to 70 mol%, based on the total repeating units. .
 上記式(YP)中、XYpで表されるハロゲン原子としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、フッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
 上記式(YP)中、LYpで表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基(6~10員環が好ましく、6員環が更に好ましい。)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基、上記シクロアルキレン基、及び2価の芳香族炭化水素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基及びハロゲン原子、及び水酸基等が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 LYpで表される2価の連結基の好適態様としては、LYpで表される2価の連結基において主鎖側に結合する位置が-COO-である態様が挙げられる。
In the above formula (YP), the halogen atom represented by X Yp is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, and more preferably a chlorine atom, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
In the above formula (YP), the divalent linking group represented by L Yp is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, may be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (6 to 10 membered ring (6-membered rings are preferred, and 6-membered rings are more preferred), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of a plurality of these. Further, the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
A preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group represented by L Yp includes an embodiment in which the position bonded to the main chain side of the divalent linking group represented by L Yp is -COO-.
 上記式(YP)中、RYpで表される置換基としては特に制限されず、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、アルコキシ基、アシルオキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR’’又は-COOR’’:R’’は、アルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基を表す。)、ラクトン基、アルコール性水酸基、及び相互作用性基等が挙げられる。
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、フェノール性水酸基とは区別されるものであって、本明細書においては、脂肪族炭化水素基に置換する水酸基を意図する。
In the above formula (YP), the substituent represented by R groups, halogen atoms, ester groups (-OCOR'' or -COOR'': R'' represents an alkyl group or a fluorinated alkyl group), lactone groups, alcoholic hydroxyl groups, interactive groups, etc. It will be done.
Note that the alcoholic hydroxyl group is to be distinguished from the phenolic hydroxyl group, and in this specification, a hydroxyl group that is substituted for an aliphatic hydrocarbon group is intended.
 また、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、上記アリール基、上記アラルキル基、上記アルケニル基、上記アルコキシ基、上記アシルオキシ基、上記エステル基、及び上記ラクトン基は、更に置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び相互作用性基等が挙げられる。なお、アルキル基がフッ素原子を有する場合、パーフルオロアルキル基であってもよい。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, aralkyl group, alkenyl group, alkoxy group, acyloxy group, ester group, and lactone group may further have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms and interactive groups. Note that when the alkyl group has a fluorine atom, it may be a perfluoroalkyl group.
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状及び分岐鎖状のいずれであってもよい。また、炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。また、炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、5~15が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。シクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基及びシクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びにノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及びアダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が挙げられる。
 上記アリール基は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。また、炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、6~15が好ましく、6~10がより好ましい。アリール基としては、フェニル基、ナフチル基、又は、アントラニル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。
 上記アラルキル基としては、上述のアルキル基中の水素原子のうちの1つが上述のアリール基で置換された構造であるのが好ましい。上記アラルキル基の炭素数としては、7~20が好ましく、7~15がより好ましい。
 上記アルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよい。また、炭素数としては特に制限されないが、例えば、2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。
 上記アルコキシ基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数としては1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
 上記アシルオキシ基としては、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれであってもよく、炭素数としては2~20が好ましく、2~10がより好ましく、2~6が更に好ましい。
 また、上記R’’で表されるアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、1~6が更に好ましい。
 ラクトン基としては、5~7員環のラクトン基が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。
 相互作用性基としては、既述のとおりである。
The alkyl group may be either linear or branched. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 10, and even more preferably from 1 to 6.
The above cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 5 to 15, more preferably from 5 to 10, for example. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include monocyclic cycloalkyl groups such as cyclopentyl group and cyclohexyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as norbornyl group, tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and adamantyl group. .
The above aryl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably 6 to 15, more preferably 6 to 10. As the aryl group, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, or an anthranyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable.
The aralkyl group preferably has a structure in which one of the hydrogen atoms in the alkyl group described above is substituted with the aryl group described above. The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group is preferably 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 15.
The alkenyl group may be linear, branched, or cyclic. Further, the number of carbon atoms is not particularly limited, but is preferably from 2 to 20, more preferably from 2 to 10, even more preferably from 2 to 6.
The alkoxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and has preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The above acyloxy group may be linear, branched, or cyclic, and has preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms.
Further, the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group or fluorinated alkyl group represented by R'' is preferably 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 10, and even more preferably 1 to 6.
The lactone group is preferably a 5- to 7-membered lactone group, more preferably one in which another ring structure is fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure.
The interactive group is as described above.
 式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位としては、以下の式(YP1)で表される繰り返し単位であるのが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the following formula (YP1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 式(YP1)中、XYp1は、上記式(YP)のXYpと同義であり、好適態様も同じである。 In formula (YP1), X Yp1 has the same meaning as X Yp in formula (YP) above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 YYp1は、単結合又は-COO-を表す。 Y Yp1 represents a single bond or -COO-.
 LYp1は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 LYp1で表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
L Yp1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L Yp1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one carbon number to 6) (which may be linear or branched), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of two or more of these. Further, the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 ArYp1は、(Yp2+1)価の芳香環基又は脂環基を表す。
 Yp2が1である場合における2価の芳香環基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、及びアントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又はチオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、及びチアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む2価の芳香環基が好ましい。なかでも、アリーレン基が好ましく、フェニレン基、ナフタレン基、又はアントラセニレン基がより好ましく、フェニレン基又はナフタレン基が更に好ましい。
Ar Yp1 represents a (Yp2+1)-valent aromatic ring group or alicyclic group.
Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group when Yp2 is 1 include arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group, or thiophene ring, furan ring, and pyrrole ring. , a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle such as a thiazole ring. Among these, an arylene group is preferred, a phenylene group, a naphthalene group, or an anthracenylene group is more preferred, and a phenylene group or a naphthalene group is even more preferred.
 Yp2が2以上の整数である場合における(Yp2+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(Yp2-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。 As a specific example of a (Yp2+1)-valent aromatic ring group when Yp2 is an integer of 2 or more, (Yp2-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms are removed from the above-mentioned specific example of a divalent aromatic ring group. The following groups are mentioned.
 ArYp1で表される(Yp2+1)価の脂環基としては、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子やカルボニル炭素を含んでいてもよい。ArYp1で表される(Yp2+1)価の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルネン、テトラシクロデカン、テトラシクロドデカン、及びアダマンタン等の多環のシクロアルカンから(Yp2+1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。また、ArYp1で表される(Yp2+1)価の脂環基としては、ラクトン環又はスルトン環から(Yp2+1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環としては、5~7員環のラクトン環及びスルトン環が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環及びスルトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。 The (Yp2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yp1 may contain a heteroatom such as an oxygen atom or a carbonyl carbon. The (Yp2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yp1 includes, for example, polycyclic cycloalkanes such as norbornene, tetracyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and adamantane from which (Yp2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms have been removed. The following groups are mentioned. Further, the (Yp2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yp1 includes a group obtained by removing (Yp2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a lactone ring or a sultone ring. The lactone ring and sultone ring are preferably 5- to 7-membered lactone rings and sultone rings, and other ring structures are fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring and sultone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. A ring is more preferable.
 (Yp2+1)価の芳香環基及び脂環基は、RYp1以外の置換基を有していてもよい。 The (Yp2+1)-valent aromatic ring group and alicyclic group may have a substituent other than R Yp1 .
 Yp1は、0又は1を表す。
 Yp1が0の場合、Yp2は1を表す。Yp1が1の場合、Yp2は0~4の整数を表す。
Yp1 represents 0 or 1.
When Yp1 is 0, Yp2 represents 1. When Yp1 is 1, Yp2 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
 RYp1は、置換基を表す。RYp1で表される置換基としては、上記式(YP)のRYpと同様のものが挙げられるが、なかでも、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は相互作用性基が好ましい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましい。 R Yp1 represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R Yp1 include those similar to R Yp in the above formula (YP), and among them, an alkyl group or an interactive group which may have a substituent is preferable. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferred.
 式(YQ)中、RYq1で表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれでもよい。上記アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
 また、RYq1で表されるアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。
 式(YQ)中、LYqで表される2価の連結基としては、上記式(YP)中のLYpで表される2価の連結基と同様のものが挙げられる。
 式(YQ)中、Rq2で表される置換基としては、上記式(YP)中のRYpで表される置換基と同様のものが挙げられる。
In formula (YQ), the alkyl group represented by R Yq1 may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
Further, the alkyl group represented by R Yq1 may have a substituent. Substituents include, but are not particularly limited to, halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and the like.
In formula (YQ), the divalent linking group represented by L Yq includes the same divalent linking group as the divalent linking group represented by L Yp in formula (YP) above.
Examples of the substituent represented by R q2 in formula (YQ) include the same substituents as the substituent represented by R Yp in the above formula (YP).
 式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位としては、以下の式(YQ1)で表される繰り返し単位であるのが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by formula (YQ) is preferably a repeating unit represented by formula (YQ1) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 式(YQ1)中、RYq11は、上記式(YQ)中のRYq1と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。 In formula (YQ1), R Yq11 has the same meaning as R Yq1 in formula (YQ) above, and preferred embodiments are also the same.
 YYq1は、単結合又は-COO-を表す。 Y Yq1 represents a single bond or -COO-.
 LYq1は、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 LYq1で表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
L Yq1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group represented by L Yq1 is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, alkylene group (preferably one carbon number to 6) (which may be linear or branched), and divalent linking groups that are a combination of two or more of these. Further, the alkylene group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
 ArYq1は、(Yq2+1)価の芳香環基又は脂環基を表す。
 Yq2が1である場合における2価の芳香環基としては、例えば、フェニレン基、トリレン基、ナフチレン基、及びアントラセニレン基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又はチオフェン環、フラン環、ピロール環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾピロール環、トリアジン環、イミダゾール環、ベンゾイミダゾール環、トリアゾール環、チアジアゾール環、及びチアゾール環等のヘテロ環を含む2価の芳香環基が好ましい。なかでも、アリーレン基が好ましく、フェニレン基又はナフタレン基がより好ましい。
Ar Yq1 represents a (Yq2+1)-valent aromatic ring group or alicyclic group.
Examples of the divalent aromatic ring group when Yq2 is 1 include arylene groups having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as phenylene group, tolylene group, naphthylene group, and anthracenylene group, or thiophene ring, furan ring, and pyrrole ring. , a benzothiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzopyrrole ring, a triazine ring, an imidazole ring, a benzimidazole ring, a triazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, and a divalent aromatic ring group containing a heterocycle such as a thiazole ring. Among these, an arylene group is preferred, and a phenylene group or a naphthalene group is more preferred.
 Yq2が2以上の整数である場合における(Yq2+1)価の芳香環基の具体例としては、2価の芳香環基の上記した具体例から、(Yq2-1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of (Yq2+1)-valent aromatic ring groups when Yq2 is an integer of 2 or more include (Yq2-1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms removed from the above-mentioned specific examples of divalent aromatic ring groups. The following groups are mentioned.
 ArYq1で表される(Yq2+1)価の脂環基としては、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子やカルボニル炭素を含んでいてもよい。ArYq1で表される(Yq2+1)価の脂環基としては、例えば、ノルボルネン、テトラシクロデカン、テトラシクロドデカン、及びアダマンタン等の多環のシクロアルカンから(Yq2+1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。また、ArYq1で表される(Yq2+1)価の脂環基としては、ラクトン環又はスルトン環から(Yq2+1)個の任意の水素原子を除してなる基が挙げられる。ラクトン環及びスルトン環としては、5~7員環のラクトン環及びスルトン環が好ましく、ビシクロ構造若しくはスピロ構造を形成する形で5~7員環のラクトン環及びスルトン環に他の環構造が縮環しているものがより好ましい。 The (Yq2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yq1 may contain a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a carbonyl carbon. The (Yq2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yq1 includes, for example, polycyclic cycloalkanes such as norbornene, tetracyclodecane, tetracyclododecane, and adamantane from which (Yq2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms have been removed. The following groups are mentioned. Further, the (Yq2+1)-valent alicyclic group represented by Ar Yq1 includes a group obtained by removing (Yq2+1) arbitrary hydrogen atoms from a lactone ring or a sultone ring. The lactone ring and sultone ring are preferably 5- to 7-membered lactone rings and sultone rings, and other ring structures are fused to the 5- to 7-membered lactone ring and sultone ring to form a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. A ring is more preferable.
 (Yq2+1)価の芳香環基及び脂環基は、RYq12以外の置換基を有していてもよい。 The (Yq2+1)-valent aromatic ring group and alicyclic group may have a substituent other than R Yq12 .
 Yq1は、0又は1を表す。
 Yq1が0の場合、Yq2は1を表す。Yq1が1の場合、Yq2は0~4の整数を表す。
Yq1 represents 0 or 1.
When Yq1 is 0, Yq2 represents 1. When Yq1 is 1, Yq2 represents an integer from 0 to 4.
 RYq12は、置換基を表す。RYq12で表される置換基としては、上記式(YP)のRYpと同様のものが挙げられるが、なかでも、置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基又は相互作用性基が好ましい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子が好ましい。 R Yq12 represents a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R Yq12 include those similar to R Yp in the above formula (YP), and among them, an alkyl group or an interactive group which may have a substituent is preferable. As the substituent, a halogen atom is preferred.
 上述した樹脂YA-1は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲において、上述した繰り返し単位以外の他の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。 The above-mentioned resin YA-1 may contain repeating units other than the above-mentioned repeating units as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
 樹脂YAは、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 樹脂YAの重量平均分子量(Mw)は、15,000以上が好ましく、20,000以上がより好ましく、30,000以上が更に好ましい。上限としては、例えば、200,000以下が好ましく、150,000以下がより好ましく、100,000以下が更に好ましい。
Resin YA can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin YA is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, and even more preferably 30,000 or more. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
 樹脂YAの多分散度(Mw/Mn)は特に制限されないが、2.5以下が好ましく、2.0以下がより好ましく、1.7以下が更に好ましい。下限値は特に制限されず、1.0以上が挙げられる。 The polydispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin YA is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and even more preferably 1.7 or less. The lower limit value is not particularly limited, and may be 1.0 or more.
 態様Y1の組成物において、樹脂YAの含有量の下限値は、組成物の全固形分に対して、30.0質量%以上が好ましく、45.0質量%以上がより好ましく、65.0質量以上%が更に好ましい。なお、上限値としては、例えば、99.9質量%以下が好ましい。また、樹脂YAは、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 In the composition of aspect Y1, the lower limit of the content of resin YA is preferably 30.0% by mass or more, more preferably 45.0% by mass or more, and 65.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 99.9 mass % or less is preferable, for example. Further, resin YA may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
 <化合物YB>
 態様Y1の組成物は、化合物YBを含む。化合物YBは、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩構造を有し、酸の作用により増感剤を生成する化合物である。
<Compound YB>
The composition of embodiment Y1 comprises compound YB. Compound YB is a compound having an onium salt structure that generates an acid upon irradiation with light, and generates a sensitizer under the action of the acid.
 化合物YBから生成する増感剤は、波長200nm超(好ましくは波長250nm以上)の波長の光を吸収する増感剤(光増感剤)であるのが好ましい。化合物YBから生成する増感剤が上記波長特性を有する場合、後述するパターン形成方法の工程3(フラッド露光工程)において、化合物YB自体の吸収波長と化合物YBから生成する増感剤の吸収波長との差が広がり(換言すると化合物YBから増感体への構造変化前後で吸収波長が大きくシフトし)、化合物YBの不必要な感光を抑制できる。この結果として、工程3(フラッド露光工程)において増感剤を選択的に感光させ得て、形成されるパターンの解像性がより優れる。 The sensitizer produced from compound YB is preferably a sensitizer (photosensitizer) that absorbs light with a wavelength of more than 200 nm (preferably 250 nm or more). When the sensitizer produced from compound YB has the above wavelength characteristics, in step 3 (flood exposure step) of the pattern forming method described below, the absorption wavelength of compound YB itself and the absorption wavelength of the sensitizer produced from compound YB are (In other words, the absorption wavelength shifts significantly before and after the structural change from compound YB to a sensitizer), and unnecessary photosensitivity of compound YB can be suppressed. As a result, the sensitizer can be selectively exposed in step 3 (flood exposure step), and the resolution of the formed pattern is better.
 化合物YBから生成する増感剤としては、カルボニル基を含み、波長200nm超の長波長側の光を吸収する化合物であるのが好ましい。
 化合物YBから生成する増感剤がカルボニル基を含む化合物である場合、例えば、ベンゾフェノン誘導体、キサントン誘導体、チオキサントン誘導体、クマリン誘導体、アクリドン誘導体、ナフタレン誘導体、アントラセン誘導体、及びアクリドン誘導体等が挙げられる。
The sensitizer produced from compound YB is preferably a compound that contains a carbonyl group and absorbs light on the long wavelength side of wavelengths exceeding 200 nm.
When the sensitizer produced from compound YB is a compound containing a carbonyl group, examples thereof include benzophenone derivatives, xanthone derivatives, thioxanthone derivatives, coumarin derivatives, acridone derivatives, naphthalene derivatives, anthracene derivatives, and acridone derivatives.
 化合物YBは、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩構造を有する。
 上記オニウム塩構造とは、アニオン部位とカチオン部位とから構成される塩構造部位を意図し、露光によって分解し易く、且つ酸の生成性により優れる点で、なかでも、有機カチオン部位と非求核性(求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低い)有機アニオン部位とから構成されているのが好ましい。
 化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造の個数としては特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
Compound YB has an onium salt structure that generates an acid upon irradiation with light.
The above-mentioned onium salt structure is intended to be a salt structure consisting of an anion site and a cation site, which is easily decomposed by exposure to light and has excellent acid production. It is preferable that the organic anion moiety has a very low ability to cause a nucleophilic reaction.
The number of onium salt structures in compound YB is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 10, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
 光照射により化合物YBから発生する有機酸としては、例えば、スルホン酸(脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸、及び、カンファースルホン酸等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド酸、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチド酸等が挙げられる。
 光照射により化合物YBから発生する有機酸の具体例としては、態様X1の組成物におけるオニウム塩の発生酸として例示した有機酸も挙げられる。
Examples of organic acids generated from compound YB upon irradiation with light include sulfonic acids (aliphatic sulfonic acids, aromatic sulfonic acids, camphor sulfonic acids, etc.), carbonylsulfonylimidic acids, bis(alkylsulfonyl)imide acids, and , tris(alkylsulfonyl)methide acid, and the like.
Specific examples of the organic acid generated from compound YB upon irradiation with light include the organic acids exemplified as the generated acid of the onium salt in the composition of Embodiment X1.
 化合物YBの増感剤形成部位が後述するようなケタール構造又はアセタール構造等の酸の作用によって脱保護する部位である場合、脱保護反応によりカルボニル化合物を生成する上では、化合物YBから発生する発生酸のpKaとしては、2.0以下が好ましく、1.0以下がより好ましく、0.0以下が更に好ましい。なお、下限値としては、-15.0以上が好ましい。 If the sensitizer formation site of compound YB is a site that is deprotected by the action of an acid, such as a ketal structure or an acetal structure as described below, in order to generate a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction, the generation generated from compound YB is The pKa of the acid is preferably 2.0 or less, more preferably 1.0 or less, and even more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit is preferably −15.0 or more.
 化合物YBは、オニウム塩構造部位と増感剤形成部位とを有する化合物であるのが好ましく、カチオン部と増感剤形成部位とを有する構造部位と、上記構造部位のカチオン部の対アニオンとを有する化合物であるのがより好ましい。上記化合物では、カチオン部と対アニオンとにより、オニウム塩構造部位が形成されている。
 オニウム塩構造としては、スルホニウム塩構造又はヨードニウム塩構造が好ましい。
 増感剤形成部位としては、例えば、カルボニル基がアルコールで保護されてなるケタール又はアセタール構造を有する部位であって、酸の作用によりカルボニル基へ脱保護反応を生じ得る部位であるのが好ましい。
Compound YB is preferably a compound having an onium salt structural part and a sensitizer forming part, and a structural part having a cation part and a sensitizer forming part, and a counter anion of the cation part of the above structural part. More preferably, it is a compound having In the above compound, the cation moiety and the counter anion form an onium salt structure site.
The onium salt structure is preferably a sulfonium salt structure or an iodonium salt structure.
The sensitizer forming site is preferably a site that has a ketal or acetal structure in which a carbonyl group is protected with an alcohol, and that can undergo a deprotection reaction to the carbonyl group by the action of an acid.
 化合物YBとしては、下記式(Y1)又は式(Y2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound YB include compounds represented by the following formula (Y1) or formula (Y2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(Y1)中、RY1及びRY2は、各々独立に、有機基を表す。RY1及びRY2としての有機基の炭素数は、1~30が好ましく、1~20がより好ましい。LY1は、2価の連結基を表す。
 また、RY1、RY2、及びLY1のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又はカルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。RY1、RY2、及びLY1のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基)、及び-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In formula (Y1), R Y1 and R Y2 each independently represent an organic group. The number of carbon atoms in the organic groups as R Y1 and R Y2 is preferably 1 to 30, more preferably 1 to 20. L Y1 represents a divalent linking group.
Furthermore, two of R Y1 , R Y2 , and L Y1 may combine to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. good. Examples of the group formed by combining two of R Y1 , R Y2 , and L Y1 include an alkylene group (e.g., butylene group and pentylene group), and -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 - CH 2 - is mentioned.
 RY1及びRY2としての有機基は、特に制限されないが、好ましくは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基である。
 アリール基としては、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及びベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及びシクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The organic groups as R Y1 and R Y2 are not particularly limited, but are preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or an aryl group.
As the aryl group, a phenyl group or a naphthyl group is preferable, and a phenyl group is more preferable. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residue, furan residue, thiophene residue, indole residue, benzofuran residue, and benzothiophene residue.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group is preferably a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, Examples include ethyl group, propyl group, n-butyl group, sec-butyl group, t-butyl group, cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, and cyclohexyl group.
 RY1及びRY2のアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、各々独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及びフェニルチオ基が挙げられる。 The substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R Y1 and R Y2 may each independently include an alkyl group (for example, carbon number 1 to 15), a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number 3 to 15), aryl groups (for example, carbon atoms 6 to 14), alkoxy groups (for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15), cycloalkylalkoxy groups (for example, carbon atoms 1 to 15), halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, and phenylthio groups. It will be done.
 式(Y1)中、LY1としての2価の連結基は、特に制限されないが、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、芳香族基、及びこれらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基を表すのが好ましい。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数1~10であるのがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキレン基は、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であるのが好ましく、炭素数3~10であるのがより好ましい。
 芳香族基は、2価の芳香族基であり、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が好ましく、炭素数6~15の芳香族基がより好ましい。
 芳香族基を構成する芳香環は、特に制限されないが、例えば、炭素数6~20の芳香環が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、チオフェン環等を挙げられる。ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であるのが好ましく、ベンゼン環であるのがより好ましい。
In formula (Y1), the divalent linking group as L Y1 is not particularly limited, but preferably represents an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, or a group formed by combining two or more of these.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched and preferably has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
The aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, an aromatic ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, a thiophene ring, and the like. A benzene ring or a naphthalene ring is preferred, and a benzene ring is more preferred.
 アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、及び芳香族基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, and aromatic group may further have a substituent.
 式(Y1)中、RY3、RY4、及びRY5は、上述の式(XXXVI)中のR23、R24、及びRと同義である。なお、RY3及びRY4は、互いに連結して環構造を形成してもよい。RY3及びRY4が互いに連結して結合する基としては、既述したものが挙げられ、なかでも、炭素数1~10のアルキレン基等が好ましい。
 また、RY5は、カルバゾール基及びフルオレン基等の多環芳香環であるのも好ましい。上記多環芳香環は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルキルオキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アリールチオ基、アルキルオキシカルボニル基、アリールオキシカルボニル基、及びアミノカルボニル基等が挙げられる。
In formula (Y1), R Y3 , R Y4 , and R Y5 have the same meanings as R 23 , R 24 , and R 9 in formula (XXXVI) above. Note that R Y3 and R Y4 may be connected to each other to form a ring structure. Examples of the group to which R Y3 and R Y4 are connected to each other include those mentioned above, and among them, an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
Further, R Y5 is also preferably a polycyclic aromatic ring such as a carbazole group or a fluorene group. The polycyclic aromatic ring may further have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkyloxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkylthio group, an arylthio group, an alkyloxycarbonyl group, an aryloxycarbonyl group, and an aminocarbonyl group. Can be mentioned.
 式(Y1)中、AY1 は、有機酸アニオンを表す。
 AY1 で表される有機酸アニオンとしては、そのプロトン付加体(AY1 H)のpKaが、2.0以下(好ましくは1.0以下であり、より好ましくは0.0以下である。なお、下限値としては、好ましくは、-15.0以上である。)のものが好ましい。
 AY1 で表される有機酸アニオンとしては、光照射により化合物YBから発生する有機酸として既述したものが挙げられる。
In formula (Y1), A Y1 - represents an organic acid anion.
The organic acid anion represented by A Y1 - has a proton adduct (A Y1 - H) having a pKa of 2.0 or less (preferably 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.0 or less). Note that the lower limit value is preferably -15.0 or more.
Examples of the organic acid anion represented by A Y1 - include those already mentioned as organic acids generated from compound YB upon irradiation with light.
 式(Y2)中、RY6は、アリール基、アルキル基、又はシクロアルキル基を表す。
 RY6で表されるアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基としては、上述のRY1で表されるアリール基、アルキル基、及びシクロアルキル基と同様のものが挙げられ、好適態様も同じである。
 式(Y2)中、RY3、RY4、RY5、LY1、及びAY1 は、上述の式(Y1)中のRY3、RY4、RY5、LY1、及びAY1 と同義であり、好適態様も同じである。
In formula (Y2), R Y6 represents an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
Examples of the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by RY6 include those similar to the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group represented by RY1 above, and preferred embodiments are also the same. be.
In formula (Y2), R Y3 , R Y4 , R Y5 , L Y1 , and A Y1 - have the same meaning as R Y3 , R Y4 , R Y5 , L Y1 , and A Y1 - in formula (Y1) above. The preferred embodiments are also the same.
 化合物YBの一例としては、下記式(I)~(IV)で表される化合物も挙げられる。 Examples of compound YB include compounds represented by the following formulas (I) to (IV).
 上記式(I)~(III)中、R、R、R1’、R2’、R1’’、R2’’、R、及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子;フェニル基;ナフチル基;アントラセニル基;フェノキシ基;ナフトキシ基;アントラセノキシ基;アミノ基;アミド基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたナフトキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたアントラセノキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、アントラセノキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換された、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が結合したカルボニル基を表す。
 上記式(I)~(III)中、ヒドロキシ基の水素原子は、フェニル基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基で置換されていてもよい。ヒドロキシ基の水素原子が置換されているときスルホニウム塩化合物はケタール化合物基又はアセタール化合物基を含むことになる。式(I)~(III)中、R、R、R1’、R2’、R1’’、R2’’、R、及びRのうち任意の2つ以上の基は、単結合若しくは二重結合により、又は、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SONH-、-CO-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-NHCO-NH-、-CHR-、-CR -、-NH-若しくは-NR-を含む結合を介して、互いに結合して環構造を形成していてもよい。Rは、フェニル基;フェノキシ基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;又は、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基を表す。R、R、R1’、R2’、R1’’、R2’’、R及びRは、各々独立に、フェニル基;フェノキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;又は、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基を表すのが好ましい。
In the above formulas (I) to (III), R 1 , R 2 , R 1' , R 2' , R 1'' , R 2'' , R 3 , and R 4 are each independently a hydrogen atom; Phenyl group; naphthyl group; anthracenyl group; phenoxy group; naphthoxy group; anthracenoxy group; amino group; amide group; halogen atom; linear, branched or branched having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) Cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an amide group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; A linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group) having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an amino group , an amide group, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a naphthoxy group substituted with an amino group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group; carbon number anthracenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an amino group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a phenoxy group, a naphthoxy group, an anthracenoxy group; A linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or represents a carbonyl group to which an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms is bonded.
In the above formulas (I) to (III), the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); (alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. When the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is substituted, the sulfonium salt compound will contain a ketal compound group or an acetal compound group. In formulas (I) to (III), any two or more groups among R 1 , R 2 , R 1' , R 2' , R 1'' , R 2'' , R 3 , and R 4 are , by a single bond or a double bond, or -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, -NHCO-, -NHCO- They may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure via a bond containing NH-, -CHR e -, -CR e 2 -, -NH- or -NR e -. R e represents a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); ); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or a straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); , a branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. R 1 , R 2 , R 1' , R 2' , R 1'' , R 2'' , R 3 and R 4 each independently represent a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; It preferably represents a substituted phenoxy group; or a phenyl group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a hydroxy group.
 式(I)~(III)中、Xは、有機酸アニオンを表す。
 Xで表される有機酸アニオンとしては、そのプロトン付加体(XH)のpKaが、2.0以下(好ましくは1.0以下であり、より好ましくは0.0以下である。なお、下限値としては、好ましくは、-15.0以上である。)のものが好ましい。
In formulas (I) to (III), X represents an organic acid anion.
As for the organic acid anion represented by The value is preferably −15.0 or higher.).
 上記式(I)~(III)において、-C(-OH)R、-C(-OH)R1’2’、及び-C(-OH)R1’’2’’等で表される基としては、具体的には、下記式で表される基が挙げられる。なお、式中の*は、上記式(I)~(III)中の硫黄イオンとの結合部分を表す。-C(-OH)R、-C(-OH)R1’2’、及び-C(-OH)R1’’2’’で表される基において、ヒドロキシ基とこのヒドロキシ基が結合する炭素原子は、後述する工程2(パターン露光工程)によりカルボニル基となる。このようにして、上記式(I)~(III)で表される化合物では、-C(-OH)R、-C(-OH)R1’2’、及び-C(-OH)R1’’2’’で表される基が工程2(パターン露光工程)後に分離して、増感剤を発生する。 In the above formulas (I) to (III), -C(-OH)R 1 R 2 , -C(-OH)R 1' R 2' , and -C(-OH)R 1'' R 2'' Specific examples of the group represented by the above include groups represented by the following formulas. Note that * in the formula represents a bonding moiety with a sulfur ion in the above formulas (I) to (III). In the groups represented by -C(-OH)R 1 R 2 , -C(-OH)R 1' R 2' , and -C(-OH)R 1'' R 2'' , a hydroxy group and this The carbon atom to which the hydroxy group is bonded becomes a carbonyl group in step 2 (pattern exposure step) described below. In this way, in the compounds represented by formulas (I) to (III) above, -C(-OH)R 1 R 2 , -C(-OH)R 1' R 2' , and -C(- The group represented by OH)R 1'' R 2'' separates after step 2 (pattern exposure step) to generate a sensitizer.
 上記式(IV)~(V)中、R、R、R5’、R6’、及びRは、各々独立に、水素原子;フェニル基;ナフチル基;アントラセニル基;フェノキシ基;ナフトキシ基;アントラセノキシ基;アミノ基;アミド基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたナフトキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~5のアルキル基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたアントラセノキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、フェノキシ基、ナフトキシ基、アントラセノキシ基、アミノ基、アミド基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換された、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~12のアルキル基が結合したカルボニル基を表す。上記式(IV)~(V)中、ヒドロキシ基の水素原子は、フェニル基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);又は、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基で置換されていてもよい。ヒドロキシ基の水素原子が置換されているときヨードニウム塩化合物はケタール化合物基又はアセタール化合物基を含むことになる。式(IV)~(V)中、R、R、R5’、R6’、及びRのうち任意の2つ以上の基は、単結合若しくは二重結合により、又は、-CH-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SONH-、-CO-、-COO-、-NHCO-、-NHCO-NH-、-CHR-、-CR -、-NH-若しくは-NR-を含む結合を介して環構造を形成していてもよい。Rは、フェニル基;フェノキシ基;ハロゲン原子;炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基);炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;又は、炭素数1~30(好ましくは炭素数1~5)の直鎖状、分岐鎖状若しくは環状の飽和若しくは不飽和炭化水素基(好ましくはアルキル基)、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基を表す。R、R、R5’、R6’、及びRは、各々独立に、フェニル基;フェノキシ基;炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、若しくは炭素数1~5のアルキル基で置換されたフェノキシ基;又は、炭素数1~5のアルコキシ基、若しくはヒドロキシ基で置換されたフェニル基が好ましい。 In the above formulas (IV) to (V), R 5 , R 6 , R 5' , R 6' and R 7 each independently represent a hydrogen atom; a phenyl group; a naphthyl group; an anthracenyl group; a phenoxy group; group; anthracenoxy group; amino group; amide group; halogen atom; linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably alkyl group); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, an amino group, an amide group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; a phenoxy group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) ), a phenyl group substituted with a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, an amino group, an amide group, or a hydroxy group. ; C1-5 alkoxy group, C1-5 alkyl group, amino group, amido group, or naphthoxy group substituted with a hydroxy group; C1-5 alkoxy group, C1-5 alkoxy group; Anthracenoxy group substituted with an alkyl group, amino group, amide group, or hydroxy group; substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, phenoxy group, naphthoxy group, anthracenoxy group, amino group, amide group, or hydroxy group , a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group) having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); or an alkyl group having 1 to 12 carbon atoms represents a bonded carbonyl group. In the above formulas (IV) to (V), the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is a phenyl group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched, or cyclic saturated or an unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group); or a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); (alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. When the hydrogen atom of the hydroxy group is substituted, the iodonium salt compound will contain a ketal compound group or an acetal compound group. In formulas (IV) to (V), any two or more groups among R 5 , R 6 , R 5' , R 6' , and R 7 may be bonded by a single bond or double bond, or -CH 2 -, -O-, -S-, -SO 2 -, -SO 2 NH-, -CO-, -COO-, -NHCO-, -NHCO-NH-, -CHR f -, -CR f 2 - , -NH- or -NR f - may form a ring structure. R f is a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; a halogen atom; a linear, branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) (preferably an alkyl group); ); a phenoxy group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or a straight chain having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms); , a branched or cyclic saturated or unsaturated hydrocarbon group (preferably an alkyl group), an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, or a phenyl group substituted with a hydroxy group. R 5 , R 6 , R 5' , R 6' and R 7 each independently represent a phenyl group; a phenoxy group; an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, a hydroxy group, or an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms; or a phenyl group substituted with an alkoxy group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a hydroxy group.
 式(IV)~(V)中、Yは、有機酸アニオンを表す。
 Yで表される有機酸アニオンとしては、そのプロトン付加体(YH)のpKaが、2.0以下(好ましくは1.0以下であり、より好ましくは0.0以下である。なお、下限値としては、好ましくは、-15.0以上である。)のものが好ましい。
In formulas (IV) to (V), Y represents an organic acid anion.
As for the organic acid anion represented by Y - , the pKa of its proton adduct (YH) is 2.0 or less (preferably 1.0 or less, more preferably 0.0 or less. Note that the lower limit The value is preferably −15.0 or higher.).
 上記式(IV)~(V)において、-C(-OH)R及び-C(-OH)R5’6’で表される基としては、具体的には、上記式(I)~(III)において例示した-C(-OH)R、-C(-OH)R1’2’、及び-C(-OH)R1’’2’’等で表される基と同様の基が挙げられる。 In the above formulas (IV) to (V), the groups represented by -C(-OH)R 5 R 6 and -C(-OH)R 5' R 6' are specifically the groups represented by the above formula ( -C(-OH)R 1 R 2 , -C(-OH)R 1' R 2' , and -C(-OH)R 1'' R 2'' etc. exemplified in I) to (III) Groups similar to those represented may be mentioned.
 上述のX及びYで表される有機酸アニオンの具体例としては、光照射により化合物YBから発生する有機酸として既述したものが挙げられる。 Specific examples of the organic acid anions represented by X - and Y - mentioned above include those already described as organic acids generated from compound YB upon irradiation with light.
 後述する工程3(フラッド露光工程)において、化合物YBから発生する増感剤から化合物YBへのエネルギー移動がより進行し易く、化合物YBの分解がより優れる点で、化合物YBから発生する増感剤のLUMOのエネルギー準位が、化合物YBのLUMOのエネルギー順位より高いことが望ましい。 In step 3 (flood exposure step), which will be described later, the sensitizer generated from compound YB is more likely to undergo energy transfer from the sensitizer generated from compound YB to compound YB, and the decomposition of compound YB is better. It is desirable that the energy level of the LUMO of compound YB is higher than that of the LUMO of compound YB.
 態様Y1の組成物において、化合物YBの含有量は特に制限されないが、組成物の全固形分に対して、1.0質量%以上が好ましく、2.0質量%以上がより好ましく、3.0質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、上記含有量は、30.0質量%以下が好ましく、25.0質量%以下がより好ましい。化合物YBは、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 In the composition of aspect Y1, the content of compound YB is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1.0% by mass or more, more preferably 2.0% by mass or more, and 3.0% by mass or more based on the total solid content of the composition. More preferably, the amount is % by mass or more. Further, the content is preferably 30.0% by mass or less, more preferably 25.0% by mass or less. Compound YB may be used alone or in combination of two or more. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
<その他の成分>
 態様Y1の組成物は、上述の成分以外の他の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
 他の成分としては、態様X1の組成物にて説明した界面活性剤、塩基性化合物(クエンチャー)、溶剤、及びその他の添加物が挙げられる。また、他の成分の含有量についても、態様X1の組成物にて説明した含有量と同様である。
<Other ingredients>
The composition of aspect Y1 may further contain other components than the above-mentioned components.
Other components include the surfactant, basic compound (quencher), solvent, and other additives described in the composition of aspect X1. Further, the contents of other components are also the same as those explained for the composition of aspect X1.
〔態様Y2の組成物〕
 以下、態様Y2が含む各種成分について説明する。
 態様Y2の組成物は、化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造が、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造ではなく、組成物が上記酸の発生源として、別途、光酸発生剤YCを含む点以外は、上述の態様Y1の組成物と同様であり、好適態様も同じである。
[Composition of aspect Y2]
Hereinafter, various components included in aspect Y2 will be explained.
In the composition of aspect Y2, the onium salt structure in compound YB is not a structure that generates an acid that can generate a sensitizer, and the composition separately contains a photoacid generator YC as a source of the acid. Other than this point, it is the same as the composition of the above-mentioned embodiment Y1, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 態様Y2の組成物において、化合物YBが上述のようなケタール構造又はアセタール構造等の酸の作用により脱保護する部位を有する化合物である場合、脱保護反応によりカルボニル化合物を生成する上では、化合物YBから発生する発生酸のpKaとしては、上述の如く、-15.0~2.0程度であるのが好ましい。態様Y2の組成物は、化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造が、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造ではない化合物である(例えば、発生酸のpKaが2.0超(好ましくは2.1超、より好ましくは2.5超)である)場合に該当する。なお、態様Y2の組成物において使用され得る化合物YBの具体例としては、態様Y1における化合物YBにおいて、アニオンをカルボン酸アニオン及びフェノール酸アニオンに変更した化合物が挙げられる。カルボン酸アニオン及びフェノール酸アニオンとしては、態様X2の組成物において使用され得るオニウム塩XBの発生酸として説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 態様Y2の組成物では、化合物YBに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物として、光酸発生剤YC含む。
In the composition of aspect Y2, when compound YB is a compound having a site that can be deprotected by the action of an acid, such as the above-mentioned ketal structure or acetal structure, in producing a carbonyl compound by the deprotection reaction, compound YB As mentioned above, the pKa of the generated acid is preferably about -15.0 to 2.0. The composition of embodiment Y2 is a compound in which the onium salt structure in compound YB is not a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer (for example, the pKa of the generated acid is more than 2.0 (preferably 2.0). (more than 1, more preferably more than 2.5)). Note that specific examples of compound YB that can be used in the composition of aspect Y2 include compounds in which the anion of compound YB in aspect Y1 is changed to a carboxylic acid anion and a phenolic acid anion. Examples of the carboxylic acid anion and phenolic acid anion include those described as the generated acid of the onium salt XB that can be used in the composition of embodiment X2.
The composition of embodiment Y2 includes a photoacid generator YC as a compound that acts on compound YB to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer.
 光酸発生剤YCとしては、上述の態様3の組成物が含む光酸発生剤XDと同様のものが挙げられ、また組成物中における含有量についても同様の数値範囲とすることができる。 Examples of the photoacid generator YC include those similar to the photoacid generator XD included in the composition of Aspect 3 described above, and the content in the composition can also be in the same numerical range.
〔態様Y3の組成物〕
 以下、態様Y3が含む各種成分について説明する。
 態様Y3の組成物では、樹脂YAと化合物YBとが共有結合を介して結合する。つまり、態様Y3の組成物は、樹脂YAと化合物YBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂(以下「樹脂YAY3」ともいう。)を含む。
 なお、上記樹脂YAY3は、化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造と相互作用し得る相互作用性基を有していてもよいし、有さなくてもよい。本発明の効果がより優れる点で、上記樹脂YAY3は、相互作用性基を有しているのが好ましい。
 なお、態様Y3の組成物は、樹脂YA及び化合物YBを個別に含むことにかえて樹脂YAY3を含む点以外は、態様Y1の組成物と同じであり、好適態様も同じである。
[Composition of aspect Y3]
Hereinafter, various components included in aspect Y3 will be explained.
In the composition of aspect Y3, resin YA and compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond. That is, the composition of aspect Y3 includes a resin (hereinafter also referred to as "resin YAY3") in which resin YA and compound YB are linked via a covalent bond.
Note that the resin YAY3 may or may not have an interactive group that can interact with the onium salt structure in compound YB. It is preferable that the resin YAY3 has an interactive group so that the effects of the present invention are more excellent.
The composition of Embodiment Y3 is the same as the composition of Embodiment Y1, and the preferred embodiments are also the same, except that the composition includes resin YAY3 instead of containing resin YA and compound YB individually.
<樹脂YAY3>
 以下、樹脂YAY3について説明する。
 樹脂YAY3は、樹脂YAと化合物YBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂である。樹脂YAY3は、化合物YB中のオニウム塩構造と相互作用する相互作用性基を有していてもよいし、有さなくてもよい。樹脂YAY3は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、相互作用性基を有するのが好ましい。なお、相互作用性基とは、既述のとおりである。
<Resin YAY3>
The resin YAY3 will be explained below.
Resin YAY3 is a resin in which resin YA and compound YB are linked via a covalent bond. Resin YAY3 may or may not have an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt structure in compound YB. It is preferable that the resin YAY3 has an interactive group since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. Note that the interactive group is as described above.
 樹脂YAY3は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。但し、樹脂YAY3が、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂YAY3の全繰り返し単位に対して、20モル%以下であり、15モル%以下が好ましく、10モル%以下がより好ましく、5モル%以下が更に好ましく、3モル%以下が特に好ましい。なお、下限値としては、0モル%以上である。なお、酸分解性基とは、既述のとおりである。 The resin YAY3 may contain a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group. However, when resin YAY3 contains a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, its content is 20 mol% or less, preferably 15 mol% or less, and 10 mol% or less, based on the total repeating units of resin YAY3. The following is more preferable, 5 mol% or less is still more preferable, and 3 mol% or less is particularly preferable. Note that the lower limit is 0 mol% or more. Note that the acid-decomposable group is as described above.
 樹脂YAY3は、化合物YBが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位を含むのが好ましい。
 化合物YBが共有結合により連結した基とは、例えば、-Lyr-Oyrで表される基が挙げられる。Lyrは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表し、Oyrは、態様Y1の組成物にて既述した化合物YBから水素原子を1個除いて形成される基を表す。Oyrは、なかでも、既述した化合物YBにおけるアニオン部位から水素原子を1個除いて形成される基を表すのが好ましい。Oyrとしては、具体的には後述する下記式(O3)又は式(O4)で表される基が挙げられる。
Preferably, the resin YAY3 contains a repeating unit in which the compound YB has a group connected by a covalent bond.
Examples of the group to which compound YB is linked via a covalent bond include a group represented by -L yr -O yr . L yr represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and O yr represents a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the compound YB already described in the composition of embodiment Y1. Among these, O yr preferably represents a group formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the anion site of the compound YB described above. Specific examples of O yr include groups represented by the following formula (O3) or formula (O4), which will be described later.
 Lyrで表される2価の連結基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、-CO-、-O-、-SO-、-SO-、-NR-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、2価の芳香族炭化水素環基(6~10員環が好ましく、6員環が更に好ましい。)、及びこれらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、上記アルキレン基、上記シクロアルキレン基、及び2価の芳香族炭化水素環基は、置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基及びハロゲン原子、及び水酸基等が挙げられる。Rとしては、水素原子又は炭素数1~6のアルキル基が挙げられる。
 Lyrで表される2価の連結基の好適態様としては、Lyrで表される2価の連結基において主鎖側に結合する位置が-COO-である態様が挙げられる。
The divalent linking group represented by L yr is not particularly limited, but includes, for example, -CO-, -O-, -SO-, -SO 2 -, -NR A -, and an alkylene group (preferably one having 1 carbon number). ~6. Can be linear or branched), cycloalkylene group (preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms), divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group (preferably 6 to 10-membered ring, more preferably 6-membered ring) ), and a divalent linking group that is a combination of a plurality of these. Further, the alkylene group, the cycloalkylene group, and the divalent aromatic hydrocarbon ring group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. Examples of R A include a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
A preferred embodiment of the divalent linking group represented by L yr is an embodiment in which the position bonded to the main chain side of the divalent linking group represented by L yr is -COO-.
 *-Y -     式(O3)
 *-N  Y     式(O4)
*-Y A - N A + formula (O3)
*-N B + Y B -Formula (O4)
 式(O3)中、Y は、電荷が1価のアニオン性基を表す。N は、Y のカウンターカチオンとなるカチオン部位と増感剤形成部位とを有する基を表す。*は、連結位置を表す。
 *-Y -  で表される基としては、具体的には、態様Y1の組成物において説明した式(I)~(V)、式(Y1)、及び式(Y2)で表される化合物のうちのアニオン部から水素原子を1つ除いて形成される基が挙げられる。
In formula (O3), Y A - represents a monovalent anionic group. N A + represents a group having a cation site serving as a counter cation of Y A - and a sensitizer forming site. * represents the connection position.
*-Y A - N A + is specifically a group represented by formulas (I) to (V), formula (Y1), and formula (Y2) explained in the composition of aspect Y1. Examples include groups formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the anion moiety of the compound.
 式(O4)中、N は、カチオン部位と増感剤形成部位とを有する基を表す。Y は、N のカウンターアニオンとなる有機アニオンを表す。*は、連結位置を表す。
 *-N  Y で表される基としては、具体的には、態様Y1の組成物において説明した式(I)~(V)、式(Y1)、及び式(Y2)で表される化合物のうちの非アニオン部(カチオン部位と増感剤形成部位とを有する構造部位)から水素原子を1つ除いて形成される基が挙げられる。
In formula (O4), N B + represents a group having a cation site and a sensitizer forming site. Y A - represents an organic anion serving as a counter anion to N B + . * represents the connection position.
*-N B + Y B - is specifically a group represented by formulas (I) to (V), formula (Y1), and formula (Y2) explained in the composition of embodiment Y1. Examples include groups formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the non-anionic part (structural part having a cation part and a sensitizer forming part) of the compound.
 化合物YBが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位としては、具体的には、下記(YR)で表される繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the repeating unit in which compound YB has a group connected by a covalent bond include a repeating unit represented by (YR) below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 式中、Lyrは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。なお、Lyrで表される2価の連結基としては、既述のLyrで表される2価の連結基として挙げた基と同様の基が挙げられる。Oyrは、既述の式(O3)又は式(O4)で表される基が挙げられる。
 Xyrは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す。
 Xyrで表されるハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子又は塩素原子が好ましく、塩素原子がより好ましい。
 Xyrで表されるアルキル基は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状、及び環状のいずれでもよい。上記アルキル基の炭素数としては、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が更に好ましい。
 また、Xyrで表されるアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、特に制限されないが、例えば、ハロゲン原子及び水酸基等が挙げられる。
In the formula, L yr represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. Note that the divalent linking group represented by L yr includes the same groups as those mentioned above as the divalent linking group represented by L yr . Examples of O yr include a group represented by the above-mentioned formula (O3) or formula (O4).
X yr represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group which may have a substituent.
The halogen atom represented by X yr is preferably a fluorine atom or a chlorine atom, more preferably a chlorine atom.
The alkyl group represented by X yr may be linear, branched, or cyclic. The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and even more preferably 1 to 3.
Further, the substituent that the alkyl group represented by X yr may have is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a halogen atom and a hydroxyl group.
 樹脂YAY3において、上記式(YR)で表される繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、30モル%以上が好ましく、40モル%以上がより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、100モル%以下が好ましく、80モル%以下がより好ましい。 In the resin YAY3, the content of the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YR) is preferably 30 mol% or more, more preferably 40 mol% or more, based on all repeating units. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable, and 80 mol% or less is more preferable.
(樹脂YAY3の好適態様)
 樹脂YAY3としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、露光、酸、塩基、又は加熱の作用によって主鎖が切断されて分子量の低下を生じる樹脂(主鎖切断型樹脂)であるのが好ましい。
 主鎖切断型樹脂である樹脂YAY3としては、上述の式(YR)で表される繰り返し単位と、態様Y1の組成物において説明した樹脂YAにおける式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位及び式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種とを含む樹脂であるのが好ましい。主鎖切断性の観点から、なかでも、Xがハロゲン原子を表す式(YR)で表される繰り返し単位と式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂、又は、Xが置換基を有していてもよいアルキル基を表す式(YR)で表される繰り返し単位と式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位とを含む樹脂であるのが好ましい。
(Preferred embodiment of resin YAY3)
The resin YAY3 is preferably a resin whose main chain is cut by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases (main chain cleavage type resin), since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. .
The resin YAY3, which is a main chain cleavage type resin, contains a repeating unit represented by the above formula (YR), a repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) in the resin YA explained in the composition of aspect Y1, and a repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) and the formula ( It is preferable that the resin contains at least one type of repeating unit represented by YQ). From the viewpoint of main chain scission property, among others, a resin containing a repeating unit represented by the formula (YR) in which X r represents a halogen atom and a repeating unit represented by the formula (YQ), or a resin in which X r is substituted It is preferable that the resin contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (YR) representing an alkyl group which may have a group and a repeating unit represented by the formula (YP).
 樹脂YAY3が上述の式(YR)で表される繰り返し単位と、式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位又は式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位の少なくとも1種とを含む樹脂である場合、式(YR)で表される繰り返し単位と式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位と上記式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位との合計の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、90モル%以上であるのが好ましく、95モル%以上であるのがより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、100モル%以下が好ましい。
 また、樹脂YAY3において、式(YR)で表される繰り返し単位と式(YP)で表される繰り返し単位及び上記式(YQ)で表される繰り返し単位からなる群から選ばれる繰り返し単位とは、ランダム共重合体、ブロック共重合体、及び交互共重合体(ABAB・・・)等のいずれの形態であってもよいが、なかでも、交互共重合体であるのが好ましい。
 樹脂YAY3の好適な一態様として、樹脂YAY3中の交互共重合体の存在割合が、樹脂YAY3の全質量にして、90質量%以上である態様(好ましくは100質量%以上)である態様も挙げられる。
When the resin YAY3 is a resin containing a repeating unit represented by the above-mentioned formula (YR) and at least one repeating unit represented by the formula (YP) or a repeating unit represented by the formula (YQ), The total content of the repeating unit represented by the formula (YR), the repeating unit represented by the formula (YP), and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YQ) is 90 mol based on all repeating units. % or more, more preferably 95 mol% or more. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mol% or less is preferable.
In addition, in the resin YAY3, the repeating unit selected from the group consisting of the repeating unit represented by the formula (YR), the repeating unit represented by the formula (YP), and the repeating unit represented by the above formula (YQ) is: It may be in any form such as a random copolymer, a block copolymer, or an alternating copolymer (ABAB...), but among these, an alternating copolymer is preferable.
A preferred embodiment of the resin YAY3 includes an embodiment in which the proportion of the alternating copolymer in the resin YAY3 is 90% by mass or more (preferably 100% by mass or more) based on the total mass of the resin YAY3. It will be done.
 樹脂YAY3は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 樹脂YAY3の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、15,000以上が好ましく、20,000以上がより好ましく、30,000以上が更に好ましく、40,000以上が特に好ましい。上限としては、例えば、200,000以下が好ましく、150,000以下がより好ましく、100,000以下が更に好ましい。
Resin YAY3 can be synthesized according to conventional methods (eg, radical polymerization).
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin YAY3 is preferably 15,000 or more, more preferably 20,000 or more, even more preferably 30,000 or more, and particularly preferably 40,000 or more. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 200,000 or less, more preferably 150,000 or less, and even more preferably 100,000 or less.
 樹脂YAY3の多分散度(Mw/Mn)は特に制限されないが、2.5以下が好ましく、2.0以下がより好ましく、1.7以下が更に好ましい。下限値は特に制限されず、1.0以上が挙げられる。 The polydispersity (Mw/Mn) of the resin YAY3 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.0 or less, and even more preferably 1.7 or less. The lower limit value is not particularly limited, and may be 1.0 or more.
 態様Y3の組成物において、樹脂YAY3の含有量の下限値は、組成物の全固形分に対して、30.0質量%以上が好ましく、45.0質量%以上がより好ましく、65.0質量以上%が更に好ましい。なお、上限値としては、例えば、100質量%以下が好ましく、99.9質量%以下がより好ましい。また、樹脂YAY3は、1種で使用してもよいし、複数併用してもよい。2種以上使用する場合は、その合計含有量が、上記好適含有量の範囲内であるのが好ましい。 In the composition of aspect Y3, the lower limit of the content of resin YAY3 is preferably 30.0% by mass or more, more preferably 45.0% by mass or more, and 65.0% by mass based on the total solid content of the composition. % or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 100 mass % or less is preferable, and 99.9 mass % or less is more preferable, for example. Furthermore, the resin YAY3 may be used alone or in combination. When two or more types are used, it is preferable that the total content is within the above-mentioned preferred content range.
〔態様Y4の組成物〕
 以下、態様Y4が含む各種成分について説明する。
 態様Y4の組成物は、樹脂YAと化合物YBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂における化合物YBのオニウム塩構造が、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造ではなく、組成物が、化合物YBに作用して増感剤を生成させるための酸源として光酸発生剤YCを別途含む点以外は、上述の態様X3の組成物と同様であり、好適態様も同じである。
[Composition of aspect Y4]
Hereinafter, various components included in aspect Y4 will be explained.
In the composition of aspect Y4, the onium salt structure of compound YB in the resin in which resin YA and compound YB are linked via a covalent bond is not a structure that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, and the composition The composition is the same as the composition of Embodiment X3 above, except that it separately contains a photoacid generator YC as an acid source for producing a sensitizer by acting on compound YB, and the preferred embodiments are also the same.
 上記態様Y4の組成物が含む、樹脂YAと化合物YBとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂(YAY4)は、樹脂YAが共有結合する化合物YBのオニウム塩構造が、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造ではない点以外、態様Y3の組成物が含む樹脂XAY3と同様である。
 つまり、態様Y4の組成物における樹脂YAY4は、樹脂XAと、分子中のオニウム塩構造が増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する構造ではない化合物YB(例えば、発生酸のpKaが2.0超(好ましくは2.1超、より好ましくは2.5超)であるオニウム塩)とが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂に相当する。
 このようなオニウム塩構造としては、カルボン酸及びフェノール酸等の弱酸を発生酸とするオニウム塩構造が挙げられる。
 なお、上記樹脂の具体例としては、態様Y3における樹脂YAY3において化合物YB中のアニオンをカルボン酸アニオン及びフェノール酸アニオンに変更した樹脂が挙げられる。カルボン酸アニオン及びフェノール酸アニオンとしては、態様X2の組成物において使用され得るオニウム塩XBの発生酸として説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
 態様Y4の組成物では、化合物YBに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物として光酸発生剤YC含む。
In the resin (YAY4) in which resin YA and compound YB are linked via a covalent bond, which is included in the composition of aspect Y4, the onium salt structure of compound YB to which resin YA is covalently bonded can generate a sensitizer. It is the same as resin XAY3 contained in the composition of aspect Y3 except that it does not have a structure that generates acid.
That is, resin YAY4 in the composition of aspect Y4 is composed of resin XA and compound YB whose onium salt structure in the molecule is not a structure that generates an acid that can generate a sensitizer (for example, the pKa of the generated acid is 2.0 (preferably greater than 2.1, more preferably greater than 2.5) are linked via covalent bonds.
Examples of such onium salt structures include onium salt structures in which weak acids such as carboxylic acids and phenolic acids are used as generated acids.
A specific example of the above-mentioned resin includes a resin in which the anion in compound YB is changed to a carboxylic acid anion and a phenolic acid anion in resin YAY3 in aspect Y3. Examples of the carboxylic acid anion and phenolic acid anion include those described as the generated acid of the onium salt XB that can be used in the composition of embodiment X2.
The composition of embodiment Y4 contains a photoacid generator YC as a compound that generates an acid capable of producing a sensitizer by acting on compound YB.
 光酸発生剤YC及びその含有量としては、上述の態様Y2の組成物における光酸発生剤YC及びその含有量と同様である。 The photoacid generator YC and its content are the same as the photoacid generator YC and its content in the composition of embodiment Y2 described above.
〔態様Y2、Y4の各組成物の変形例〕
 態様Y2及びY4の各組成物において、光酸発生剤YCは、共有結合を介して樹脂YAと結合していてもよい。
 樹脂YAと光酸発生剤YCとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂は、光酸発生剤YCが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位を含むのが好ましい。このような繰り返し単位としては、態様Y3の組成物において説明した式(YR)で表される繰り返し単位であって、「Oyr」が、光酸発生剤YCから水素原子を1つ除いて形成される基を表す繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
 樹脂YAと光酸発生剤YCとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂において、光酸発生剤YCが共有結合により連結した基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、全繰り返し単位に対して、1モル%以上が好ましく、3モル%以上がより好ましい。なお、上限値としては、15モル%以下が好ましく、10モル%以下がより好ましい。樹脂YAと光酸発生剤YCとが共有結合を介して連結した樹脂中、上記繰り返し単位は、1種のみでも2種以上含まれていてもよい。上記繰り返し単位が複数含まれる場合、上記含有量は、合計含有量であるのが好ましい。
[Modifications of each composition of aspects Y2 and Y4]
In each of the compositions of aspects Y2 and Y4, the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
The resin in which the resin YA and the photoacid generator YC are linked via a covalent bond preferably contains a repeating unit having a group to which the photoacid generator YC is linked via a covalent bond. Such a repeating unit is a repeating unit represented by the formula (YR) described in the composition of aspect Y3, where "O yr " is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from the photoacid generator YC. Examples include repeating units representing groups.
In the resin in which the resin YA and the photoacid generator YC are linked via a covalent bond, the content of repeating units having a group to which the photoacid generator YC is linked via a covalent bond is 1 mol based on all repeating units. % or more is preferable, and 3 mol% or more is more preferable. In addition, as an upper limit, 15 mol% or less is preferable, and 10 mol% or less is more preferable. In the resin in which the resin YA and the photoacid generator YC are linked via a covalent bond, the repeating unit may contain only one type or two or more types. When a plurality of the repeating units are included, the content is preferably the total content.
[レジスト膜、パターン形成方法]
 上記レジスト組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を含むのが好ましい。
工程1:レジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
工程2:レジスト膜に対して、波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光して、増感剤を生成する工程
工程3:パターン露光されたレジスト膜(工程2で得られたレジスト膜)に対して、波長200nm超であって、増感剤を感光させる光でフラッド露光する工程
工程4:フラッド露光されたレジスト膜(工程3で得られたレジスト膜)に対して、現像液を用いた現像処理を実施して、パターンを形成する工程
[Resist film, pattern formation method]
The procedure of the pattern forming method using the above resist composition is not particularly limited, but preferably includes the following steps.
Step 1: Forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition Step 2: Exposing the resist film in a pattern with light having a wavelength of 200 nm or less to generate a sensitizer Step 3: Pattern Step 4: Flood exposure of the exposed resist film (resist film obtained in step 2) with light having a wavelength of more than 200 nm and sensitizing the sensitizer. A process of forming a pattern by performing a development process using a developer on the resist film obtained in
 また、工程2の後に、下記工程2-Aを含んでいてもよい。
 工程2-A:パターン露光されたレジスト膜(工程2で得られたレジスト膜)を加熱する加熱工程
Further, after step 2, the following step 2-A may be included.
Step 2-A: Heating step of heating the pattern-exposed resist film (resist film obtained in Step 2)
 また、工程3の後に、下記工程3-Aを含んでいてもよい。
 工程3-A:フラッド露光されたレジスト膜(工程3で得られたレジスト膜)を加熱する加熱工程
Furthermore, after step 3, the following step 3-A may be included.
Step 3-A: Heating step of heating the flood exposed resist film (resist film obtained in step 3)
 また、工程4の後に、更に工程4-Aを含んでいてもよい。
 工程4-A:現像処理が実施されたレジスト膜(工程4で得られたレジスト膜)に対して、リンス液を使用してリンス処理を実施する工程
Furthermore, after step 4, step 4-A may be further included.
Step 4-A: A step of rinsing the developed resist film (resist film obtained in step 4) using a rinsing liquid
〔工程1:レジスト膜形成工程〕
 工程1は、レジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。
 レジスト組成物の定義は、上述の通りである。
[Step 1: Resist film formation step]
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition.
The definition of the resist composition is as described above.
 レジスト組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、レジスト組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前にレジスト組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過するのが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
Examples of methods for forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition include a method of applying a resist composition onto a substrate.
Note that it is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, and even more preferably 0.03 μm or less. Moreover, the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 レジスト組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpmが好ましい。
 レジスト組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coated), such as those used in the manufacture of integrated circuit devices, by any suitable application method, such as a spinner or coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed during spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
After applying the resist composition, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. Note that, if necessary, various base films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 Examples of the drying method include a method of drying by heating. Heating can be carried out using a means provided in an ordinary exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150°C, more preferably 80 to 140°C, even more preferably 80 to 130°C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, even more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 レジスト膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~120nmが好ましい。なかでも、工程2のパターン露光工程においてEUV露光及びEB露光とする場合、レジスト膜の膜厚としては、10~65nmがより好ましく、15~50nmが更に好ましい。 The thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10 to 120 nm from the standpoint of forming fine patterns with higher precision. Among these, when EUV exposure and EB exposure are used in the pattern exposure step of Step 2, the thickness of the resist film is more preferably 10 to 65 nm, and even more preferably 15 to 50 nm.
 なお、レジスト膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できるのが好ましい。トップコートは、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-061648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成するのが好ましい。トップコートが含み得る塩基性化合物の具体的な例は、レジスト組成物が含んでいてもよい塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
 また、トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及びエステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも一つ含む化合物を含むのも好ましい。
Note that a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film using a top coat composition.
Preferably, the top coat composition does not mix with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film. The top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. Can be formed.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-061648 on the resist film. Specific examples of basic compounds that may be included in the top coat include basic compounds that may be included in the resist composition.
It is also preferable that the top coat contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
〔工程2:パターン露光工程〕
 工程2は、レジスト膜をパターン露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して所定波長の活性光線又は放射線を照射する方法が挙げられる。
 露光光としては、波長200nm以下の遠紫外光が好ましく、具体的には、ArFエキシマレーザー(193nm)、Fエキシマレーザー(157nm)、EUV(13nm)、X線、及び電子ビームが挙げられる。
 活性光線又は放射線としては、なかでも、EUV又は電子ビームが好ましい。
[Process 2: Pattern exposure process]
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film in a pattern.
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with actinic light or radiation of a predetermined wavelength through a predetermined mask.
The exposure light is preferably deep ultraviolet light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less, and specific examples include ArF excimer laser (193 nm), F 2 excimer laser (157 nm), EUV (13 nm), X-rays, and electron beams.
Among these, EUV or electron beams are preferred as actinic rays or radiation.
 工程1で使用した組成物が要件1を満たす組成物である場合、工程2においてレジスト膜に対して波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光することで、露光領域において、オニウム塩XB、光酸発生剤XD、又は増感剤前駆体XCが分解して酸が発生し、この酸の作用によって増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤が生成され得る。
 工程1で使用した組成物が要件2を満たす組成物である場合、工程2においてレジスト膜に対して波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光することで、露光領域において、化合物YBにおけるオニウム塩構造又は光酸発生剤YCが分解して酸が発生し、この酸の作用によって化合物YBから増感剤が生成され得る。
 工程X2におけるパターン露光においては、オニウム塩XB、光酸発生剤XD、増感剤前駆体XC、化合物YBにおけるオニウム塩構造、及び光酸発生剤YC等の酸発生成分の一部のみが開裂するよう露光量を調整することが好ましい。
When the composition used in Step 1 is a composition that satisfies Requirement 1, in Step 2, the resist film is pattern-exposed to light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less, so that the onium salt XB and the photoacid generator are removed in the exposed area. XD or the sensitizer precursor XC is decomposed to generate an acid, and a sensitizer can be produced from the sensitizer precursor XC by the action of this acid.
When the composition used in Step 1 is a composition that satisfies Requirement 2, in Step 2, the resist film is pattern-exposed to light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less, so that the onium salt structure or light in compound YB is removed in the exposed region. Acid generator YC decomposes to generate acid, and a sensitizer can be produced from compound YB by the action of this acid.
In the pattern exposure in step X2, only a part of the acid generating components such as the onium salt XB, the photoacid generator XD, the sensitizer precursor XC, the onium salt structure in compound YB, and the photoacid generator YC are cleaved. It is preferable to adjust the exposure amount accordingly.
〔工程3:フラッド露光〕
 工程4は、波長200nm超であって、増感剤を感光させる光でフラッド露光する工程である。工程3(フラッド露光工程)により、選択的に、工程2(パターン露光工程)における露光領域の増感剤が光を吸収して励起し、オニウム塩XB及び化合物YB等の成分へエネルギー移動を生じ得て、オニウム塩又はオニウム塩構造の開裂が生じ得る。この結果として、樹脂が相互作用性基を含む場合、樹脂が含む相互作用性基とオニウム塩若しくは所定化合物中に含まれるオニウム塩構造との静電相互作用による会合構造が解除され得る。また、樹脂と、オニウム塩若しくはオニウム塩構造を分子中に含む所定化合物とが共有結合を介して結合して一体として存在する系においては、オニウム塩若しくはオニウム塩構造の開裂により樹脂の低分子量化及び極性変化が生じ得る。一方で、工程2(パターン露光工程)における未露光領域での上記反応は、増感剤の不存在により抑制されている。この結果として、工程4(現像工程)において、露光領域及び未露光領域における溶解コントラストによって、パターンが形成できる。
 なお、工程3(フラッド露光)では、工程2(パターン露光工程)での未露光領域におけるオニウム塩又はオニウム塩構造の開裂を抑制するため、工程3における露光光の波長は、オニウム塩XB、増感剤前駆体XC、光酸発生剤XD、化合物YB、及び光酸発生剤XC等の酸発生成分が吸収可能な波長よりも長波長とすることが好ましい。
 上記露光光の波長は、具体的には280nm以上が好ましく、320nm以上がより好ましく、350nm以上であってもよい。上限は特に制限されないが、500nm以下の場合が多い。
[Step 3: Flood exposure]
Step 4 is a step of flood exposure with light having a wavelength of over 200 nm and sensitizing the sensitizer. In step 3 (flood exposure step), the sensitizer in the exposed area in step 2 (pattern exposure step) selectively absorbs light and is excited, causing energy transfer to components such as onium salt XB and compound YB. cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure may occur. As a result, when the resin contains an interactive group, the association structure due to electrostatic interaction between the interactive group contained in the resin and the onium salt or the onium salt structure contained in the predetermined compound can be released. In addition, in systems in which a resin and an onium salt or a specified compound containing an onium salt structure in the molecule are bonded together via a covalent bond and exist as one body, the molecular weight of the resin is lowered by cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure. and polarity changes may occur. On the other hand, the reaction in the unexposed region in step 2 (pattern exposure step) is suppressed due to the absence of the sensitizer. As a result, in step 4 (developing step), a pattern can be formed by the dissolution contrast in the exposed and unexposed regions.
In addition, in step 3 (flood exposure), in order to suppress the cleavage of the onium salt or onium salt structure in the unexposed region in step 2 (pattern exposure step), the wavelength of the exposure light in step 3 is set to The wavelength is preferably longer than the wavelength that can be absorbed by acid-generating components such as sensitizer precursor XC, photoacid generator XD, compound YB, and photoacid generator XC.
Specifically, the wavelength of the exposure light is preferably 280 nm or more, more preferably 320 nm or more, and may be 350 nm or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is often 500 nm or less.
 露光光としては、赤外光、可視光、及び近紫外光が挙げられ、なかでも近紫外光が好ましい。
 工程2(パターン露光工程)及び工程3(フラッド露光工程)は、大気下、減圧雰囲気下、及び不活性雰囲気下等で実施するのが好ましい。なかでも、減圧雰囲気下、窒素若しくはアルゴンを含む不活性雰囲気下で実施するのがより好ましい。
Examples of the exposure light include infrared light, visible light, and near-ultraviolet light, with near-ultraviolet light being preferred.
Step 2 (pattern exposure step) and Step 3 (flood exposure step) are preferably carried out under the atmosphere, under a reduced pressure atmosphere, under an inert atmosphere, or the like. Among these, it is more preferable to carry out under a reduced pressure atmosphere or an inert atmosphere containing nitrogen or argon.
〔工程2-A、工程3-A:加熱工程〕
 工程2の後、工程3(フラッド露光工程)を実施する前に、加熱工程を実施するのが好ましい。工程2-Aの加熱工程を実施することにより、工程2の露光領域における反応が促進され得る。
 また、工程3の後、工程4(現像工程)を実施する前に、加熱工程を実施するのが好ましい。工程3-Aの加熱工程を実施することにより、工程2の露光領域の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
[Step 2-A, Step 3-A: Heating step]
It is preferable to perform a heating step after step 2 and before performing step 3 (flood exposure step). By performing the heating step of Step 2-A, the reaction in the exposed region of Step 2 can be promoted.
Moreover, after step 3 and before implementing step 4 (developing step), it is preferable to perform a heating step. By performing the heating step of Step 3-A, the reaction in the exposed region of Step 2 is promoted, and the sensitivity and pattern shape are improved.
 工程2-A及び工程3-Aにおける加熱温度は、30~150℃が好ましく、60~140℃がより好ましく、60~120℃が更に好ましい。
 工程2-A及び工程3-Aにおける加熱時間は、5~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、10~120秒が更に好ましい。
 工程2-A及び工程3-Aにおける加熱は、通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 なお、上記加熱工程は、湿度を制御した環境下で実施するのも好ましい。
The heating temperature in Step 2-A and Step 3-A is preferably 30 to 150°C, more preferably 60 to 140°C, and even more preferably 60 to 120°C.
The heating time in Step 2-A and Step 3-A is preferably 5 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 10 to 120 seconds.
The heating in Step 2-A and Step 3-A can be carried out by means provided in a normal exposure machine and/or developing machine, or may be carried out using a hot plate or the like.
Note that it is also preferable that the heating step is carried out in a humidity-controlled environment.
〔工程4:現像工程〕
 工程4は、露光されたレジスト膜に対して現像液を用いて現像処理を施す工程である。
 現像液は、アルカリ水溶液であっても、有機溶剤を含む現像液(以下、有機溶剤系現像液ともいう)であってもよいが、有機溶剤系現像液であるのが好ましい。なお、既述の主鎖切断樹脂を含むレジスト膜の場合、有機溶剤系現像液を用いて現像することで、露光されたレジスト膜における露光領域が除去されてパターンが形成される。なお、現像液については、後述する。
[Step 4: Development step]
Step 4 is a step in which the exposed resist film is developed using a developer.
The developer may be an alkaline aqueous solution or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter also referred to as an organic solvent developer), but is preferably an organic solvent developer. In addition, in the case of a resist film containing the main chain-cleaved resin described above, by developing it using an organic solvent-based developer, the exposed region of the exposed resist film is removed and a pattern is formed. Note that the developer will be described later.
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光領域の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Development methods include, for example, a method in which the substrate is immersed in a tank filled with a developer for a certain period of time (dip method), a method in which the developer is raised on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and the substrate is left still for a certain period of time for development (paddle method). ), a method of spraying the developer onto the substrate surface (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle at a constant speed onto the rotating substrate (dynamic dispensing method). can be mentioned.
Furthermore, after the step of developing, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed area is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developer is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
〔工程4-A(リンス工程)〕
 工程4-Aは、工程3(現像工程)により得られたパターンを、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程である。なお、リンス液については、後述する。
[Step 4-A (rinsing step)]
Step 4-A is a step of cleaning the pattern obtained in step 3 (developing step) using a rinsing liquid. Note that the rinsing liquid will be described later.
 リンス方法としては、例えば、上記工程3(現像工程)における現像方法と同様の方法(ディップ法、パドル法、スプレー法、及びダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 処理時間は、10~300秒が好ましく、10~120秒がより好ましく、10~100秒が更に好ましく、10~60秒が特に好ましい。
 リンス液の温度は、0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Examples of the rinsing method include methods similar to the developing method in step 3 (developing step) described above (dip method, paddle method, spray method, and dynamic dispense method).
The treatment time is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 10 to 120 seconds, even more preferably 10 to 100 seconds, and particularly preferably 10 to 60 seconds.
The temperature of the rinse liquid is preferably 0 to 50°C, more preferably 15 to 35°C.
<現像液及びリンス液>
 現像液及びリンス液としては、アルカリ水溶液であっても、有機溶剤を含む現像液(有機溶剤系現像液)であってもよいが、有機溶剤系現像液であるのが好ましい。
 以下、現像液及びリンス液として使用することが好ましい薬液について説明する。
 なお、現像液及びリンス液の少なくとも一方が、後述する、2種以上の有機溶剤を含む薬液であるのが好ましい。
<Developer and rinse solution>
The developer and rinse solution may be an alkaline aqueous solution or a developer containing an organic solvent (organic solvent developer), but an organic solvent developer is preferable.
Hereinafter, chemical solutions that are preferably used as a developer and a rinse solution will be described.
Note that at least one of the developing solution and the rinsing solution is preferably a chemical solution containing two or more types of organic solvents, which will be described later.
(薬液)
 薬液における有機溶剤の含有量としては、薬液の全量に対して、50質量%以上が好ましく、80質量%以上がより好ましく、90質量%以上が更に好ましく、95質量%以上が特に好ましい。なお、上限値としては、例えば、99.9質量%以下が好ましく、99.5質量%以下がより好ましく、99.0質量%以下がより好ましく、98.0質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 薬液が含む有機溶剤としては、1種単独であっても、2種以上であってもよい。
 なお、薬液が有機溶剤を2種以上含む場合、上述の含有量は、2種以上の有機溶剤の合計含有量であるのが好ましい。
 また、薬液は、水を含んでいてもよい。薬液の全質量に対する含水率としては、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、水分を実質的に含有しないのが特に好ましい。
(chemical solution)
The content of the organic solvent in the chemical solution is preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 80% by mass or more, even more preferably 90% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 95% by mass or more, based on the total amount of the chemical solution. In addition, as an upper limit, 99.9 mass % or less is preferable, 99.5 mass % or less is more preferable, 99.0 mass % or less is more preferable, and 98.0 mass % or less is still more preferable.
The organic solvent contained in the chemical solution may be one type alone or two or more types.
In addition, when a chemical|medical solution contains two or more types of organic solvents, it is preferable that the above-mentioned content is a total content of two or more types of organic solvents.
Moreover, the chemical solution may contain water. The water content relative to the total mass of the chemical solution is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, even more preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
 薬液が含む有機溶剤としては、現像液及びリンス液として公知の有機溶剤を使用できる。
 薬液は、エステル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、及びアミド系溶剤からなる群より選ばれる有機溶剤を少なくとも1種含んでいるのが好ましい。薬液が含む有機溶剤は、なかでも、エステル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、及びアミド系溶剤からなる群より選ばれる有機溶剤であるのがより好ましい。
 また、薬液が含む有機溶剤のうちの少なくとも1種は、エステル系溶剤又は炭化水素系溶剤であるのが好ましく、薬液が含む有機溶剤は、エステル系溶剤及び炭化水素系溶剤をいずれも含むのがより好ましい。
As the organic solvent contained in the chemical solution, organic solvents known as developing solutions and rinsing solutions can be used.
Preferably, the chemical solution contains at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, ketone solvents, and amide solvents. The organic solvent contained in the chemical solution is preferably an organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, ketone solvents, and amide solvents.
Furthermore, at least one of the organic solvents contained in the chemical solution is preferably an ester solvent or a hydrocarbon solvent, and the organic solvent contained in the chemical solution preferably contains both an ester solvent and a hydrocarbon solvent. More preferred.
<エステル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及びケトン系溶剤の具体例>
 以下、薬液に含まれる有機溶剤として好適に使用できるエステル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、及びアミド系溶剤の具体例について説明する。
<Specific examples of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, and ketone solvents>
Hereinafter, specific examples of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, ketone solvents, and amide solvents that can be suitably used as organic solvents included in the chemical solution will be described.
(エステル系溶剤)
 エステル系溶剤としては特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、その炭素数は、3~12が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。
(ester solvent)
The ester solvent is not particularly limited, but it preferably has 3 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms, in order to achieve better effects of the present invention.
 エステル系溶剤は、ヘテロ原子を有する。上記ヘテロ原子としては、例えば、酸素原子が挙げられ、ヘテロ原子としては酸素原子のみを有することが好ましい。
 エステル系溶剤が有するヘテロ原子の数は、2~6が好ましく、2~3がより好ましく、2が更に好ましい。また、エステル系溶剤は、1つ又は2つ以上の-COO-を有していてもよく、-COO-を1つのみ有することが好ましい。
Ester solvents have heteroatoms. Examples of the above-mentioned heteroatoms include oxygen atoms, and it is preferable that the heteroatoms include only oxygen atoms.
The number of heteroatoms that the ester solvent has is preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 3, and even more preferably 2. Further, the ester solvent may have one or more -COO-, and preferably has only one -COO-.
 エステル系溶剤の沸点としては、100~200℃が好ましく、120~200℃がより好ましく、120~180℃が更に好ましい。
 エステル系溶剤のClogPとしては、0.50~4.00が好ましく、1.00~4.00がより好ましく、1.20~3.50が更に好ましく、1.50~3.00が特に好ましい。
The boiling point of the ester solvent is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 120 to 200°C, even more preferably 120 to 180°C.
The ClogP of the ester solvent is preferably 0.50 to 4.00, more preferably 1.00 to 4.00, even more preferably 1.20 to 3.50, particularly preferably 1.50 to 3.00. .
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸ヘキシル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチル-3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、酪酸イソアミル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸エチル、プロピオン酸プロピル、及びプロピオン酸ブチル等が挙げられる。
 エステル系溶剤としては、酢酸プロピル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ヘキシル、PGMEA、乳酸エチル、酪酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸エチル、又はプロピオン酸プロピルが好ましく、酢酸プロピル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ヘキシル、乳酸エチル、酪酸イソアミル、プロピオン酸エチル、又はプロピオン酸プロピルがより好ましい。
Examples of ester solvents include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, propyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, hexyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA), ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol mono Butyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, lactic acid Examples include butyl, propyl lactate, butyl butanoate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl butyrate, isobutyl isobutyrate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, and butyl propionate.
As the ester solvent, propyl acetate, butyl acetate, hexyl acetate, PGMEA, ethyl lactate, isoamyl butyrate, ethyl propionate, or propyl propionate is preferred, and propyl acetate, butyl acetate, hexyl acetate, ethyl lactate, isoamyl butyrate, propion Ethyl acid or propyl propionate is more preferred.
 エステル系溶剤は、1種単独又は2種以上で用いてもよい。
 薬液がエステル系溶剤を含む場合、エステル系溶剤の含有量の下限値としては、薬液の全質量に対して、30質量%以上が好ましく、40質量%以上がより好ましく、50質量%以上が更に好ましく、60質量%以上が特に好ましい。また、上限値としては、100質量%以下が好ましく、95質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The ester solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the chemical solution contains an ester solvent, the lower limit of the content of the ester solvent is preferably 30% by mass or more, more preferably 40% by mass or more, and still more preferably 50% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution. It is preferably 60% by mass or more, particularly preferably 60% by mass or more. Further, the upper limit is preferably 100% by mass or less, more preferably 95% by mass or less, and even more preferably 90% by mass or less.
(炭化水素系溶剤)
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤及び芳香族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤及び不飽和脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤であってもよく、飽和脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が好ましい。
(hydrocarbon solvent)
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent include aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents. The aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent may be a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent or an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, with a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent being preferred.
 炭化水素系溶剤の炭素数は、3~20が好ましく、8~12がより好ましく、9~11が更に好ましい。
 脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤は、直鎖状、分岐鎖状及び環状のいずれであってもよく、直鎖状が好ましい。芳香族炭化水素系溶剤は、単環及び多環のいずれであってもよい。
The hydrocarbon solvent preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 8 to 12 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 9 to 11 carbon atoms.
The aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent may be linear, branched or cyclic, preferably linear. The aromatic hydrocarbon solvent may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、ペンタン、ヘキサン、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ウンデカン、ドデカン、ヘキサデカン、2,2,4-トリメチルペンタン、及び2,2,3-トリメチルヘキサン等の飽和脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤;メシチレン、クメン、プソイドクメン、1,2,4,5-テトラメチルベンゼン、p-シメン、トルエン、キシレン、エチルベンゼン、プロピルベンゼン、1-メチルプロピルベンゼン、2-メチルプロピルベンゼン、ジメチルベンゼン、ジエチルベンゼン、エチルメチルベンゼン、トリメチルベンゼン、エチルジメチルベンゼン、及びジプロピルベンゼン等の芳香族炭化水素系溶剤が挙げられる。
 炭化水素系溶剤としては、飽和脂肪族炭化水素系溶剤が好ましく、オクタン、ノナン、デカン、ウンデカン、及びドデカンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種がより好ましく、ノナン、デカン、及びウンデカンからなる群から選択される少なくとも1種が更に好ましい。
Examples of hydrocarbon solvents include saturated aliphatic hydrocarbons such as pentane, hexane, octane, nonane, decane, undecane, dodecane, hexadecane, 2,2,4-trimethylpentane, and 2,2,3-trimethylhexane. System solvents: Mesitylene, cumene, pseudocumene, 1,2,4,5-tetramethylbenzene, p-cymene, toluene, xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, 1-methylpropylbenzene, 2-methylpropylbenzene, dimethylbenzene, diethylbenzene , ethylmethylbenzene, trimethylbenzene, ethyldimethylbenzene, and dipropylbenzene.
The hydrocarbon solvent is preferably a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon solvent, more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of octane, nonane, decane, undecane, and dodecane, and more preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of nonane, decane, and undecane. More preferably, at least one selected from the following is preferred.
 炭化水素系溶剤の沸点としては、100~260℃が好ましく、120~240℃がより好ましく、125~220℃が更に好ましく、140~220℃が特に好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤のClogPとしては、3.00~10.0が好ましく、4.00~9.00がより好ましく、4.50~8.00が更に好ましい。
The boiling point of the hydrocarbon solvent is preferably 100 to 260°C, more preferably 120 to 240°C, even more preferably 125 to 220°C, and particularly preferably 140 to 220°C.
The ClogP of the hydrocarbon solvent is preferably 3.00 to 10.0, more preferably 4.00 to 9.00, even more preferably 4.50 to 8.00.
 炭化水素系溶剤は、1種単独又は2種以上で用いてもよい。
 薬液が炭化水素系溶剤を含む場合、炭化水素系溶剤の含有量としては、薬液の全質量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましく、10~25質量%がより好ましく、10~20質量%が更に好ましく、15~20質量%が特に好ましい。
The hydrocarbon solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the chemical solution contains a hydrocarbon solvent, the content of the hydrocarbon solvent is preferably 5 to 30% by mass, more preferably 10 to 25% by mass, and 10 to 20% by mass based on the total mass of the chemical solution. is more preferred, and 15 to 20% by mass is particularly preferred.
(ケトン系溶剤)
 ケトン系溶剤の炭素数は、3~20が好ましく、3~15がより好ましく、3~12が更に好ましい。
(ketone solvent)
The ketone solvent preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and still more preferably 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、及びプロピレンカーボネート等が挙げられる。
 ケトン系溶剤としては、シクロヘキサノン、2-ヘプタノン、又はジイソブチルケトンが好ましい。
 ケトン系溶剤の沸点としては、100~200℃が好ましく、120~180℃がより好ましく、150~180℃が更に好ましい。
 ケトン系溶剤のClogPとしては、1.00~4.00が好ましく、1.20~3.50がより好ましく、1.50~3.00が更に好ましい。
Examples of ketone solvents include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanone, 2-nonanone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutylketone, cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, Examples include phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetyl carbinol, acetophenone, methyl naphthyl ketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
As the ketone solvent, cyclohexanone, 2-heptanone, or diisobutyl ketone is preferable.
The boiling point of the ketone solvent is preferably 100 to 200°C, more preferably 120 to 180°C, even more preferably 150 to 180°C.
The ClogP of the ketone solvent is preferably 1.00 to 4.00, more preferably 1.20 to 3.50, even more preferably 1.50 to 3.00.
 ケトン系溶剤は、1種単独又は2種以上で用いてもよい。
 薬液がケトン系溶剤を含む場合、ケトン系溶剤の含有量の下限値としては、薬液の全質量に対して、例えば、20質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましい。上限値としては、例えば、90質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The ketone solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the chemical solution contains a ketone solvent, the lower limit of the content of the ketone solvent is, for example, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
(アルコール系溶剤)
 アルコール系溶剤としては、例えば、メチルアルコール、エチルアルコール、n-プロピルアルコール、イソプロピルアルコール、n-ブチルアルコール、sec-ブチルアルコール、tert-ブチルアルコール、イソブチルアルコール、n-ヘキシルアルコール、n-ヘプチルアルコール、n-オクチルアルコール、n-デカノール、エチレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、トリエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、及びメトキシメチルブタノール等が挙げられる。
(alcohol solvent)
Examples of alcoholic solvents include methyl alcohol, ethyl alcohol, n-propyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, sec-butyl alcohol, tert-butyl alcohol, isobutyl alcohol, n-hexyl alcohol, n-heptyl alcohol, n-octyl alcohol, n-decanol, ethylene glycol, diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, triethylene glycol monoethyl ether , and methoxymethylbutanol.
 アルコール系溶剤の沸点としては、80~180℃が好ましく、80~160℃がより好ましく、80~150℃が更に好ましい。
 アルコール系溶剤のClogPとしては、0.00~3.00が好ましく、0.20~2.50がより好ましく、0.50~2.00が更に好ましい。
The boiling point of the alcoholic solvent is preferably 80 to 180°C, more preferably 80 to 160°C, even more preferably 80 to 150°C.
The ClogP of the alcohol solvent is preferably 0.00 to 3.00, more preferably 0.20 to 2.50, and even more preferably 0.50 to 2.00.
 アルコール系溶剤は、1種単独又は2種以上で用いてもよい。
 薬液がアルコール系溶剤を含む場合、アルコール系溶剤の含有量の下限値としては、薬液の全質量に対して、例えば、20質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましい。上限値としては、例えば、90質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The alcoholic solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the chemical solution contains an alcoholic solvent, the lower limit of the content of the alcoholic solvent is, for example, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
(エーテル系溶剤)
 エーテル系溶剤としては、例えば、ジオキサン、テトラヒドロフラン、及びジイソブチルエーテル等が挙げられる。
(Ether solvent)
Examples of the ether solvent include dioxane, tetrahydrofuran, and diisobutyl ether.
 エーテル系溶剤の沸点としては、100~180℃が好ましく、100~160℃がより好ましく、100~140℃が更に好ましい。
 エーテル系溶剤のClogPとしては、1.00~4.00が好ましく、1.20~3.50がより好ましく、1.50~3.00が更に好ましい。
The boiling point of the ether solvent is preferably 100 to 180°C, more preferably 100 to 160°C, even more preferably 100 to 140°C.
The ClogP of the ether solvent is preferably 1.00 to 4.00, more preferably 1.20 to 3.50, even more preferably 1.50 to 3.00.
 エーテル系溶剤は、1種単独又は2種以上で用いてもよい。
 薬液がエーテル系溶剤を含む場合、エーテル系溶剤の含有量の下限値としては、薬液の全質量に対して、例えば、20質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましい。上限値としては、例えば、90質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The ether solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the chemical solution contains an ether solvent, the lower limit of the content of the ether solvent is, for example, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
(アミド系溶剤)
 アミド系溶剤としては、例えば、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミド、及び1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン等が挙げられる。
(amide solvent)
Examples of amide solvents include N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, N,N-dimethylacetamide, N,N-dimethylformamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide, and 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone. can be mentioned.
 アミド系溶剤の沸点としては、140~250℃が好ましく、150~230℃がより好ましい。
 アミド系溶剤のClogPとしては、-2.00~1.00が好ましく、-1.80~0.50がより好ましく、-1.50~0.00が更に好ましい。
The boiling point of the amide solvent is preferably 140 to 250°C, more preferably 150 to 230°C.
The ClogP of the amide solvent is preferably -2.00 to 1.00, more preferably -1.80 to 0.50, even more preferably -1.50 to 0.00.
 アミド系溶剤は、1種単独又は2種以上で用いてもよい。
 薬液がアミド系溶剤を含む場合、アミド系溶剤の含有量の下限値としては、薬液の全質量に対して、例えば、20質量%以上が好ましく、30質量%以上がより好ましい。上限値としては、例えば、90質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以下がより好ましく、70質量%以下が更に好ましい。
The amide solvents may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the chemical solution contains an amide solvent, the lower limit of the content of the amide solvent is, for example, preferably 20% by mass or more, more preferably 30% by mass or more, based on the total mass of the chemical solution. The upper limit is, for example, preferably 90% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or less, and even more preferably 70% by mass or less.
 薬液は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、2種以上の有機溶剤を含むのが好ましい。
 薬液としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、なかでも、2種以上の有機溶剤を含み、且つ少なくとも沸点100℃以上の有機溶剤を含むのが好ましい。換言すると、薬液は、2種以上の有機溶剤を含み、薬液が含む有機溶剤のうちの少なくとも1種が沸点100℃以上の有機溶剤であるのが好ましい。
 薬液の好適な一態様としては、薬液が含む有機溶剤のうちの少なくとも1種が沸点120℃以上である態様が挙げられる。
 また、薬液の好適な他の一態様としては、薬液が含む全ての有機溶剤が沸点100℃以上の有機溶剤である態様が挙げられる。また、上記態様においては、薬液が含む有機溶剤のうちの少なくとも1種が沸点120℃以上の有機溶剤であるのが好ましく、薬液が含む全ての有機溶剤が沸点120℃以上の有機溶剤であるのがより好ましい。
 なお、上記沸点100℃以上の有機溶剤の沸点の上限は特に制限されず、260℃以下の場合が多く、220℃以下の場合がより多い。
It is preferable that the chemical solution contains two or more types of organic solvents in order to improve the effects of the present invention.
The chemical solution preferably contains two or more kinds of organic solvents and at least an organic solvent having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. In other words, it is preferable that the chemical solution contains two or more types of organic solvents, and at least one of the organic solvents included in the chemical solution is an organic solvent having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher.
A preferred embodiment of the chemical solution includes an embodiment in which at least one of the organic solvents contained in the chemical solution has a boiling point of 120° C. or higher.
Another preferable embodiment of the chemical solution is an embodiment in which all organic solvents contained in the chemical solution are organic solvents having a boiling point of 100° C. or higher. Further, in the above embodiment, it is preferable that at least one of the organic solvents contained in the chemical solution is an organic solvent with a boiling point of 120°C or higher, and all organic solvents contained in the chemical liquid are organic solvents with a boiling point of 120°C or higher. is more preferable.
Note that the upper limit of the boiling point of the organic solvent having a boiling point of 100°C or higher is not particularly limited, and is often 260°C or lower, and more often 220°C or lower.
 薬液は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤を含むことが好ましい。第1有機溶剤の沸点は第2有機溶剤の沸点よりも高く、第1有機溶剤のClogP値は第2有機溶剤のClogP値よりも大きい。つまり、薬液が含む有機溶剤のうち少なくとも2種は、一方の有機溶剤の沸点及びCloPが他方の有機溶剤の沸点及びCloPよりも大きい値となるような関係を満たすのが好ましい。
 薬液としては、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、なかでも、任意に選択される2種の有機溶剤の沸点及びClogPの関係が、一方の有機溶剤の沸点及びClogPが他方の有機溶剤の沸点及びClogPよりも大きい値であるのがより好ましい。
The chemical solution preferably contains a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent, since the effects of the present invention are more excellent. The boiling point of the first organic solvent is higher than the boiling point of the second organic solvent, and the ClogP value of the first organic solvent is higher than the ClogP value of the second organic solvent. That is, at least two of the organic solvents contained in the chemical solution preferably satisfy a relationship such that the boiling point and CloP of one organic solvent are larger than the boiling point and CloP of the other organic solvent.
As a chemical solution, the effect of the present invention is superior in that the relationship between the boiling point and ClogP of two arbitrarily selected organic solvents is such that the boiling point of one organic solvent and ClogP are the same as the boiling point of the other organic solvent. It is more preferable that the value is larger than ClogP and ClogP.
(有機溶剤の組成の好適態様の一例)
 以下、薬液中の有機溶剤の組成の好適態様の一例を挙げる。
(Example of preferred embodiment of organic solvent composition)
An example of a preferred embodiment of the composition of the organic solvent in the chemical solution will be given below.
《態様1》薬液が、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤を少なくとも含み、
 第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤の少なくとも一方の沸点が100℃以上であり、
 第1有機溶剤がエステル系溶剤であり、
 第2有機溶剤が、炭化水素系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及びケトン系溶剤からなる群より選ばれる有機溶剤(但し、第2有機溶剤におけるエステル系溶剤は、第1有機溶剤のエステル系溶剤とは異なる種類である)であり、
 第1有機溶剤の含有量が、第1有機溶剤と第2有機溶剤との合計含有量に対して、40質量%以上(好ましくは50質量%以上、より好ましくは60質量%以上)である。なお、上限値としては特に制限されず、95質量%以下が好ましく、90質量%以下がより好ましい。
<Aspect 1> The chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent,
at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher,
the first organic solvent is an ester solvent,
The second organic solvent is an organic solvent selected from the group consisting of hydrocarbon solvents, ester solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, and ketone solvents (however, the ester solvent in the second organic solvent is It is a different type of organic solvent from ester solvents),
The content of the first organic solvent is 40% by mass or more (preferably 50% by mass or more, more preferably 60% by mass or more) with respect to the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent. Note that the upper limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 95% by mass or less, more preferably 90% by mass or less.
《態様2》薬液が、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤を少なくとも含み、
 第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤の少なくとも一方の沸点が100℃以上であり、
 第1有機溶剤が炭化水素系溶剤であり、
 第2有機溶剤が、エステル系溶剤、炭化水素系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及びケトン系溶剤からなる群より選ばれる有機溶剤(但し、第2有機溶剤における炭化水素系溶剤は、第1有機溶剤の炭化水素系溶剤とは異なる種類である)であり、
 第1有機溶剤の含有量が、第1有機溶剤と第2有機溶剤との合計含有量に対して、30質量%以下(好ましくは20質量%以下)である。なお、下限値としては特に制限されず、10質量%以上が好ましく、15質量%以上がより好ましい。
<<Aspect 2>> The chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent,
at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher,
the first organic solvent is a hydrocarbon solvent,
The second organic solvent is an organic solvent selected from the group consisting of ester solvents, hydrocarbon solvents, alcohol solvents, ether solvents, and ketone solvents (however, the hydrocarbon solvent in the second organic solvent is 1 is a different type of organic solvent from hydrocarbon solvents),
The content of the first organic solvent is 30% by mass or less (preferably 20% by mass or less) with respect to the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent. Note that the lower limit is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10% by mass or more, more preferably 15% by mass or more.
《態様3》薬液が、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤を少なくとも含み、
 第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤の少なくとも一方の沸点が100℃以上であり、
 第1有機溶剤がケトン系溶剤であり、
 第2有機溶剤が、アルコール系溶剤及びケトン系溶剤(但し、第2有機溶剤におけるケトン系溶剤は、第1有機溶剤のケトン系溶剤とは異なる種類である)からなる群より選ばれる有機溶剤であり、
 第1有機溶剤の含有量が、第1有機溶剤と第2有機溶剤との合計含有量に対して、20~80質量%(好ましくは30~70質量%)である。
<Aspect 3> The chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent,
at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher,
the first organic solvent is a ketone solvent,
The second organic solvent is an organic solvent selected from the group consisting of alcohol-based solvents and ketone-based solvents (however, the ketone-based solvent in the second organic solvent is of a different type from the ketone-based solvent in the first organic solvent). can be,
The content of the first organic solvent is 20 to 80% by mass (preferably 30 to 70% by mass) with respect to the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent.
《態様4》薬液が、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤を少なくとも含み、
 第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤の少なくとも一方の沸点が100℃以上であり、
 第1有機溶剤がエステル系溶剤であり、
 第2有機溶剤が炭化水素系溶剤であり、
 第2有機溶剤の含有量に対する第1有機溶剤の含有量の質量比(第1有機溶剤の含有量/第2有機溶剤の含有量)が、1~50(好ましくは3~20、より好ましくは6~15)である。
<Aspect 4> The chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent,
at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher,
the first organic solvent is an ester solvent,
the second organic solvent is a hydrocarbon solvent,
The mass ratio of the content of the first organic solvent to the content of the second organic solvent (content of the first organic solvent/content of the second organic solvent) is 1 to 50 (preferably 3 to 20, more preferably 6 to 15).
《態様5》薬液が、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤を少なくとも含み、
 第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤の少なくとも一方の沸点が100℃以上であり、
 第1有機溶剤が、ClogP値が3.00以上(好ましくは3.50以上、より好ましくは5.00以上、好ましくは10.0以下)の有機溶剤であり、
 第2有機溶剤が、第1有機溶剤とは異なる有機溶剤であって、ケトン系溶剤又はエステル系溶剤である。
<Aspect 5> The chemical solution includes at least a first organic solvent and a second organic solvent,
at least one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent has a boiling point of 100°C or higher,
The first organic solvent is an organic solvent with a ClogP value of 3.00 or more (preferably 3.50 or more, more preferably 5.00 or more, preferably 10.0 or less),
The second organic solvent is an organic solvent different from the first organic solvent, and is a ketone solvent or an ester solvent.
 また、上述の態様1~5において、第1有機溶剤と第2有機溶剤との合計含有量は、薬液における有機溶剤の全含有量に対して、80~100質量%であるのが好ましく、90~100質量%であるのがより好ましく、95~100質量%であるのが更に好ましい。なお、薬液が第1有機溶剤と第2有機溶剤以外のその他の有機溶剤を含む場合、その他の有機溶剤としては、上記以外の公知の有機溶剤が挙げられる。 Further, in the above-mentioned aspects 1 to 5, the total content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is preferably 80 to 100% by mass, and 90% by mass, based on the total content of organic solvents in the chemical solution. It is more preferably 100% by mass, and even more preferably 95% to 100% by mass. Note that when the chemical solution contains an organic solvent other than the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent, examples of the other organic solvent include known organic solvents other than those mentioned above.
 また、上述の態様1~4において、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤の沸点及びClogP値の関係としては、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤の一方の有機溶剤が他方の有機溶剤よりも、沸点が高く、且つ、ClogP値が大きいことが好ましい。第1有機溶剤と第2有機溶剤において含有量の少ない方が、沸点が高く、且つ、ClogP値が大きいことがより好ましい。 In addition, in the above-mentioned aspects 1 to 4, the relationship between the boiling point and ClogP value of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is that one of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent is higher than the other organic solvent. , it is preferable that the boiling point is high and the ClogP value is large. It is more preferable that the lower the content of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent, the higher the boiling point and the larger the ClogP value.
 また、上述の態様1~5において、第1有機溶剤及び第2有機溶剤の沸点は、いずれも100℃以上であるのが好ましく、120℃以上であるのがより好ましい。 Furthermore, in the above-mentioned embodiments 1 to 5, the boiling points of the first organic solvent and the second organic solvent are both preferably 100°C or higher, more preferably 120°C or higher.
 また、薬液は、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、フッ素原子を50質量%以上含む有機溶剤を実質的に含まないのが好ましい。「実質的に含まない」とは、フッ素原子を50質量%以上含む有機溶剤の含有量が、薬液の全質量に対して、5質量%以下を意味し、3質量%以下であるのが好ましく、1質量%以下であるのがより好ましく、薬液がフッ素原子を50質量%以上含む有機溶剤を含まないのが更に好ましい。 In addition, the chemical solution preferably does not substantially contain an organic solvent containing 50% by mass or more of fluorine atoms, in order to improve the effects of the present invention. "Substantially free of" means that the content of organic solvents containing 50% or more of fluorine atoms is 5% by mass or less, preferably 3% by mass or less, based on the total mass of the chemical solution. , more preferably 1% by mass or less, and even more preferably the chemical solution does not contain an organic solvent containing 50% by mass or more of fluorine atoms.
〔他の工程〕
 パターン形成方法は、上述した工程1~4、工程2-A、工程3-A、及び工程4-A以外のその他の工程(他の工程)を更に含んでいてもよい。
[Other processes]
The pattern forming method may further include other steps (other steps) than the above-described steps 1 to 4, step 2-A, step 3-A, and step 4-A.
<ポストベーク(PB:Post Bake)工程>
 パターン形成方法は、工程4-A(リンス工程)の後に、パターンを加熱する工程(ポストベーク工程)を有していてもよい。ポストベーク工程により、パターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去でき、またパターンの表面荒れが改善できる。
 ポストベーク工程における加熱温度は、40~250℃が好ましく、80~200℃がより好ましい。
 ポストベーク工程における加熱時間は、10~180秒が好ましく、30~120秒がより好ましい。
<Post bake (PB) process>
The pattern forming method may include a step of heating the pattern (post-bake step) after step 4-A (rinsing step). By the post-baking process, the developer and rinse solution remaining between patterns and inside the patterns can be removed, and surface roughness of the patterns can be improved.
The heating temperature in the post-bake step is preferably 40 to 250°C, more preferably 80 to 200°C.
The heating time in the post-bake step is preferably 10 to 180 seconds, more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
<エッチング工程>
 パターン形成方法は、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板をエッチングするエッチング工程を含んでいてもよい。
 エッチングする方法としては、例えば、公知のエッチング方法が挙げられる。具体的には、国際光工学会紀要(Proc.of SPIE)Vol.6924,692420(2008)、「半導体プロセス教本 第4版 2007年刊行 発行人:SEMIジャパン」の「第4章 エッチング」及び特開2009-267112号公報に記載の方法が挙げられる。
<Etching process>
The pattern forming method may include an etching step of etching the substrate using the formed pattern as a mask.
Examples of the etching method include known etching methods. Specifically, the Proceedings of the International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. of SPIE) Vol. 6924, 692420 (2008), "Chapter 4 Etching" of "Semiconductor Process Textbook 4th Edition Published in 2007, Publisher: SEMI Japan", and the method described in JP-A No. 2009-267112.
<精製工程>
 パターン形成方法は、パターン形成方法に用いられる、レジスト組成物、現像液、リンス液、及び/又は、他の各種成分(例えば、反射防止膜形成用組成物及びトップコート形成用組成物等)を精製する精製工程を含んでいてもよい。
<Refining process>
The pattern forming method includes a resist composition, a developer, a rinsing liquid, and/or other various components (for example, an antireflection film forming composition and a top coat forming composition) used in the pattern forming method. It may also include a purification step.
 精製方法としては、例えば、公知の精製方法が挙げられ、フィルターを用いてろ過する方法又は吸着材を用いる精製方法が好ましい。
 フィルターの孔径は、100nm未満が好ましく、10nm以下がより好ましく、5nm以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0.01nm以上の場合が多い。
 フィルターの材質は、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、ポリエチレン又はナイロンが好ましい。フィルターは、上記フィルター材質とイオン交換メディアとを組み合わせた複合材料で構成されていてもよい。フィルターは、有機溶剤で事前に洗浄したフィルターを用いてもよい。
As the purification method, for example, a known purification method can be mentioned, and a method of filtration using a filter or a purification method using an adsorbent is preferable.
The pore diameter of the filter is preferably less than 100 nm, more preferably 10 nm or less, and even more preferably 5 nm or less. The lower limit is often 0.01 nm or more.
The material of the filter is preferably polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene or nylon. The filter may be made of a composite material that is a combination of the above filter materials and ion exchange media. A filter that has been previously washed with an organic solvent may be used.
 フィルターを用いてろ過する方法は、複数種のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種のフィルターを用いる場合、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて用いてもよい。また、被精製物を1回又は2回以上ろ過してもよい。2回以上ろ過する方法である場合、循環しながらろ過してもよい。 In the method of filtering using a filter, multiple types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using multiple types of filters, filters with different pore sizes and/or materials may be used in combination. Further, the product to be purified may be filtered once or twice or more. If the method involves filtering twice or more, the filter may be filtered while circulating.
 吸着材を用いる方法は、吸着材のみを用いてもよく、上記フィルター及び吸着材を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 吸着材としては、例えば、公知の吸着材が挙げられ、具体的には、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材が挙げられる。
In the method using an adsorbent, the adsorbent alone may be used, or the above-mentioned filter and adsorbent may be used in combination.
Examples of the adsorbent include known adsorbents, and specifically, inorganic adsorbents such as silica gel and zeolite, and organic adsorbents such as activated carbon.
 レジスト組成物の製造においては、例えば、レジスト組成物に含まれ得る樹脂等の各成分を有機溶剤に溶解させた後、材質が異なる複数のフィルターを用いて循環しながらろ過することが好ましい。具体的には、孔径50nmのポリエチレン製フィルター、孔径10nmのナイロン製フィルター、孔径3nmのポリエチレン製フィルターを順列に接続し、10回以上循環ろ過することが好ましい。
 各フィルター間の圧力差は、小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、各フィルター間の圧力差は、0.1MPa以下が好ましく、0.05MPa以下がより好ましく、0.01MPa以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0MPa超の場合が多い。
 また、フィルターと充填ノズルとの間の圧力差も、小さいことが好ましい。具体的には、0.5MPa以下が好ましく、0.2MPa以下がより好ましく、0.1MPa以下が更に好ましい。下限は、0MPa超の場合が多い。
In the production of a resist composition, for example, it is preferable to dissolve each component such as a resin that may be included in the resist composition in an organic solvent, and then filter the solution while circulating it using a plurality of filters made of different materials. Specifically, it is preferable to connect a polyethylene filter with a pore diameter of 50 nm, a nylon filter with a pore diameter of 10 nm, and a polyethylene filter with a pore diameter of 3 nm in series, and perform circulation filtration 10 times or more.
It is preferable that the pressure difference between each filter is small. Specifically, the pressure difference between each filter is preferably 0.1 MPa or less, more preferably 0.05 MPa or less, and even more preferably 0.01 MPa or less. The lower limit is often over 0 MPa.
It is also preferable that the pressure difference between the filter and the filling nozzle is small. Specifically, it is preferably 0.5 MPa or less, more preferably 0.2 MPa or less, and even more preferably 0.1 MPa or less. The lower limit is often over 0 MPa.
 レジスト組成物はフィルターに用いてろ過された後、清浄な容器に充填されることが好ましい。経時劣化を抑制する観点から、更に、容器に充填されたレジスト組成物は、冷蔵保存されることが好ましい。レジスト組成物を容器に充填が完了してから、冷蔵保存を開始するまでの時間は、短いことが好ましい。具体的には、24時間以内が好ましく、16時間以内がより好ましく、12時間以内が更に好ましく、10時間以内が特に好ましい。
 冷蔵保存温度は、0~15℃が好ましく、0~10℃がより好ましく、0~5℃が更に好ましい。
It is preferable that the resist composition is filtered using a filter and then filled into a clean container. From the viewpoint of suppressing deterioration over time, it is further preferable that the resist composition filled in the container be stored under refrigeration. The time from when the resist composition is completely filled into the container until the start of refrigerated storage is preferably short. Specifically, it is preferably within 24 hours, more preferably within 16 hours, even more preferably within 12 hours, and particularly preferably within 10 hours.
The refrigerated storage temperature is preferably 0 to 15°C, more preferably 0 to 10°C, and even more preferably 0 to 5°C.
 レジスト組成物、現像液及び他の各種成分は、不純物を含まないことが好ましい。
 不純物としては、例えば、金属不純物が挙げられる。具体的には、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及びZnが挙げられる。
 レジスト組成物の不純物の含有量はレジスト組成物の全質量に対して、現像液の不純物の含有量は現像液の全質量に対して、又は、それぞれの他の各種成分の不純物の含有量はそれぞれの他の各種成分の不純物の全質量に対して(例えば、リンス液の不純物の含有量はリンス液の全質量に対して等)、1質量ppm以下が好ましく、10質量ppb以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。下限は、0質量ppt以上の場合が多い。
 不純物の測定方法としては、例えば、ICP-MS(ICP質量分析法)等の公知の測定方法が挙げられる。
 上記不純物の含有量を低減する方法としては、例えば、上記フィルターを用いてろ過する方法、各種材料を構成する原料として不純物の含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法及び装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニング等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留する方法が挙げられる。
It is preferable that the resist composition, developer, and other various components do not contain impurities.
Examples of impurities include metal impurities. Specifically, Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, W, and Zn Can be mentioned.
The content of impurities in the resist composition is based on the total mass of the resist composition, the content of impurities in the developer is based on the total mass of the developer, or the content of impurities in each of the other various components is based on the total mass of the resist composition. Relative to the total mass of impurities in each of the other various components (for example, the content of impurities in the rinse solution is based on the total mass of the rinse solution, etc.), preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppb or less. , more preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. The lower limit is often 0 mass ppt or more.
Examples of methods for measuring impurities include known measuring methods such as ICP-MS (ICP mass spectrometry).
Methods for reducing the content of the impurities include, for example, filtration using the filter, selecting raw materials with a low content of impurities as raw materials constituting various materials, and using Teflon (registered trademark) in the equipment. An example is a method of distilling under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the product with water or the like.
 現像液及びリンス液等の有機溶剤を含む液は、静電気の帯電及び静電気放電に伴う薬液配管及び各種パーツ(例えば、フィルター、O-リング、及びチューブ等)の故障を防止する観点から、導電性化合物を含んでいてもよい。
 導電性化合物としては、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。現像性能又はリンス性能を維持する観点から、現像液の導電性化合物の含有量は現像液の全質量に対して、又は、リンス液の導電性化合物の含有量はリンス液の全質量に対して、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。下限は、0.01質量%以上の場合が多い。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)又は帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン若しくはフッ素樹脂(例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン及びパーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種材料が挙げられる。
 フィルター及びO-リングとしては、例えば、電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン若しくはフッ素樹脂(例えば、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン及びパーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種材料が挙げられる。
Liquids containing organic solvents, such as developing solutions and rinsing solutions, must be conductive to prevent damage to chemical piping and various parts (e.g., filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and discharge. It may also contain a compound.
Examples of the conductive compound include methanol. From the viewpoint of maintaining development performance or rinsing performance, the content of conductive compounds in the developer is determined based on the total mass of the developer, or the content of conductive compounds in the rinse solution is determined based on the total mass of the rinse solution. , is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less. The lower limit is often 0.01% by mass or more.
Examples of the chemical liquid piping include various materials coated with SUS (stainless steel), antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (eg, polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
Examples of the filter and O-ring include various materials coated with antistatically treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (eg, polytetrafluoroethylene, perfluoroalkoxy resin, etc.).
[電子デバイスの製造方法]
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、及び電子デバイスの製造方法にも関する。
 上記電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
[Manufacturing method of electronic device]
The present invention also relates to a method of manufacturing an electronic device, including the above-described pattern forming method.
The above electronic device is suitably installed in electrical and electronic equipment (home appliances, office automation (OA), media-related equipment, optical equipment, communication equipment, etc.).
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更することができる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきものではない。 The present invention will be described in more detail below based on Examples. The materials, usage amounts, proportions, processing details, processing procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be changed as appropriate without departing from the spirit of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the present invention should not be construed as being limited by the Examples shown below.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の各種成分]
 以下に、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の調製に用いた各種成分、又は、評価に用いた材料を示す。
〔樹脂〕
 以下に、表3に示される樹脂P-1~P-16の合成に用いたモノマーに由来する、繰り返し単位の構造を示す。
 なお、M-3は、増感剤前駆体XCを有する繰り返し単位に該当する。つまり、M-3で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂は、共有結合を介して増感剤前駆体XCが結合した構成に該当する。
 また、M-7及びM-13は、化合物YBを有する繰り返し単位に該当する。つまり、M-7及びM-13で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂は、共有結合を介して化合物YBが結合した構成に該当する。なお、M-13の化合物YBに相当する部位(以下「化合物YB部位」)におけるオニウム塩構造は、化合物YB部位から増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しないオニウム塩構造に相当する(発生酸のpKaが2.0超である)。また、M-7の化合物YB部位におけるオニウム塩構造は、化合物YB部位から増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し得る。
 また、M-11及びM-12は、オニウム塩XBを有する繰り返し単位に該当する。つまり、M-11及びM-12で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂は、共有結合を介してオニウム塩XBが結合した構成に該当する。なお、M-12のオニウム塩構造は、増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しないオニウム塩構造に相当する(発生酸のpKaが2.0超である)。また、M-11のオニウム塩構造は、増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し得る。
 また、M-14は、増感剤前駆体XCを有する繰り返し単位に該当する。つまり、M-M-14で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂は、共有結合を介して増感剤前駆体XCが結合した構成に該当する。更に、M-14における増感剤前駆体XCは、光照射により、増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し得る。
 また、M-15は、光酸発生剤を有する繰り返し単位に該当する。つまり、M-15で表される繰り返し単位を有する樹脂は、共有結合を介して光酸発生剤が結合した構成に該当する。
[Various components of actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
Below, various components used in the preparation of the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition or materials used in the evaluation are shown.
〔resin〕
The structures of repeating units derived from the monomers used in the synthesis of resins P-1 to P-16 shown in Table 3 are shown below.
Note that M-3 corresponds to a repeating unit having a sensitizer precursor XC. That is, the resin having the repeating unit represented by M-3 corresponds to a structure in which the sensitizer precursor XC is bonded via a covalent bond.
Furthermore, M-7 and M-13 correspond to repeating units containing the compound YB. That is, the resin having repeating units represented by M-7 and M-13 corresponds to a structure in which compound YB is bonded via a covalent bond. The onium salt structure in the site corresponding to compound YB in M-13 (hereinafter referred to as "compound YB site") corresponds to an onium salt structure that does not generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from the compound YB site (generated acid pKa is greater than 2.0). Furthermore, the onium salt structure at the compound YB site of M-7 can generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from the compound YB site.
Furthermore, M-11 and M-12 correspond to repeating units having onium salt XB. In other words, the resin having repeating units represented by M-11 and M-12 corresponds to a structure in which onium salt XB is bonded via a covalent bond. Note that the onium salt structure of M-12 corresponds to an onium salt structure that does not generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC (the generated acid has a pKa of more than 2.0). Furthermore, the onium salt structure of M-11 can generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC.
Furthermore, M-14 corresponds to a repeating unit having a sensitizer precursor XC. That is, the resin having the repeating unit represented by MM-14 corresponds to a structure in which the sensitizer precursor XC is bonded via a covalent bond. Furthermore, the sensitizer precursor XC in M-14 can generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light.
Furthermore, M-15 corresponds to a repeating unit having a photoacid generator. In other words, a resin having a repeating unit represented by M-15 corresponds to a structure in which a photoacid generator is bound via a covalent bond.
 樹脂P-2~P-16は、後述する樹脂P-1の合成方法(合成例1)、又は、既知の方法に準じて合成した。表1に、樹脂における各繰り返し単位の組成比、重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び多分散度(Mw/Mn(PDI))を示す。
 なお、樹脂P-1~P-16の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び、多分散度(PDI)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によってポリスチレン換算値として測定した。また、樹脂P-1~P-16の組成比(モル%比)は、13C-NMR(Nuclear Magnetic Resonance)により測定した。
Resins P-2 to P-16 were synthesized according to the synthesis method of resin P-1 (Synthesis Example 1) described below or a known method. Table 1 shows the composition ratio, weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and polydispersity (Mw/Mn (PDI)) of each repeating unit in the resin.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and polydispersity (PDI) of resins P-1 to P-16 were measured using a GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) device (Tosoh HLC-8120GPC). GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: Tosoh TSK gel Multipore HXL-M, column temperature: 40°C, flow rate: 1.0 mL/min, detector: differential refractive index detector (Refractive Index Detector)) as a polystyrene equivalent value. Further, the composition ratios (mol% ratio) of the resins P-1 to P-16 were measured by 13 C-NMR (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000038
<合成例1:樹脂P-1の合成>
 窒素気流下シクロヘキサノン70.0gを3つ口フラスコに入れ、これを85℃に加熱した。これに前述の樹脂P-1の各繰り返し単位に相当するモノマーを表1に記載の左から順に15.0g、40.0g、44.0g、重合開始剤V-601(富士フイルム和光純薬社製、0.57g)をシクロヘキサノン70.0gに溶解させた溶液を6時間かけて滴下した。滴下終了後、更に85℃で2時間反応させた。反応液を放冷した後、メタノール:水の混合液に20分かけて滴下した。次いで、滴下により析出した粉体をろ取して乾燥することで、樹脂P-1(73.6g)が得られた。NMR(核磁気共鳴)法から求めた繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比)は20/30/50であった。得られた樹脂P-1の重量平均分子量は標準ポリスチレン換算で40,000、多分散度(PDI)は1.6であった。
<Synthesis Example 1: Synthesis of Resin P-1>
70.0 g of cyclohexanone was placed in a three-necked flask under a nitrogen stream, and the flask was heated to 85°C. To this, 15.0 g, 40.0 g, 44.0 g of monomers corresponding to each repeating unit of the above-mentioned resin P-1 were added in order from the left in Table 1, and polymerization initiator V-601 (Fujifilm Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd. A solution of 70.0 g of cyclohexanone dissolved in 70.0 g of cyclohexanone was added dropwise over 6 hours. After the dropwise addition was completed, the reaction was further carried out at 85° C. for 2 hours. After the reaction solution was allowed to cool, it was added dropwise to a methanol:water mixture over 20 minutes. Next, the powder precipitated by the dropping was collected by filtration and dried to obtain resin P-1 (73.6 g). The composition ratio (molar ratio) of the repeating units determined by NMR (nuclear magnetic resonance) method was 20/30/50. The weight average molecular weight of the obtained resin P-1 was 40,000 in terms of standard polystyrene, and the polydispersity index (PDI) was 1.6.
〔オニウム塩化合物〕
 表3に示されるオニウム塩(B-1~B-4)の構造を以下に示す。
 B-1及びB-3は、オニウム塩XBに該当する。なお、B-3のオニウム塩は、増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しないオニウム塩に相当する(発生酸のpKaが2.0超である)。また、B-1のオニウム塩は、増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し得る。
 また、B-2及びB-4は、化合物YBに該当する。なお、B-4におけるオニウム塩構造は、化合物YBから増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しないオニウム塩に相当する(発生酸のpKaが2.0超である)。また、B-2におけるオニウム塩構造は、化合物YBから増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し得る。
[Onium salt compound]
The structures of the onium salts (B-1 to B-4) shown in Table 3 are shown below.
B-1 and B-3 correspond to onium salt XB. Note that the onium salt B-3 corresponds to an onium salt that does not generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC (the generated acid has a pKa of more than 2.0). Further, the onium salt of B-1 can generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC.
Furthermore, B-2 and B-4 correspond to compound YB. Note that the onium salt structure in B-4 corresponds to an onium salt that does not generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from compound YB (the generated acid has a pKa of more than 2.0). Further, the onium salt structure in B-2 can generate an acid that can generate a sensitizer from compound YB.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
〔ノニオン型光酸発生剤〕
 表3に示されるノニオン型光酸発生剤(ノニオンPAG)C-1の構造を以下に示す。
 なお、C-1は、光酸発生剤XD又は光酸発生剤YCに該当する。
[Nonionic photoacid generator]
The structure of the nonionic photoacid generator (nonionic PAG) C-1 shown in Table 3 is shown below.
Note that C-1 corresponds to photoacid generator XD or photoacid generator YC.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
〔クエンチャー〕
 表3に示されるクエンチャー(D-1)の構造を以下に示す。
[Quencher]
The structure of the quencher (D-1) shown in Table 3 is shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
〔増感剤前駆体成分〕
 表3に示される増感剤前駆体成分(E-1~E-3)の構造を以下に示す。
 なお、E-1~E-3は、いずれも増感剤前駆体XCに該当する。なかでも、E-2は、増感剤前駆体XCであり、且つ、それ自体が光照射により増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し得る化合物である。
[Sensitizer precursor component]
The structures of the sensitizer precursor components (E-1 to E-3) shown in Table 3 are shown below.
Note that E-1 to E-3 all correspond to the sensitizer precursor XC. Among them, E-2 is a sensitizer precursor XC, and is a compound that itself can generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer upon irradiation with light.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
〔溶剤〕
 表3に示される溶剤を以下に示す。
 SL-1: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 SL-2: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 SL-3: シクロヘキサノン
 SL-4: γ-ブチロラクトン
 SL-5: 乳酸エチル
 SL-6: ジアセトンアルコール
〔solvent〕
The solvents shown in Table 3 are shown below.
SL-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
SL-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
SL-3: Cyclohexanone SL-4: γ-butyrolactone SL-5: Ethyl lactate SL-6: Diacetone alcohol
〔現像液・リンス液に用いられる溶剤〕
 表4に示される現像液・リンス液に用いられる溶剤を以下に示す。
 D-1: 酢酸プロピル
 D-2: 酢酸ブチル
 D-3: プロピオン酸プロピル
 D-4: 酢酸ヘキシル
 D-5: n-オクタン
 D-6: n-ウンデカン
 D-7: ジイソブチルエーテル
 D-8: 2-ヘプタノン
 D-9: ジイソブチルケトン
 D-10: プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 D-11: 2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液
 D-12: 純水
 現像液及びリンス液として使用した有機溶剤の物性を表2に示す。なお、表2中の「沸点」は、1気圧(760mmHg)下での沸点を意味する。
[Solvent used in developer and rinse solution]
The solvents used in the developer and rinse solutions shown in Table 4 are shown below.
D-1: Propyl acetate D-2: Butyl acetate D-3: Propyl propionate D-4: Hexyl acetate D-5: n-octane D-6: n-undecane D-7: Diisobutyl ether D-8: 2 -Heptanone D-9: Diisobutyl ketone D-10: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
D-11: 2.38% by mass tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution D-12: Pure water Table 2 shows the physical properties of the organic solvents used as the developer and rinse solution. In addition, "boiling point" in Table 2 means the boiling point under 1 atmosphere (760 mmHg).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
 下記表3に示す各種成分を混合した。次いで、得られた混合液を0.03μmのポアサイズを有するポリエチレンフィルターで濾過して樹脂組成物(レジスト組成物)を調製した。表3において、「樹脂(X)」は、露光、酸、塩基、又は加熱の作用によって主鎖が切断されて分子量の低下を生じる樹脂を指し、「樹脂(Y)」は、「樹脂(X)」以外の樹脂を指す。「オニウム塩(B)」は、上記オニウム塩化合物を指す。「ノニオンPAG(C)」は、上記ノニオン型光酸発生剤を指す。「クエンチャー(D)」は、上記クエンチャーを指す。「増感剤前駆体類(E)」は、上記増感剤前駆体成分を指す。
 なお、各レジスト組成物の固形分濃度は、後述する表4に示す膜厚で塗布できるように適宜調整した。固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られたレジスト組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
 なお、表3中の「含有量(質量%)」は、レジスト組成物中の全固形分に対する、各成分の含有量(質量%)を表す。
Various components shown in Table 3 below were mixed. Next, the obtained mixed solution was filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 0.03 μm to prepare a resin composition (resist composition). In Table 3, "resin (X)" refers to a resin whose main chain is cleaved by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating and whose molecular weight decreases, and "resin (Y)" refers to "resin (X)". )" refers to resins other than ". "Onium salt (B)" refers to the above onium salt compound. "Nonionic PAG (C)" refers to the above nonionic photoacid generator. "Quencher (D)" refers to the above quencher. "Sensitizer precursors (E)" refers to the above-mentioned sensitizer precursor components.
The solid content concentration of each resist composition was adjusted as appropriate so that the resist composition could be coated with a film thickness shown in Table 4 below. Solid content means all components other than the solvent. The obtained resist compositions were used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
In addition, "content (mass %)" in Table 3 represents the content (mass %) of each component with respect to the total solid content in the resist composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
[パターン形成及び評価]
〔EUV露光によるパターン形成〕
 直径300mmのシリコンウエハ上に、下層膜形成用組成物SHB-A940(信越化学工業社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmの下層膜を形成した。その上に、表3に示すレジスト組成物を塗布し、表4に記載の条件(膜厚及びPreBake)でレジスト膜を形成した。これにより、レジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハを形成した。
 上述の手順により得られたレジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハに対して、ASML社製EUVスキャナーNXE3400(NA0.33)を用いて露光量を変化させながらパターン照射を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ピッチ38nm、開口部寸法が22nmのヘキサゴナル配列コンタクトホールマスクを用いた。その後、記載がある場合に限り、下記表4に示した条件でベーク(Post Exposure Bake;PEB)した。その後、基板をUV露光装置(355nm~410nm)によって2000J/cmの露光量でフラッド露光(全面露光)し、次いで、下記表4に示した現像液で30秒間パドルして現像し、記載がある場合に限り、1000rpmの回転数でウエハを回転させながら下記表4に示したリンス液を10秒間かけ流してリンスした後、4000rpmの回転数で30秒間ウエハを回転させることにより、ピッチ38nmのコンタクトホールパターンを得た。
[Pattern formation and evaluation]
[Pattern formation by EUV exposure]
A lower layer film forming composition SHB-A940 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) was applied onto a silicon wafer with a diameter of 300 mm, and baked at 205° C. for 60 seconds to form a lower layer film with a thickness of 20 nm. A resist composition shown in Table 3 was applied thereon to form a resist film under the conditions (film thickness and PreBake) shown in Table 4. As a result, a silicon wafer having a resist film was formed.
A silicon wafer having a resist film obtained by the above procedure was subjected to pattern irradiation while changing the exposure amount using an EUV scanner NXE3400 (NA 0.33) manufactured by ASML. As the reticle, a hexagonal array contact hole mask with a pitch of 38 nm and an opening size of 22 nm was used. Thereafter, only if there is a description, baking (Post Exposure Bake; PEB) was performed under the conditions shown in Table 4 below. Thereafter, the substrate was flood exposed (full surface exposure) using a UV exposure device (355 nm to 410 nm) at an exposure dose of 2000 J/cm 2 , and then developed by puddle for 30 seconds with the developer shown in Table 4 below. In some cases, the wafer can be rinsed with a pitch of 38 nm by running the rinsing liquid shown in Table 4 for 10 seconds while rotating the wafer at a rotation speed of 1000 rpm, and then rotating the wafer for 30 seconds at a rotation speed of 4000 rpm. A contact hole pattern was obtained.
〔限界解像性評価〕
 測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM:Scanning Electron Microscope(日立ハイテクノロジー社製 CG6300))を用いて、各露光量における任意の2,000個のホールを観測し、平均ホール径とホールの出来栄えを評価した。観測した2,000個のホール中に非解像ホールが一つも発生しない条件を満たす最小の露光量での平均ホール径を、限界解像性と定義した。この値が小さいほど、解像力が優れ性能が良好であることを示す。
[Limit resolution evaluation]
Using a length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM: CG6300, manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies), we observed 2,000 arbitrary holes at each exposure level and evaluated the average hole diameter and hole quality. did. The average hole diameter at the minimum exposure amount that satisfies the condition that no unresolved holes occur among the 2,000 observed holes was defined as the critical resolution. The smaller this value is, the better the resolution is and the better the performance is.
[結果]
 以上の評価結果を表4に示す。
[result]
Table 4 shows the above evaluation results.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
 表4の結果から、本発明のレジスト組成物は、所望の効果を示すことが確認された。なお、R-14は、樹脂とオニウム塩との相互作用が露光により解除されることで現像液への溶解速度が増大するポジ型レジストである。
 なお、R-1~R-13、R-15~18は、露光により樹脂の主鎖が切断され分子量が低下することで現像液への溶解速度が増大する作用を示すポジ型レジストである。
From the results in Table 4, it was confirmed that the resist composition of the present invention exhibited the desired effects. Note that R-14 is a positive resist whose dissolution rate in a developer increases as the interaction between the resin and the onium salt is canceled by exposure.
Note that R-1 to R-13 and R-15 to R-18 are positive resists that show an effect of increasing the rate of dissolution in the developer by cutting the main chain of the resin and lowering the molecular weight by exposure.
 実施例14と実施例16との比較から、本発明のレジスト組成物が、露光の作用によって主鎖が切断されて分子量の低下を生じるベース樹脂を含む場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 A comparison between Example 14 and Example 16 shows that when the resist composition of the present invention contains a base resin whose main chain is cleaved by the action of exposure and whose molecular weight decreases, the limit resolution is better. I understand.
 実施例1と実施例15との比較から、樹脂(X)の多分散度(PDI)が1.7以下である場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 A comparison between Example 1 and Example 15 shows that when the polydispersity (PDI) of the resin (X) is 1.7 or less, the critical resolution is better.
 実施例15と実施例16との比較から、樹脂(X)の重量平均分子量(Mw)が40000以上である場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 A comparison between Example 15 and Example 16 shows that when the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the resin (X) is 40,000 or more, the limit resolution is better.
 実施例1と実施例19との比較から、現像工程(工程4)の後に、更にレジスト膜をリンス液に接触させてリンス工程(工程4-A)を実施した場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 From the comparison between Example 1 and Example 19, it was found that when the resist film was further brought into contact with the rinsing liquid and the rinsing step (Step 4-A) was carried out after the development step (Step 4), the critical resolution was higher. I know it's excellent.
 実施例1と実施例20との比較から、パターン露光工程(工程2)の後に、更に加熱工程(工程2-A)を有する場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 A comparison between Example 1 and Example 20 shows that the marginal resolution is better when the heating step (Step 2-A) is further performed after the pattern exposure step (Step 2).
 実施例1と実施例21との比較から、現像液及び/又はリンス液として使用される2種以上の有機溶剤からなる薬液において、任意の2種の有機溶剤の沸点とClogP値の関係が、一方が他方に対し、沸点が高く、且つ、ClogP値が大きい場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 From a comparison between Example 1 and Example 21, in a chemical solution consisting of two or more organic solvents used as a developer and/or a rinse agent, the relationship between the boiling point of any two organic solvents and the ClogP value is as follows. It can be seen that when one has a higher boiling point and a larger ClogP value than the other, the marginal resolution is better.
 実施例21と実施例22との比較から、現像液及び/又はリンス液として使用される薬液が、2種以上の有機溶剤を含み、且つ、上記2種以上の有機溶剤を含む薬液が、沸点120℃以上の有機溶剤を含む場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 From a comparison between Example 21 and Example 22, it was found that the chemical solution used as the developer and/or the rinse solution contains two or more organic solvents, and the chemical solution containing the two or more organic solvents has a boiling point. It can be seen that when an organic solvent of 120° C. or higher is included, the limiting resolution is better.
 実施例1と実施例23及び実施例4と実施例24の比較から、現像液及び/又はリンス液として使用される薬液が、2種以上の有機溶剤を含む場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 From the comparison of Example 1 and Example 23 and Example 4 and Example 24, it is found that when the chemical solution used as the developer and/or the rinse solution contains two or more types of organic solvents, the marginal resolution is better. I understand that.
 実施例24実施例25との比較から、現像液及び/又はリンス液として使用される薬液が、有機溶剤を含む場合、限界解像性がより優れることが分かる。 Example 24 A comparison with Example 25 shows that the limiting resolution is better when the chemical solution used as the developer and/or the rinse solution contains an organic solvent.

Claims (13)

  1.  要件1又は要件2を満たす、感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    要件1:前記組成物が、樹脂XAと、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩XBと、酸の作用により増感剤を生成する増感剤前駆体XCとを含み、
     前記樹脂XAが、前記オニウム塩XBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しているか、又は、前記樹脂XAと前記オニウム塩XBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
     前記オニウム塩XBが、前記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生する化合物であるか、又は、
     前記オニウム塩XBが前記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生しない化合物である場合には、前記組成物がさらに前記増感剤前駆体XCに作用して増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生できる光酸発生剤XDを含むか、若しくは、前記増感剤前駆体XCが光照射により前記増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生し、
     前記樹脂XA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、前記樹脂XAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
     なお、前記増感剤前駆体XCは前記樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。また、前記光酸発生剤XDは前記樹脂XAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。
    要件2:樹脂YAと、光照射により酸を発生するオニウム塩構造を有し、酸の作用により増感剤を生成する化合物YBとを含み、
     前記樹脂YAが、前記化合物YBと相互作用する相互作用性基を有しているか、又は、前記樹脂YAと前記化合物YBとが共有結合を介して結合しており、
     前記オニウム塩構造が、前記増感剤を生成し得る前記酸を発生する構造であるか、又は、
     前記オニウム塩構造が前記増感剤を生成し得る前記酸を発生する構造ではない場合には、前記組成物がさらに増感剤を生成し得る酸を発生できる光酸発生剤YCを含み、
     前記樹脂YA中における、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量が、前記樹脂YAの全繰り返し単位に対して、0~20モル%である。
     なお、前記光酸発生剤YCは前記樹脂YAに共有結合を介して結合していてもよい。
    An actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition that satisfies Requirement 1 or Requirement 2.
    Requirement 1: The composition includes a resin XA, an onium salt XB that generates an acid upon irradiation with light, and a sensitizer precursor XC that generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid,
    The resin XA has an interactive group that interacts with the onium salt XB, or the resin XA and the onium salt XB are bonded via a covalent bond,
    The onium salt XB is a compound that acts on the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or
    When the onium salt XB is a compound that does not generate an acid that can act on the sensitizer precursor XC to produce a sensitizer, the composition further acts on the sensitizer precursor XC. contains a photoacid generator XD capable of generating an acid capable of producing a sensitizer, or the sensitizer precursor XC generates an acid capable of producing the sensitizer upon irradiation with light;
    The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin XA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin XA.
    Note that the sensitizer precursor XC may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond. Furthermore, the photoacid generator XD may be bonded to the resin XA via a covalent bond.
    Requirement 2: Contains resin YA and compound YB, which has an onium salt structure that generates an acid when irradiated with light and generates a sensitizer by the action of the acid,
    The resin YA has an interactive group that interacts with the compound YB, or the resin YA and the compound YB are bonded via a covalent bond,
    The onium salt structure is a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, or
    When the onium salt structure is not a structure that generates the acid that can generate the sensitizer, the composition further includes a photoacid generator YC that can generate an acid that can generate the sensitizer,
    The content of the repeating unit having a group that decomposes to produce a polar group by the action of an acid in the resin YA is 0 to 20 mol % based on the total repeating units of the resin YA.
    Note that the photoacid generator YC may be bonded to the resin YA via a covalent bond.
  2.  前記樹脂XA及び前記樹脂YAが、露光、酸、塩基、又は加熱の作用によって主鎖が切断されて分子量の低下を生じる樹脂である、請求項1に記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the resin XA and the resin YA are resins whose main chains are cleaved by the action of exposure, acid, base, or heating, resulting in a decrease in molecular weight. thing.
  3.  前記樹脂XA及び前記樹脂YAの重量平均分子量が、40,000以上である、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the resin XA and the resin YA have a weight average molecular weight of 40,000 or more.
  4.  前記樹脂XA及び前記樹脂YAの多分散度が、1.7以下である、請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the polydispersity of the resin XA and the resin YA is 1.7 or less.
  5.  請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された、レジスト膜。 A resist film formed using the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2.
  6.  請求項1又は2に記載の感活性光線又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いてレジスト膜を形成する工程1と、
     前記レジスト膜に対して、波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光して、増感剤を生成する工程2と、
     前記工程2で得られたレジスト膜に対して、波長200nm超であって、前記増感剤を感光させる光でフラッド露光する工程3と、
     前記工程3で得られたレジスト膜に対して、現像液を用いた現像処理を実施して、パターンを形成する工程4とを含む、パターン形成方法であって、
     前記工程1で使用した前記組成物が前記要件1を満たす組成物である場合、前記工程2は、前記レジスト膜に対して、波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光して、前記オニウム塩XB、前記光酸発生剤XD、又は前記増感剤前駆体XCを分解させて酸を発生させ、前記酸の作用により、前記増感剤前駆体XCから増感剤を生成する工程であり、
     前記工程1で使用した前記組成物が要件2を満たす組成物である場合、前記工程2は、前記レジスト膜に対して、波長200nm以下の光をパターン露光して、前記化合物YBにおけるオニウム塩構造又は前記光酸発生剤YCを分解させて酸を発生させ、前記酸の作用により、前記化合物YBから増感剤を生成する工程である、パターン形成方法。
    Step 1 of forming a resist film using the actinic ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1 or 2;
    Step 2 of exposing the resist film to a pattern of light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less to generate a sensitizer;
    Step 3 of flood-exposing the resist film obtained in Step 2 with light having a wavelength of more than 200 nm and sensitizing the sensitizer;
    A pattern forming method comprising a step 4 of performing a development process using a developer on the resist film obtained in step 3 to form a pattern,
    When the composition used in step 1 satisfies requirement 1, in step 2, the resist film is pattern-exposed to light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less to remove the onium salt XB, the A step of decomposing the photoacid generator XD or the sensitizer precursor XC to generate an acid, and generating a sensitizer from the sensitizer precursor XC by the action of the acid,
    When the composition used in step 1 satisfies requirement 2, in step 2, the resist film is pattern-exposed to light with a wavelength of 200 nm or less to form an onium salt structure in compound YB. Or a pattern forming method, which is a step of decomposing the photoacid generator YC to generate an acid and generating a sensitizer from the compound YB by the action of the acid.
  7.  前記工程2の後に、更に、工程2で得られたレジスト膜を加熱する加熱工程2-Aを含むか、
     前記工程3の後に、更に、工程3で得られたレジスト膜を加熱する加熱工程3-Aを含むか、又は、
     前記工程2-A及び前記工程3-Aをいずれも含む、請求項6に記載のパターン形成方法。
    After the step 2, further includes a heating step 2-A of heating the resist film obtained in step 2, or
    After the step 3, the method further includes a heating step 3-A of heating the resist film obtained in the step 3, or
    The pattern forming method according to claim 6, comprising both the step 2-A and the step 3-A.
  8.  前記工程4の後に、更に、前記工程4で得られたレジスト膜に対して、リンス液を使用してリンス処理を実施する工程4-Aを含む、請求項6に記載のパターン形成方法。 7. The pattern forming method according to claim 6, further comprising, after the step 4, a step 4-A of rinsing the resist film obtained in the step 4 using a rinsing liquid.
  9.  前記現像液が有機溶剤を含む薬液であるか、又は、
     前記工程4の後に、更に、前記工程4で得られたレジスト膜に対して、リンス液を使用してリンス処理を実施する工程4-Aを含み、且つ、前記リンス液が、有機溶剤を含む薬液である、請求項6に記載のパターン形成方法。
    The developing solution is a chemical solution containing an organic solvent, or
    After the step 4, the method further includes a step 4-A of rinsing the resist film obtained in the step 4 using a rinsing liquid, and the rinsing liquid contains an organic solvent. The pattern forming method according to claim 6, wherein the pattern forming method is a chemical liquid.
  10.  前記有機溶剤を含む薬液が、2種以上の有機溶剤を含む薬液である、請求項9に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 9, wherein the chemical solution containing an organic solvent is a chemical solution containing two or more types of organic solvents.
  11.  前記2種以上の有機溶剤を含む薬液が、沸点120℃以上の有機溶剤を含む、請求項10に記載のパターン形成方法。 The pattern forming method according to claim 10, wherein the chemical solution containing two or more organic solvents contains an organic solvent with a boiling point of 120°C or higher.
  12.  前記2種以上の有機溶剤を含む薬液が、有機溶剤A及び有機溶剤Bを含み、
     前記有機溶剤Aの沸点が前記有機溶剤Bの沸点よりも高く、
     前記有機溶剤AのClogP値が前記有機溶剤BのClogP値よりも大きい、請求項10に記載のパターン形成方法。
    The chemical solution containing two or more organic solvents contains organic solvent A and organic solvent B,
    The boiling point of the organic solvent A is higher than the boiling point of the organic solvent B,
    The pattern forming method according to claim 10, wherein the ClogP value of the organic solvent A is larger than the ClogP value of the organic solvent B.
  13.  請求項6に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。 A method for manufacturing an electronic device, comprising the pattern forming method according to claim 6.
PCT/JP2023/028936 2022-08-15 2023-08-08 Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device WO2024038802A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022129192 2022-08-15
JP2022-129192 2022-08-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024038802A1 true WO2024038802A1 (en) 2024-02-22

Family

ID=89941629

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2023/028936 WO2024038802A1 (en) 2022-08-15 2023-08-08 Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024038802A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016530340A (en) * 2013-08-07 2016-09-29 東洋合成工業株式会社 Chemical species generation improvement agent
WO2017188297A1 (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-02 東洋合成工業株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing device using same
WO2019194018A1 (en) * 2018-04-06 2019-10-10 Jsr株式会社 Resist pattern formation method and chemically amplified resist material

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2016530340A (en) * 2013-08-07 2016-09-29 東洋合成工業株式会社 Chemical species generation improvement agent
WO2017188297A1 (en) * 2016-04-28 2017-11-02 東洋合成工業株式会社 Resist composition and method for producing device using same
WO2019194018A1 (en) * 2018-04-06 2019-10-10 Jsr株式会社 Resist pattern formation method and chemically amplified resist material

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7076570B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
TWI804590B (en) Negative photosensitive composition for euv light, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP6992166B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP2023145543A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP6997803B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound
CN117651910A (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
TW201840529A (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7029462B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2022172689A1 (en) Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7379536B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7357062B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, compound, resin
WO2020241099A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
TW201912662A (en) Photosensitive ray- or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic component
JP2022125078A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
WO2021065549A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
WO2024038802A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JPWO2020105523A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP7343688B2 (en) Pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film
WO2020203246A1 (en) Method for producing active light sensitive or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, and method for producing electronic device
WO2021065548A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023210579A1 (en) Pattern-forming method and method for producing electronic device
WO2024034438A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2023189586A1 (en) Active light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
CN116897320A (en) Actinic-ray-or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
KR20230124029A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23854836

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1